SDUSD v. ETS

Case 3:17-cv-01379-MMA-KSC Document 15 Filed 07/12/17 PageID.
377 Page 1 of 14
1 Christopher T. Casamassima (SBN 211280)

2
Matthew D. Benedetto (SBN 252379)
Rebecca A. Girolamo (SBN 293422)
3 WILMER CUTLER PICKERING
4
HALE AND DORR LLP
350 South Grand Avenue, Suite 2100
5 Los Angeles, CA 90071
6 Telephone: (213)443-5374
Facsimile: (213)443-5400
7 Email: chris.casamassima@wilmerhale.com
8 matthew.benedetto@wilmerhale.com
becky.girolamo@wilmerhale.com
9
10 Bruce M. Berman (pro hac vice pending)

WILMER CUTLER PICKERING
11 HALE AND DORR LLP
12 1875 Pennsylvania Ave., NW
Washington, DC 20006
13 Telephone: (202)663-6000
14 Facsimile: (213)663-6363
Email: bruce.berman@wilmerhale.com
15
Attorneys for Defendants
16
17 IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT

FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF CALIFORNIA
18
SAN DIEGO UNIFIED SCHOOL CASE NO.: C 17-01379-MMA
19 DISTRICT, a public entity, and
SCRIPPS RANCH GROUP, an
20 unincorporated association, DECLARATION OF
21 Plaintiffs, RAYMOND NICOSIA IN
SUPPORT OF DEFENDANTS’
22 v. OPPOSITION TO
TEMPORARY RESTRAINING
23 EDUCATIONAL TESTING ORDER
SERVICE, a corporation, COLLEGE
24 ENTRANCE EXAMINATION
BOARD, a corporation, and DOES 1
25 through 10, inclusive,
26 Defendants.
27
28
CASE NO.: 3:17-cv-01379-MMA DECLARATION IN SUPPORT OF DEFS.’ OPPOSITION TO

TEMPORARY RESTRAINING ORDER
Case 3:17-cv-01379-MMA-KSC Document 15 Filed 07/12/17 PageID.378 Page 2 of 14
1 I, RAY NICOSIA, declare:

2 1. I am a citizen of the United States and am over eighteen years of age.
3 I have personal knowledge of the facts set forth below, both in that I was
4 personally involved in many of the events described and I have reviewed pertinent
5 correspondence. The statements herein are based on my personal knowledge and
6 my review of the relevant records and information provided to me by Educational
7 Testing Service (“ETS”) employees. If called as a witness I would testify as
8 follows.
9 2. I am employed by ETS as Executive Director of ETS’s Office of
10 Testing Integrity (“OTI”). OTI is responsible for handling test security matters and
11 ensuring score validity. I joined ETS in 1989 and took over responsibility for test
12 security in 1995. I have personally handled or supervised hundreds of test security
13 matters, including cases involving test administration irregularities that may affect
14 groups of test takers. Among my other responsibilities, I supervise an OTI
15 Director for College Board Programs. Approximately 17 professional and 5
16 support staff members in OTI are dedicated to College Board test security. As
17 part of my job duties, I participated in the supervision of ETS’s investigation of
18 testing irregularities during the May 2017 administration of the Advanced
19 Placement (AP®) Examinations by Scripps Ranch High School (“SRHS”).
20 3. ETS develops, administers, and scores standardized educational tests
21 and conducts and publishes research in the field of educational measurement. On
22 behalf of the College Board, ETS provides a variety of testing services for the AP
23 Examinations; the SAT® Test; the SAT® Subject Tests; the PSAT/National Merit
24 Scholarship Qualifying Test (PSAT/NMSQT®); and the College Level
25 Examination Program (CLEP®). ETS is responsible for test security for College
26 Board exams, including AP exams. Test security is vital for AP test takers in that
27 it seeks to ensure that all students have equivalent opportunities to demonstrate
28 their subject-matter knowledge and that no student has an unfair advantage. Test
-2-
1 security is also vital for the colleges and universities that receive AP scores
2 because they use them to decide whether to grant advanced placement or credit to
3 matriculating students.
4 4. ETS is a testing service, not a law enforcement agency. Accordingly,
5 it does not have the authority or the ability to investigate or prove that individual
6 test takers, or groups of test takers, have cheated on AP Exams. When individual
7 test scores are at issue, ETS uses statistical and other information to determine
8 whether there is substantial evidence that the scores are invalid. Such information
9 is generally not available when groups of test scores are at issue. As I explain in
10 further detail below, groups of test scores may be cancelled when the AP
11 Program’s test administration requirements, which are designed to prevent any
12 students from gaining an unfair advantage, are not followed by a high school
13 responsible for administering the exams. I have attached as Exhibit A several
14 news articles reporting on four similar instances in which groups of AP exam
15 scores had to be cancelled based on test administration irregularities.
16 5. In test administration irregularity cases where OTI cannot determine
17 which affected students were not in a position to obtain an unfair advantage, the
18 scores of all members of the group must be cancelled because the College Board
19 and ETS cannot vouch for the validity of any test taker’s score.
20 A. Policies Regarding AP Score Cancellations
21 6. Test security policies and procedures for AP exams are set forth in the
22 2016-17 AP Bulletin for AP Students and Parents (“AP Bulletin”), attached as
23 Exhibit B, which is distributed to students who wish to take one or more AP
24 exams. Every AP test taker is required to signify his or her agreement to those
25 policies and procedures at the time of the test by affirming on the answer sheet: “I
26 am aware of and agree to the AP Program’s policies and procedures as outlined in
27 the 2016-17 Bulletin for AP Students and Parents.” A sample answer sheet is
28 attached as Exhibit F.
-3-
1 7. As the AP Bulletin states, the scores of “one or more students” may be

2 cancelled where there are “testing irregularities.” In addition, individual test scores
3 may be cancelled where, among other reasons, students engage in “misconduct” or
4 there is “substantial evidence” that the scores are invalid. Because irregularity,
5 misconduct, and invalidity cases differ markedly from one another, different
6 procedures apply to each.
7 (a) Testing Irregularities: AP Exam scores may be cancelled where
8 there are “testing irregularities.” As explained in the AP Bulletin:
9 The term “testing irregularities” refers to problems with the administration
10
of an exam affecting an individual or a group of test-takers. Such problems
include, but are not limited to, administrative errors (e.g., improper timing,
11 improper seating, improper proctoring, defective materials, defective
12
equipment, or the failure of test administration personnel or the school to
comply with test administration policies or procedures) and disruptions of
13 exam administrations. Students may review the exam administration
14 instructions that schools are required to follow, which are set forth in the AP
Coordinator’s Manual, available at
15 www.collegeboard.org/apcoordinatorsmanual. The College Board is solely
16 responsible for determining whether testing irregularities have occurred, and
its decisions are final. When testing irregularities occur, we may decline to
17 score the exams of one or more students, and it may cancel the scores of one
18 or more students when it determines that such actions are required to protect
the integrity of the exam. We may do so whether or not the affected students
19 caused the testing irregularities, benefited from them, or engaged in
20 misconduct. When it is appropriate in our judgment, we may give the
student(s) the opportunity to retake the test without charge.
21
22 Score cancellations in cases of testing irregularities are not based on findings that
23 any individual test taker engaged in misconduct or on substantial evidence that his
24 or her score is invalid. There is rarely information available from which to make
25 such a determination. For example, if a group of test takers is given more than the
26 specified time to complete a test section, there is no statistical or other information
27 from which it can be determined which students scored higher than they otherwise
28 would have as a result of the extra time. Similarly, when test takers are seated so
-4-
1 that they are in a position to copy from or communicate with other test takers, there
2 is no statistical or other information from which it can be determined who did so
3 and who did not. Thus, in testing irregularity cases affecting a group of test takers,
4 the group’s scores must be cancelled because testing conditions were such that test
5 takers could have had an unfair advantage, and it is impossible to tell which test
6 takers took advantage of those conditions and which did not.
7 (b) Misconduct: An AP test taker’s score may be cancelled where
8 the test taker engages in misconduct, such as where a proctor observes one test
9 taker copying from another test taker, using study guides while testing, using cell
10 phones or other messaging devices during testing, or removing test questions from
11 the room. In such instances, the test taker may be asked to leave the testing room
12 and the test taker’s score is automatically cancelled.
13 (c) Invalidity: An individual AP test taker’s score may be cancelled
14 where there is substantial evidence that the test taker’s score is invalid (i.e., that it
15 does not reflect the test taker’s actual knowledge and abilities). In such cases,
16 there is almost never any direct evidence that the test taker cheated. Rather, ETS
17 considers a variety of statistical and other information such as unusual answer
18 patterns, discrepant handwriting, and inconsistent performance on different parts of
19 the exam. When, after a careful review of all the available evidence, including
20 information provided by the test taker, it is determined that there is substantial
21 evidence of invalidity, the test taker’s score is questioned and the test taker has
22 various options, including the right to take a free retest under secure conditions.
23 8. All high schools administering AP Exams are required to comply with
24 detailed test administration and test security requirements. Those requirements are
25 set forth in the 2016-17 AP Coordinator’s Manual (the “AP Manual”), excerpts of
26 which are attached as Exhibit C. As noted in Paragraph 7(a), above, the AP
27 Manual is available online, and test takers are invited to review it. In relevant part,
28 the AP Manual requires the following:
-5-
1 (a) Seating Students: The AP Manual contains detailed seating

2 requirements for AP exam administrations. In boldface type, the Manual requires
3 that proctors generally: “Allow no less than five feet (approximately 1.5 meters)
4 between students” (“students may be seated 4 feet (1.2m) apart” for the U.S.
5 History and Calculus exams). The Manual requires that “[t]o maintain this
6 distance, a table must be at least eight feet (2.43 meters) in length to accommodate
7 two students….” The Manual also imposes the conditions: Students must sit
8 “directly behind but not directly beside each other”; “[e]veryone must face the
9 same direction”; more than one student may sit at a table “only if all students face
10 the same direction, are seated on the same side of the table, and the five-foot
11 distance between students can be maintained”; and “[t]he use of partitions is
12 prohibited [with limited exceptions].” The AP Manual warns (again in boldface
13 type) that “[f]ailure to follow seating requirements could result in cancellation
14 of exam scores.” (Page 51.)
15 (b) Mandatory Starting Times: In order to try and prevent test
16 takers in the Pacific time zone from receiving information about the contents of an
17 exam from test takers in the Eastern time zone, each AP exam must be
18 administered on the day and at the time specified by the AP Program. Morning
19 testing must begin between 8:00 and 9:00 am local time, and afternoon testing
20 must begin between noon and l:00 pm local time. (Page 51.)
21 (c) Breaks During Exam: The AP Manual states in boldface type
22 that “[s]tudents may not consult textbooks, notes, teachers or other students
23 regarding the exam materials during the break” and “[f]ailure to adhere to
24 these policies may result in cancellation of scores.” (Page 55.)
25 (d) Proctor’s Duties: Among other things, proctors are required to
26 “[f]amiliarize themselves ahead of time with the administration and exam security
27 procedures in [the AP Manual].” (Page 31.) During the test administration,
28 proctors are required to “[e]nsure that proper seating distance is maintained
-6-
1 between students” and are prohibited from “perform[ing] any activity not related to
2 the administration.” (Pages 31.) The high school is required to designate an AP
3 Coordinator, and the AP Coordinator is in turn required to provide detailed training
4 to each proctor. (Pages 35.)
5 9. The requirements that students must generally be seated at least five
6 feet from one another and that partitions between students are prohibited are
7 important to ensuring the integrity of a test administration. When students are not
8 adequately spaced, there is an unacceptable potential for them to obtain an unfair
9 advantage by looking at one another’s papers or communicating with one another.
10 Likewise, partitions may obstruct proctors’ sightlines, allowing students to gain an
11 unfair advantage by using prohibited materials, such as their own notes or
12 electronic devices, during the exams. Seating spacing and set-up requirements
13 such as those specified in the AP Coordinator’s Manual are typical for high-stakes
14 standardized testing. As just one example, high schools throughout the state that
15 administer the California High School Exit Examinations each spring are required
16 to separate students by a designated distance and seat them facing the same
17 direction.
18 10. SRHS agreed to abide by all of the above requirements. Principal
19 Ann Menna and AP Coordinator Nancy Eggert signed the 2016-17 AP
20 Participation Form on September 22, 2016 and September 21, 2016 respectively.
21 ///
22 ///
23
24
25
26
27
28
-7-
10
11
12
13
14 11. Had SRHS not agreed to abide by the test administration requirements
15 set forth in the AP Manual, SRHS would not have been permitted to administer AP
16 exams. The AP Participation Form, as seen above and also attached hereto as
17 Exhibit D, states: “I will ensure that AP Exam will be administered in exact
18 accordance with the policies and procedures detailed in the 2016-17 AP
19 Coordinator’s Manual (available in November on collegeboard.org).” It also
20 states, in boldface type just above the signature line:
21 I understand that if my school does not comply with . . . the policies and
22
procedures set forth in the AP Coordinator’s Manual, then: 1) it may
not be allowed to administer AP Exams in the future; 2) it shall be
23 responsible for damages and costs incurred by the College Board or
24 ETS as a result of the noncompliance; and 3) one, some, or all of my
students’ AP Exam scores may be cancelled. In no event shall the
25 College Board or ETS be responsible for my school’s failure to comply
26 with the AP Coordinator’s Manual or this Agreement. Neither the
College Board nor ETS shall be liable to the students, school, district, or
27 anyone claiming by or through them for any damages . . . caused by,
28 arising from, or otherwise related to my school’s failure to comply with
the AP Coordinator’s Manual or this Agreement, whether or not the
-8-
1 College Board or ETS has been advised of the possibility of such

2
damages.”
3 12. Violations of AP exam testing procedures may be reported in a

4 number of ways, including on a “hotline” telephone number and by email to OTI.
5 AP Coordinators and proctors are also provided with a form (called the AP
6 Coordinator’s Incident Report Form (“IR”)) to report any irregularities they
7 observe during a test administration. Following the close of the exam period, the
8 school sends all hard copy Incident Report forms to ETS. ETS receives thousands
9 of these forms from participating schools.
10 13. If an IR is submitted by a school during an AP administration, the
11 report and relevant testing materials are put into a special envelope. Once boxes
12 are returned by AP schools to ETS, they are opened and, the IR envelope is given
13 to a member of the Resolutions team. That staff member identifies potential group
14 cases and forwards such reports to OTI. The critical objectives for ETS in such
15 cases are to determine whether a testing irregularity occurred, whether test takers
16 may have had the opportunity to gain an unfair advantage, and whether any or all
17 test scores of the affected group must be cancelled. It is always desirable to cancel
18 as few scores as possible, but in testing irregularity cases involving violations of
19 test administration requirements applicable to all test takers, there may be no basis
20 on which to cancel some scores but not others.
21 B. The Scripps Ranch High School Investigation
22 14. In May 2017, SRHS administered fifteen different AP exams. Neither
23 Ms. Eggert nor any SRHS teacher or administrator notified ETS that SRHS failed
24 to comply with the test administration requirements set forth in the AP
25 Coordinator’s Manual. On May 11, 2017, Ms. Eggert prepared an IR, attached as
26 Exhibit E, which noted that a student was dismissed from the AP Statistics exam
27 for “misconduct.” Ms. Eggert described the incident in detail, noting that the
28 student at issue was observed leaning back during the exam and looking at her
-9-
1 tablemate’s testing materials. The proctor informed the student that her actions
2 were considered cheating and dismissed her from the test after confiscating her
3 testing materials. Among the other details included in the IR was a description of
4 the exam room seating. Ms. Eggert wrote: “Our students are seated two per
5 table, facing front, separated by a testing carrell for each student.” Also
6 attached to the IR was a diagram of a seating chart signed by Ms. Eggert and dated
7 May 12, 2017.
8 15. OTI received the IR from SRHS on June 7, 2017. The type of incident
9 noted on the report was ‘Misconduct,’ and it was reported that an individual
10 student had been dismissed. All IRs are received in OTI by Manager Amy Cuccia.
11 After an initial read by Ms. Cuccia, she sends IRs to a support person in OTI, who
12 then assigns cases to a professional staff member. Ms. Cuccia pays special
13 attention to possible group cases. On June 8, 2018, Ms. Cuccia determined a
14 seating irregularity may have occurred, and she contacted Test Security Analyst
15 Hughonette Williamson to start a review. Ms. Williamson contacted Ms. Eggert.
16 In response to direct questions by ETS, Ms. Eggert acknowledged that SRHS
17 violated the seating requirements set forth in the AP Coordinator’s Manual in
18 administering nine different AP Exams. On each of those exams, students were
19 seated too close to one another and were separated by partitions.
20 16. Ms. Williamson was the lead contact with SRHS. On June 8, 2017,
21 Ms. Williamson telephoned Ms. Eggert to request additional information.
22 17. Three days later, on June 12, 2017, Ms. Williamson wrote to Ms.
23 Eggert to request a status update on OTI’s request for information. Ms. Eggert
24 responded, copying Vice Principal Mr. Lawson. She informed Ms. Williamson
25 that two rooms at Scripps were used to administer the AP exams—the Library and
26 Room 555. She also noted that only two exams were administered in Room 555
27 (AP Spanish Language and AP Chemistry). Attached to Ms. Eggert’s email were
28
- 10 -
1 two Word files showing the table set up for the two testing rooms and Excel files
2 listing test takers’ names and seating assignments for each of the fifteen exams.
3 18. On June 13, 2017, Ms. Williamson wrote to Ms. Eggert requesting
4 additional details “as soon as possible.” See the email chain attached as Exhibit G.
5 Specifically, Ms. Williamson asked for (1) the “size of the tables used and the
6 distance between students at the 6 ft. tables”; (2) whether the partitions were used
7 for all exams; and (3) verification of what exams were administered in that
8 manner. See Ex. G. Ms. Eggert responded that the size of the tables in Room 555
9 was 3 feet, that each aisle between the tables was about two feet in both rooms.
10 She noted that “[s]tudents in the library would have been about two feet away
11 from each other. We used the open fronted carrels in every test except
12 Spanish Language, Chemistry, and Studio Art.” See Ex. G. And finally, she
13 noted that the “open fronted carrels” were used in all exams except for AP Spanish
14 Language, AP Chemistry, and AP Studio Art. See Ex. G.
15 19. Ms. Williamson then sought further clarification from Ms. Eggert
16 about (1) whether Ms. Eggert meant 3-foot or 6-foot tables; (2) whether the tables
17 were the same size in both rooms; and (3) whether all exams were administered in
18 the two testing rooms only. See Ex. G.
19 20. On June 14, 2017, Ms. Eggert emailed Ms. Williamson and clarified
20 that the “tables in the library were 6 feet. The tables in room 555 are 3 feet.”
21 Ms. Eggert added that “[a]ll exams except Spanish Language and Chemistry were
22 administered in the library.” That same day, Ms. Williamson emailed Ms. Eggert
23 to ask whether there was “only one student seated at the 3 ft. tables in room 555.
24 Ms. Eggert responded “[y]es, in room 555 only one student per 3 foot table.”
25 See Ex. G.
26 21. Ms. Williamson then emailed Ms. Eggert to clarify the distance
27 between test takers seated at the 6-foot tables in the Library during the AP exams
28
- 11 -
1 administered there. Ms. Eggert confirmed test takers in the library were “[a]bout
2 two feet” apart. See Ex. G.
3 22. Shortly thereafter, Ms. Williamson responded to Ms. Eggert via email,
4 noting that the AP Statistics roster Ms. Eggert had previously sent ‘[did] not show
5 seating assignments for the library.” Ms. Williamson asked Ms. Eggert to update
6 the roster and resubmit it to OTI. See Ex. G. Two days later, on June 16, 2017,
7 Ms. Eggert and Ms. Williamson exchanged a series of emails in which Ms. Eggert
8 sent seating charts and/or rosters for the AP Statistics, AP European History, and
9 AP Environmental Science exams. See the email chain attached as Exhibit H.
10 23. Ms. Williamson then forwarded the information she compiled about
11 the seating irregularities to Nicole Krajewski in Program Development. Ms.
12 Krajewski, in turn, discussed the ETS findings with the College Board. Based on
13 (a) SRHS’s admission that nine of the fifteen AP exams administered at SRHS
14 were not administered in accordance with the seating requirements specified in the
15 AP Manual and (b) the lack of any basis on which it could be determined that
16 particular students seated two to a table could not have obtained an unfair
17 advantage in those exams, OTI recommended to the College Board, consistent with
18 the policies and procedures used in other similar cases, that all scores on such
19 exams should be cancelled.
20 24. Specifically, on June 20, 2017 and June 21, 2017, ETS recommended
21 to the College Board that the following scores be cancelled:
22 A. U.S. History: 68 test takers (seated at 2-person tables in
23
library).
24 B. Biology: 64 test takers (seated at 2-person tables in library).

Two test takers, seated alone, were not impacted.
25
26
C. Computer Science A: 108 test takers (seated at 2-person tables
in library). Three test takers, seated alone, were not impacted.
27
D. English Language: 210 test takers (seated at 2-person tables in
28
library).
- 12 -
1 E. English Literature: 68 test takers (seated at 2-person tables in

2
library). One test taker, seated alone, not impacted.
3 F. Calculus AB: 116 test takers (seated at 2-person tables in

library). Two test takers, seated alone, were not impacted.
4
5
G. Calculus BC: Six test takers (seated at 2-person tables in
library).
6
H. Psychology: 161 test takers (seated at 2-person tables in
7
library). Two test takers, seated alone, were not impacted.
8
I. Statistics: 46 test takers (seated at 2-person tables in library).
9 Three test takers, seated alone, were not impacted.
10
25. On June 23, 2017, following receipt of OTI’s investigation
11
chronology and summary of findings, the College Board accepted OTI’s
12
recommendation. The College Board did not cancel any of the 90 scores from the
13
six other AP exams administered at SRHS, which Ms. Eggert informed ETS were
14
administered in accordance with the College Board’s seating requirements. Nor
15
did the College Board cancel the scores of the thirteen test takers identified above
16
as not impacted by seating irregularities.
17
26. In total, 847 AP exam scores for 543 SRHS students could not be
18
validated. Of the affected students, 230 were seniors, 225 were juniors, and 85
19
were sophomores.
20
27. I understand that the Plaintiffs have argued that ETS should have
21
performed additional investigative steps to determine which if any SRHS students
22
cheated on each AP exam and should have cancelled only those students’ scores.
23
As explained above, ETS is rarely if ever able to determine whether a particular
24
student or students cheated on an AP exam. The issues in testing irregularity cases
25
are whether a testing irregularity occurred; whether a group of test takers could
26
have obtained an unfair advantage as a result; and whether there is any reliable
27
basis for reducing the size of the group whose scores must be cancelled. No
28
- 13 -
1 statistical or other tools exist that could have been used to further reduce the
2 number of cancellations at SRHS.
3
4 I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the
5 foregoing is true and correct and that this declaration was executed on July 12,
6 2017, in Princeton, New Jersey.
7
10
11
RAY NICOSIA
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
- 14 -
Case 3:17-cv-01379-MMA-KSC Document 15-1 Filed 07/12/17 PageID.391 Page 1 of 7
Exhibit A
← Back to Original Article
COURTS AND GOVERNMENT | Official Business
Judge Denies Request to Reinstate Test Scores

August 02, 1997
A Superior Court judge on Friday denied a request by 250 Mira Costa High School students to have their advanced-placement test scores made valid after the
scores were thrown out last month because students were seated too close to each other.
Superior Court Judge Robert O'Brien denied the group's request for a temporary restraining order but scheduled an Aug. 15 hearing for more arguments.
Attorney Steven Kirby, whose daughter Allison is among the Manhattan Beach students whose scores were invalidated, said Educational Testing Service
brochures state that each student should have been notified about why test scores were tossed out. Students then should have been allowed to dispute the
testing company's decision or retake the exam to reconfirm the grade they received in the first test, Kirby said.
But Bruce Berman, attorney for the testing firm, said those notifications only apply to cases in which individual misconduct occurs, such as talking or copying.
When there is an administrative error in placing students too close to each other, the testing service is obligated to throw out the entire group's scores, he said.
The testing firm said the students can retake the tests free the weeks of Aug. 11 and Aug. 25.
Copyright 2017 Los Angeles Times Index by Keyword | Index by Date | Privacy Policy | Terms of Service
← Back to Original Article
Cheating by 7 Students Voids College Credit Exams : 79 Tests Rescheduled; Firm Will
Bear Costs
August 03, 1989 | ESTHER SCHRADER | Times Staff Writer
College placement examinations taken by 79 students at a Glendale high school were invalidated this week by the organization that produces the tests after
Glendale Unified School District officials discovered that seven students cheated on the exams.
Officials at Educational Testing Service (ETS) invalidated the Advanced Placement Examination scores of the Crescenta Valley High School students because
an ETS investigation found that high school officials failed to properly monitor students taking the tests, a spokesman for the service said.
The decision by the nonprofit educational measurement organization comes more than two months after seven students were suspended from school when
they admitted to cheating on the exams.
All students seeking college credit for taking university-level courses at the high school in biology, U.S. history and English composition will be required to
retake the tests this month during summer vacation, testing service officials said Wednesday.
Ewing said ETS officials had reason to believe that students taking the tests at the La Crescenta school were seated too close together and that an inadequate
number of proctors were present in the examination rooms.
Procedure Criticized
"The administration of the test was irregular enough that we could not honestly say that the students had been tested in a standardized fashion," Ewing said.
Crescenta Valley High School Principal Kenneth Bierman acknowledged that school officials did not administer the tests in strict accordance with ETS
guidelines. But Bierman said that was beside the point.
"You can say anything you want to as far as, were the chairs lined up properly or what, but the fact is, we've had kids practically sitting on each others' laps,
and none of them cheated before," Bierman said. "It's all a matter of personal choices. If kids want to cheat, they'll find a way."
A total of 150 tests taken by the 79 students have been invalidated by the testing service, Ewing said. Eight advanced placement tests were taken by 230
students at the school on May 15-17. But tests in only the three subject areas where cheating was discovered have been invalidated, he said.
Advanced Placement Examinations measure students' skills in college-level courses in subjects ranging from physics to languages. Students pay $57 to take
each of the examinations. If a student does well on an exam, most colleges will exempt him or her from the introductory college course in that area.
Delays in Results
School district and ETS officials said it is likely some Crescenta Valley students will score lower on the exam because of the testing delay and said some colleges
may not receive the results of the tests until after the school year has begun.
The cheating came to light in May after several students told school administrators that they suspected other students of cheating on the exams. Several days
later, seven students confessed that they had copied the answers of other students or opened test booklets before they were allowed.
The students, all in 11th grade, were suspended from school for three days but will be allowed to retake the tests, said Crescenta Valley High School Principal
Kenneth Bierman. The school is withholding the names of the students.
A two-month investigation by ETS investigators of how tests were administered at the high school has centered not on the actions of the students but on the
circumstances that may have made it easier for cheating to take place, Ewing said.
Under contractual arrangements with the Princeton, N.J.-based testing organization, school districts agree to teach college-level courses and to administer the
service's exams, which test knowledge of the course material, Ewing said. Under the arrangement, schools are required to follow guidelines provided by the
service on administering the exams, he said.
Gives Guidelines
Among other things, the guidelines specify the ratio of supervisors to students required in a room where the tests are being administered. If 51 to 100 students
are being tested in one room, for instance, three supervisors are needed.
In the first test given at Crescenta Valley High School, in U.S. History, Bierman said 60 students were tested, but only one proctor was present.
The ETS guidelines also specify that students taking advanced placement exams must be separated from each other by five feet, but students taking the biology
advanced placement test at the high school were seated next to each other and separated by dividers, Bierman said.
Glendale school district officials said they will be examining their procedures for administering the exams to determine what can be improved.
"This is an area that we're definitely going to be looking into to make sure we did a really good job," said Donald Empey, deputy superintendent for instruction.
"We really need to examine it."
The Educational Testing Service will absorb the cost of conducting the examinations again, Ewing said. He said it is unclear how much it will cost ETS to retest
the students, but he predicted it will be "expensive, definitely expensive."
Many Costs
To administer the test again, the testing service must pay proctors, graders and clerical workers, arrange for a testing site and pay shipping costs to mail the
exams to the site and back.
Ewing said it is rare that the ETS retests a large group of students. The service, the largest in the country, administers 1.9 million tests each year. Ewing said
the testing service was making special arrangements to grade the tests as soon as possible after the students retake them on Aug. 21, 22 and 23. He said that if
students wish, the service will inform colleges that the tests were delayed because of "administrative irregularities."
"We regret having to retest students under any circumstances, but obviously this is especially unfortunate because students are now on vacation and are
scattered and are not really prepared for taking these exams," Ewing said. "We would not do it unless we felt the need to test students fairly and accurately."
Copyright 2017 Los Angeles Times Index by Keyword | Index by Date | Privacy Policy | Terms of Service
([KLELW%
Bulletin for Your guide to

the AP Program
AP Students
®
INSIDE:
and Parents
9 Student checklist
9 Getting ready for exam day
9 2017 exam schedule
2016-17
IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR EXAM TAKERS
Privacy Policy full name, mailing address, date of birth, sex, 8-digit AP
The College Board (“us”) carefully manages and number, and your 6-digit high school code number.
safeguards students’ personal information. Except
as described in this publication, or to share with our
Your Email Address
operational partners for the purpose of administering By providing your email address on your AP answer
testing services and generating score reports, the sheet, you give the College Board and its operational
personal information that you provide to the College partners permission to contact you via email. Your email
Board will not be sold, rented, loaned, or otherwise will be used to send you important information about
shared. For personal information you provide online, your exams, scores, and any AP awards you may earn.
please see the College Board’s online privacy policy at
www.collegeboard.org/privacy-policy. Student Search Service® Program
We reserve the right to contact the appropriate The College Board’s Student Search Service® is a
individuals or agencies — including your high school free and voluntary program that connects students
— if we believe that you may be in imminent danger of with information about educational and financial aid
harming yourself or others, based on any information you opportunities from nearly 1,500 colleges, universities,
provide to the College Board, including your responses scholarship programs, and educational organizations.
to AP Exam questions. We might also provide the Here’s how it works:
relevant essay or other content, along with your personal 1. When you take an AP Exam, indicate on your answer
information, to those contacted. sheet that you want to be part of Student Search Service.
2. Participating, eligible organizations use Student Search
How Your Scores and Other Service to find groups of students, like you, to contact
Information Are Used because these students may be a good fit for their
Your AP® score report is available to you, any college communities and programs. Only students who opted to
you designate, and your high school and school district participate in Student Search Service will be included.
in July. If you elect to provide your Social Security 3. To find groups of students, these organizations can use
number (for U.S. citizens) on your AP answer sheet or any attribute you provided when taking a College Board
on the registration form of another College Board test, it assessment, except the following: disability, self-reported
may appear on certain AP score reports, for use by the parental income, Social Security number, phone numbers,
recipients of your score report to match your score report and actual test scores.
to the recipient’s records. 4. The most searched items are expected high school
Your AP scores and/or personal identifying information graduation date, cumulative grade point average (GPA),
may be shared in the following circumstances: and intended college major.
Ꮀ If your school, district, or state partners with other If you have questions or concerns about Student Search
educational organizations. Please consult your school for Service or want more information about the program,
individual policies. please visit www.collegeboard.org/student-search-service
or call 866-825-8051.
Ꮀ When a state requests the names of its public school
students who receive fee reductions for audit or invoice
verification. In such cases, the state agrees to maintain
Telemarketing and Internet Scams
the confidentiality of such data. If you receive an unsolicited phone call from someone
claiming to work for the College Board, attempting to sell
Ꮀ If you earn a State AP Scholar Award, your state
you test-prep products or request personally identifying
superintendent of education’s office and governor’s
information (such as credit card and Social Security
office may be notified for the purpose of recognizing your
numbers), do NOT provide the caller with any personal
achievement.
information.
Ꮀ For research purposes and/or to prepare research reports
(in the aggregate and/or anonymously). Occasionally, Ꮀ Be cautious about unsolicited contacts via phone or email.
College Board researchers and their subcontractors may Ꮀ The College Board will never contact you to ask you
contact students to invite their participation in surveys to send your credit card, bank account, or password
or other research. By providing your phone number on information by phone or through email.
your answer sheet, you agree to be contacted by the Ꮀ Never supply credit card information to someone who
College Board regarding a test or program for which you calls or emails you.
are registered, opportunities to participate in research
Ꮀ If you think you have received a fraudulent call or email,
surveys, and/or free college planning services.
contact the Federal Trade Commission and your local
Ꮀ If you are a resident of the state of Kentucky, your AP authorities and provide them with all the details.
Exam scores will automatically be sent to the Kentucky
Ꮀ Keep in mind that if an offer appears too good to be true,
Higher Education Assistance Authority (KHEAA). If you
it probably is.
do not want your scores sent to KHEAA, write to: AP
Program, Educational Testing Service, 1425 Lower Ferry Ꮀ For more information about phone or internet scams, visit
Road, 29Q, Ewing, NJ 08618. Be sure to include your www.collegeboard.org/privacy-policy/security.
ABOUT THE COLLEGE BOARD

The College Board is a mission-driven not-for-profit students prepare for a successful transition to college
organization that connects students to college success through programs and services in college readiness and
and opportunity. Founded in 1900, the College Board was college success — including the SAT® and the Advanced
created to expand access to higher education. Today, the Placement Program®. The organization also serves the
membership association is made up of over 6,000 of the education community through research and advocacy on
world’s leading educational institutions and is dedicated behalf of students, educators, and schools.
to promoting excellence and equity in education. Each
2 year, the College Board helps more than seven million
For further information, visit www.collegeboard.org.
Contents AP Students
Congratulations! As an AP® student, you are taking part
2 AP Exam Basics in a college-level academic experience that will challenge
5 Getting Ready for Exam Day and inspire you and prepare you for college and beyond.
Your hard work is helping you prepare for the AP Exam,
6 Exam Day which gives you the opportunity to earn credit and
7 Additional Information advanced placement in college.
8 AP Student Checklist 2017 This 2016-17 Bulletin for AP Students and Parents contains
important information about the AP Exams, including
9 Getting and Sending Your Exam Scores
the policies and procedures for exam administration
Back 2017 AP Exam Schedule, Contacts and security that help ensure a fair and uniform testing
experience for all students. On exam day, you will be
Follow Us! asked to indicate that you understand and agree to the
@APforStudents policies and procedures in this publication.
youtube.com/advancedplacement
Parents and Guardians

We encourage you to review the contents of this bulletin
AP Program ®
and take special note of important dates and other
With AP®, students can take college-level course work in information related to the exam administration.
high school. When students take AP courses and exams,
they demonstrate to college admission officers that they How you can support your child:
have sought out an educational experience that will Ꮀ Designate specific areas in your home for schoolwork and
prepare them for success in college and beyond. study.
Performing well on an AP Exam means more than just Ꮀ Remind your child to prioritize classes, activities, and
the successful completion of a course. Most colleges and work commitments.
universities accept successful exam scores for credit, Ꮀ Recommend that your child form a study group.
advanced placement, or both. And, research consistently
Ꮀ Review high school graduation requirements with your
shows that students who are successful in AP typically
child.
experience greater academic success in college than
those who do not participate in AP. Ꮀ Work with the school’s SSD coordinator to ensure that
your child receives any testing accommodations they
Visit www.collegeboard.org/apstudents for detailed need. (If your child requires testing accommodations, see
information about each of the 38 AP courses and exams, page 7 for details.)
including course and exam descriptions, sample free-
response questions and scoring guidelines, study skills,
exam tips, and more.
BOLETÍN PARA ESTUDIANTES DE AP Y SUS PADRES

El boletín para estudiantes de AP y sus padres 2016-17 se © 2016 The College Board. College Board, Advanced
publica también en español. Puedes descargar este boletín visitando Placement Program, AP, SAT, Student Search Service,
www.collegeboard.org/apstudents. and the acorn logo are registered trademarks of the College
Board. AP Capstone and SAT Subject Tests are trademarks
Puedes solicitar copias impresas gratuitas visitando la página owned by the College Board. PSAT/NMSQT is a registered
www.collegeboard.org/freepubs o llamando al 212-713-8165. trademark of the College Board and National Merit
Scholarship Corporation. All other products and services
may be trademarks of their respective owners. Visit the
College Board on the Web: www.collegeboard.org.
1
AP EXAM BASICS
Registration and Fees Scores

Your AP Exam score is a weighted combination of your
How to Register scores on the multiple-choice section and the free-
If your school offers AP courses, contact your AP response section. AP Exam scores are reported on a
coordinator to register for the exams. Your AP coordinator 5-point scale that indicates how qualified the student
will order the necessary materials, collect fees, and let is to receive college credit and placement for their
you know exactly when and where to report for performance:
the exams.
5 = extremely well qualified
You may take as many AP Exams as you wish, in any 4 = well qualified
combination, with the following qualifications: 3 = qualified
Ꮀ You may not take both Calculus AB and Calculus BC 2 = possibly qualified
within the same year. 1 = no recommendation
Ꮀ If you want to take two exams that are scheduled for the AP Exam scores of 5 are equivalent to grades of A+ and
same time, ask your AP coordinator for information about A in the corresponding college course. AP Exam scores of
taking one of the exams on the late-testing date. 4 are equivalent to grades of A-, B+, and B in college. AP
Ꮀ You may submit more than one Studio Art portfolio, but Exam scores of 3 are equivalent to grades of B-, C+, and C
each must be a different type of portfolio. You may not in college.
duplicate works or images among the portfolios, and
portfolios may not be combined. For example, if you want Opportunity for College Credit
to submit a portfolio for both Drawing and 2-D Design, With qualifying AP Exam scores, you can earn credit,
you will need to submit two separate portfolios with two advanced placement, or both at the majority of colleges
completely different sets of artwork and pay two and universities in the United States and Canada.
separate fees. Individual colleges and universities, not the College Board
Ꮀ You may not retake an exam within the same year. You or the AP Program, grant course credit and placement.
may, however, repeat an exam in a subsequent year. In You should obtain a college’s AP policy in writing. You
this case, both scores will be reported unless you request can usually find this information through the institution
that one be withheld or canceled (see page 9). directly or by using the AP Credit Policy Info search at
www.collegeboard.org/apcreditpolicy.
Note: If you are home-schooled, your school does
You decide which colleges (if any) receive your AP Exam
not administer AP Exams, or if you plan to test with
scores. See page 9 for more information on AP score
accommodations, please see page 7.
reporting services. Colleges that receive your AP score
report will typically notify you during the summer of
Fees any advanced placement, credit, or exemption you have
earned. You can also contact your college to find out how
AP Exam $93 your AP Exam scores are being applied.
International AP Exam* $123
AP Capstone Exam (U.S. and international) $141 AP Scholar Awards
Each August, the College Board recognizes high school
Unused exams $15 students who have demonstrated exemplary college-
*Applies to exams administered at schools outside the level achievement with AP Scholar Awards. While
United States, U.S. territories and commonwealths, there is no monetary award from the College Board,
and Canada, with the exception of U.S. Department of AP Scholar Awards further strengthen your college
Defense Dependents Schools (DoDDS). admission portfolio. For information about award
criteria, go to: www.collegeboard.org/apscholar.
Other Fees
Ꮀ Late testing: Occasionally, circumstances make it AP CAPSTONE™
necessary for students to test late using an alternate Ꮀ The fee for AP Seminar or AP Research is $141 each.
form of the exam. Depending on the reasons for late AP Seminar and AP Research are only available at
testing, schools may be charged an additional $45 fee per schools participating in the AP CapstoneTM program.
alternate exam, part or all of which the school may ask
students to pay. Students qualifying for the College Board Ꮀ Once you submit any performance task component
fee reduction will not be charged the late-testing fee. as final in the AP Digital Portfolio or start the end-
of-course exam, the full exam fee of $141 will be
Ꮀ Schools may negotiate a higher fee to recover proctoring charged. If an exam was ordered for you but you
and administration costs. never submitted any performance tasks as final or
Fee Reductions started the end-of-course exam, you will most likely be
Ꮀ The College Board provides a $31 fee reduction per exam required to pay the $15 fee that the school is charged
for students with financial need. For each AP Exam taken for each unused exam.
with a fee reduction, the school forgoes its $9 rebate, Ꮀ Your final AP Seminar score of 1–5 will be based on
resulting in a cost of $53 per exam. Many states and performance tasks submitted online during the school
districts use federal, state, and local funding to further year, including presentation and oral defense scores,
reduce exam fees. Check with your AP coordinator to and an end-of-course exam administered during the
learn more. AP Exam administration in May.
Refunds Ꮀ For students taking AP Research, your final AP
score of 1–5 will be based on the Academic Paper,
Ꮀ Students may request a refund if they pay for but do not presentation, and oral defense completed during
take an exam. Once a student opens the shrinkwrap on the school year. There is no end-of-course exam for
exam materials, the fee is not refundable. AP Research.
2
Test Security and Administration ፊ Prohibited in the exam room: Electronic equipment
(cell phone, smartphone, smartwatch, laptop, tablet
Policies and Procedures computer, etc.), portable listening or recording devices
(MP3 player, iPod®, etc.), cameras or other photographic
All AP students deserve a fair and uniform testing
equipment, devices that can access the internet, and
experience. The following policies and procedures are
any other electronic or communication devices. A
designed to:
student observed with any of these devices during
Ꮀ protect the integrity of AP Exams and AP Exam scores; testing or breaks may be dismissed from the exam
Ꮀ give all students equivalent opportunities to demonstrate room, and the device may be confiscated. School-
their knowledge on exam day; and owned handheld recording devices are allowed only for
the AP French, German, Italian, and Spanish Language
Ꮀ prevent any students from gaining an unfair advantage.
and Culture Exams and the AP Music Theory Exam.
If we determine that your testing experience did not ፊ You may not consult with teachers or other students
meet our standards for administering exams — even if
during the break between Sections I and II of the exam
this was not your fault — we reserve the right to cancel
or during any unscheduled breaks.
your AP Exam score. This is to protect the integrity of
the AP Exam for all AP students, and to ensure that we ፊ You may not be in possession of or access textbooks,
can stand behind all scores submitted to colleges and notes, or any other resource during the break between
universities for credit or advanced placement. When the Sections I and II of the exam or during any unscheduled
College Board considers it appropriate, but not under breaks.
all circumstances, you will be given the opportunity ፊ You may not leave the building at any time during the
to retest. test administration, including during a break.
We reserve the right to decline to score an AP Exam or ፊ You may not leave the designated break area without
cancel an AP Exam score when, in our judgment, any of permission.
the following occurs: ፊ Teachers, department chairs, tutors, individuals involved
1. Violation of test security policies and procedures: On
in test-preparation services, and educators of any kind
exam day, you are required to sign your answer sheet, (including, but not limited to, curriculum specialists,
indicating that you are aware of, and agree to, all of the school counselors, and administrators) are prohibited
policies and procedures listed in this bulletin. You also from taking or reviewing the content of an AP Exam.
must sign the covers of the multiple-choice and free- ፊ Violation of test security policies may result in score
response booklets, affirming statements related to the cancellation, and under some circumstances individuals
security of the exam. You must follow all policies may be permanently barred from future testing.
and procedures related to maintaining the security of 2. Disclosure of secure test items: The College Board
AP Exams, including: will automatically cancel your exam score and may
ፊ Exams must be administered on the established permanently bar you from testing if you are discovered
schedule. The exam administration may never begin disclosing, through any means, any part of the following
before the official starting time and may begin only test content:
up to one hour after the official starting time on ፊ multiple-choice content;
the specified day. If an exam is offered to you at an ፊ free-response content from an alternate exam;
incorrect date or time, you should refuse to take it;
contact Educational Testing Service’s (ETS) Office of
ፊ free-response content from a regularly scheduled exam
Testing Integrity to arrange to take an alternate exam. within two days of its administration; or
See back cover for contact information. ፊ free-response content that is not released on the
ፊ You must not remove the shrinkwrap and open exam College Board website two days after the regularly
materials until instructed to do so by the proctor, scheduled exam administration.
so that no one sees the exam content before the 3. Misconduct: If you engage in misconduct related to
administration begins. an AP Exam, you may be asked to turn in your exam
ፊ You may not, under any circumstances, remove exam materials and leave the testing room. You may not
materials from the testing room. return to the testing room, and your AP Exam score will
not be reported.
ፊ Because multiple-choice content is sometimes reused,
no one other than you may see your multiple-choice Misconduct includes:
content during the exam. ፊ Obtaining improper access to the exam, or a part of the
ፊ Multiple-choice section: You may never give the exam, or information about the exam.
content to anyone else; discuss it with anyone ፊ Removing a page or pages from the exam book.
(including your AP teacher); or share it through any ፊ Referring to, looking through, or working on any exam,
means, including, but not limited to, email, text or exam section, other than during the timed testing
messages, photographs, and social media/the internet. period for that exam or exam section.
ፊ Free-response section: You may only discuss free- ፊ Accessing any prohibited aids.
response content that is released on the College
Board website two days after the regularly scheduled
ፊ Using a phone or electronic device during the exam or
exam administration. If the content in the exam is not during a break.
released, you may not discuss it with anyone. ፊ Having subject-related information on your clothing
ፊ Exam materials are secured before, during, and after or body.
the exam. You are prohibited from accessing secured ፊ Using testing accommodations that have not been
exam materials at any time before or after the exam. preapproved by the College Board.
3
ፊ Bringing food or drink into the testing room (unless this 5. Identification discrepancies: When, in the College
has been preapproved as an accommodation by the Board’s judgment or the judgment of exam administration
College Board). personnel, there is a discrepancy in your identification,
ፊ Leaving the testing room without permission and/or you may be dismissed from the testing room. In addition,
taking an extended break. we may decline to score your exam or may cancel your
score. Law enforcement authorities may also be notified
ፊ Leaving the building or the designated break area
when fraud is suspected.
without permission.
6. Invalid scores: The College Board may also cancel AP
ፊ Attempting to remove from the testing room any part
Exam scores when, in our judgment, there is substantial
of the exam or any notes related to the exam.
evidence that they are invalid for any reason. Evidence of
ፊ Copying the work of another student or of published or invalidity may include, but is not limited to, plagiarism,
unpublished sources. discrepant handwriting, unusual answer patterns, or
ፊ Attempting to give or receive assistance, or otherwise inconsistent performance on different parts of the exam
communicate, through any means, with another person or text that is similar to that in other free responses.
about the exam during the exam administration. Before canceling AP Exam scores based on substantial
ፊ Attempting to take the exam for someone else. evidence of invalidity, we notify the affected student
in writing about our concerns, give the student an
ፊ Creating a disturbance.
opportunity to submit information that addresses our
ፊ Failing to follow any of the exam administration concerns, and consider any such information that is
regulations discussed in this bulletin, provided by submitted. The College Board also offers various options,
testing staff, or specified in any exam materials. which typically include voluntary score cancellation,
Policy on Plagiarism and Falsification or Fabrication of a free retest, and arbitration in accordance with the
Information for AP Capstone ETS Standard Arbitration Agreement. Note: The retest
option is not available outside the United States, U.S.
A student who fails to acknowledge the source or author territories, and Canada. The arbitration option is available
of any and all information or evidence taken from the only for tests administered in the United States and U.S.
work of someone else through citation, attribution, territories. Additionally, if before, during, or after a review
or reference in the body of the work, or through a of questionable scores, ETS finds that misconduct has
bibliographic entry, will receive a score of 0 on that occurred in connection with a test, ETS may treat the
particular component of the AP Seminar and/or AP matter under its misconduct procedures; in that event,
Research Performance Task. In AP Seminar, a team of the options available in connection with score invalidity
students that fails to properly acknowledge sources or reviews will not be available even if those options were
authors on the Team Multimedia Presentation will receive previously offered.
a group score of 0 for that component of the Team Project
and Presentation. A student who incorporates falsified In no event shall the College Board, its agents, or
or fabricated information (e.g., evidence, data, sources, subcontractors be responsible for students’, test
and/or authors) will receive a score of 0 on that particular administration personnel’s, or schools’ failure to comply
component of the AP Seminar and/or AP Research with the AP test security and test administration policies
Performance Task. In AP Seminar, a team of students and procedures. The College Board shall not be liable
that incorporates falsified or fabricated information in to the students, school, district, or anyone claiming by
the Team Multimedia Presentation will receive a group or through them for any damages, including special,
score of 0 for that component of the Team Project incidental, direct, indirect, consequential, exemplary, or
and Presentation. punitive damages, caused by, arising from, or otherwise
related to the failure of test administration personnel,
4. Testing irregularities: The term “testing irregularities” the students, or the school to comply with the College
refers to problems with the administration of an exam Board’s test security and test administration policies and
affecting an individual or a group of test-takers. Such procedures, whether or not the College Board has been
problems include, but are not limited to, administrative advised of the possibility of such damages.
errors (e.g., improper timing, improper seating, improper
proctoring, defective materials, defective equipment, or
the failure of test administration personnel or the school
to comply with test administration policies or procedures)
and disruptions of exam administrations. Students may
review the exam administration instructions that schools
are required to follow, which are set forth in the AP
Coordinator’s Manual, available at www.collegeboard
.org/apcoordinatorsmanual. The College Board is solely
responsible for determining whether testing irregularities
have occurred, and its decisions are final. When testing
irregularities occur, we may decline to score the exams of
one or more students, and it may cancel the scores of one
or more students when it determines that such actions
are required to protect the integrity of the exam. We may
do so whether or not the affected students caused the
testing irregularities, benefited from them, or engaged in
misconduct. When it is appropriate in our judgment, we
may give the student(s) the opportunity to retake the test
without charge.
4
GETTING READY FOR EXAM DAY
Things You Need to Know
In order to have a successful testing experience, you AP Computer Science Principles | AP Research |
should be aware of what is expected of you and what AP Seminar
the conditions will be in the testing room. Carefully These courses require students to submit performance
review the test security and test administration policies tasks during the year using the AP Digital Portfolio,
and procedures and the information that follows, and a web-based application. For more information, visit:
encourage your AP teachers to offer a timed practice https://apstudent.collegeboard.org/takingtheexam/
exam that is as similar to the actual testing administration about-digital-portfolio.
as possible. If you have any questions about how exam
AP Chinese Language and Culture | AP Japanese
day will work, talk to your AP coordinator.
Language and Culture
These AP Exams are taken on a computer. For more
Special Exam Preparation information, see https://apstudent.collegeboard.org/
It is important to note that several AP Exams have special takingtheexam/preparing-for-exams.
requirements. Visit www.collegeboard.org/apstudents for AP Music Theory | AP French, German, Italian, and
more detailed information. Spanish Language and Culture
AP Studio Art All sight-singing responses for the AP Music Theory
Students completing AP Portfolio Exams in AP Studio Exam and all speaking responses of the AP French,
Art (2-D, 3-D, or Drawing), must submit materials to their German, Italian, and Spanish Language and Culture
teachers digitally. To learn more, talk to your teacher or Exams must be digitally recorded. For more information,
visit https://apstudent.collegeboard.org/takingtheexam/ talk to your AP coordinator.
preparing-for-exams/about-digital-submission.
WHAT TO BRING TO THE EXAM ROOM WHAT NOT TO BRING TO THE EXAM ROOM†
Several sharpened No. 2 pencils with erasers, for all Electronic equipment (cell phone, smartphone, laptop,
responses on your multiple-choice answer sheet. tablet computer, etc.), portable listening or recording
(Students outside the U.S.: bring HB or No. 2 pencils.) devices (MP3 player, iPod®, etc.), cameras or other
photographic equipment, devices that can access the
Pens with black or dark blue ink for completing areas
internet, and any other electronic or communication
on the exam booklet covers and for free-response
devices. School-owned recording devices and
questions in most exams.
equipment are allowed only for the AP French,
Your 6-digit school code. Home-schooled students will German, Italian, and Spanish Language and Culture
be provided with their state’s or country’s home-school Exams and the AP Music Theory Exam.
code at the time of the exam.
Books, compasses, protractors, mechanical pencils,
A watch that does not have internet access, does not correction fluid, dictionaries, highlighters, notes, or
beep, and does not have an alarm. colored pencils.
Up to two approved calculators with the necessary Scratch paper; notes can be made on portions of the
capabilities if you are taking the AP Biology, Calculus, exam booklets or, for Chinese Language and Culture
Chemistry, Physics, or Statistics Exams. Visit and Japanese Language and Culture only, on scratch
apstudent.collegeboard.org/apcourse to find the paper provided by the proctor.
calculator policy for your subject. For a list
of approved graphing calculators, visit Watches that beep or have an alarm or smartwatches.
https://apstudent.collegeboard.org/takingtheexam/
exam-policies/calculator-policy. Computers.
A ruler or straightedge only if you’re taking an AP Reference guides, keyboard maps, or other typing
Physics Exam. Protractors are not allowed. instructions.
Your AP Student Pack. If you do not attend the school Ear plugs.
where you are taking the exam, you should also
bring a current government-issued or school-issued Clothing with subject-related information.
photo ID.*
Food or drink.
Your Social Security number (for U.S. citizens)** for
identification purposes (optional). If you provide your
number, it may appear on your AP score report.
If applicable, your SSD Student Accommodation

Letter, which verifies that you have been approved
for a testing accommodation such as braille or
large-type exams.
*Additional ID may be requested by authorized test centers outside the U.S. † Unless this has been preapproved as an accommodation by the College Board
**Some colleges and universities use Social Security numbers as student Services for Students with Disabilities office prior to the exam date.
identifiers when assigning AP credit or advanced placement for qualifying
AP scores. While the College Board does not require you to provide your
Social Security number, you may want to check with the college or university
where you are sending scores to see if they prefer that you provide a Social
Security number on your AP Exam answer sheet. 5
EXAM DAY
Completing Your Registration Completing Exam Responses

Answer Sheet You must follow the instructions below for completing
exam responses; if you do not, your score could be
You will complete your registration answer sheet during negatively affected.
a preadministration session or on the day of your first
AP Exam. Ꮀ You must indicate all of your answers for the multiple-
choice section by filling in the appropriate circles on your
In order to avoid score reporting delays, it is important answer sheet. Answers for the multiple-choice section
that you fill in your AP registration answer sheet marked in the exam booklets will not be scored. Your
completely and accurately. total exam score on the multiple-choice section is based
Ꮀ If you skip any important fields, such as name, date only on the number of questions answered correctly. You
of birth, or sex, or provide incomplete or inaccurate will not lose points for incorrect answers or unanswered
information, you may experience delays in accessing your questions.
scores in July, as these fields are used to match you to Ꮀ In some exams, short-answer questions follow the
your scores. multiple-choice questions in Section I. Answers for the
Ꮀ The name and email address you provide on your answer Section I short-answer questions for European History,
sheet should be the same you use to create your College U.S. History, and World History must be written in the
Board account. Mismatched email addresses can cause a included short-answer response booklets.
delay in accessing your scores. Ꮀ Answers for the free-response section must be written in
Ꮀ Your mailing address and email address must be accurate. the Section II exam booklet.
They are used to send you important information about ፊ Some exams have additional orange Section II booklets
your exams, scores, and AP awards, if applicable. containing exam questions — do not write answers in
these booklets.
Ꮀ All answers for the free-response section must be in
Labeling Your AP Exam English, with the exception of exams in Chinese, French,
You must place a 2017 AP number label (located on a German, Italian, Japanese, and Spanish Language
sheet in the center of your Student Pack) on each of and Culture and Spanish Literature and Culture. Any
the exam materials where it is indicated to do so. If you responses not adhering to this policy will not be scored.
don’t, it may be impossible to match your answer sheet
with your exam materials, which could delay or jeopardize
your AP score. Your sheet of bar-coded number labels is Reporting Problems
located in the center of the AP Student Pack that will be If you believe there is a problem while you are taking the
given to you on or before exam day. Please note: For the exam (e.g., you aren’t given enough time for a section
AP Chinese Language and Culture, Japanese Language of the exam, or the directions you receive are incorrect),
and Culture, and Studio Art Exams, your AP number notify your AP coordinator immediately. If problems
must be keyed accurately into the testing computer or persist, speak to your principal. If you are home-schooled
computer you are using to upload digital images. For or do not have an AP coordinator at your school, contact
AP Computer Science Principles, Research, and Seminar, AP Services for Students.
your AP number must be keyed accurately into the AP
Digital Portfolio by the submission deadline. Your work
cannot be submitted to the College Board until your
account includes an AP number. Reporting Ambiguous or
Ꮀ You are assigned a unique number each year you take Incorrect AP Exam Questions
AP Exams. AP Exam questions are developed by qualified education
Ꮀ Never use anyone else’s AP labels or number. professionals. However, if you believe there is a problem
Ꮀ Do not use more than one AP number in one year. with a question, complete the 2017 AP Exam Question
Ambiguity and Error Form available on the AP Students
Ꮀ A removable card is provided in your AP Student Pack
website at apstudent.collegeboard.org/takingtheexam/
to help you keep a record of your 2017 AP number.
exam-policies/exam-day-policies and mail or fax it to
You will need your AP number throughout the exam
AP Assessment Development. See the back cover of
administration and in the months following the exam to
this bulletin for contact information for AP Assessment
order score reports and other services.
Development. Your form must be received no later than
June 15. All communications will be answered by
regular mail.
Do not discuss the exam content with anyone, including
your exam proctor or your teacher. If necessary, action will
be taken before the scores are reported.
6
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Students with Disabilities You are your own best advocate for ensuring that you
receive the testing accommodations you need; this means
If you have a documented disability, you may be eligible that you, the student, are also responsible for following
for accommodations on the AP Exams. Some examples of through on the required procedures. Check with your
accommodations include: school’s SSD coordinator to confirm the specific
accommodations that have been requested. The
Ꮀ Extended time
specific accommodations that have been requested may
Ꮀ Large-type exams appropriately differ from what is being used in school.
Ꮀ Enlarged (large-block) answer sheets
Ꮀ Braille exams
Ꮀ Permission to use a braille device, computer, or Home-Schoolers and Students
magnifying device Whose Schools Do Not Offer AP
Ꮀ A reader to dictate questions If you are a home-schooled student, you are preparing
Ꮀ A writer to record responses on your own, or you attend a school that does not offer
Ꮀ A written copy of oral instructions AP, you can still take the exams by arranging to test at a
participating school or authorized test center (for students
Other accommodations are also available. outside the U.S.).
All accommodations must be approved by the College
Board’s Services for Students with Disabilities (SSD). Student Responsibilities
If you test with accommodations that have not been
Ꮀ Prepare a list of the exams you plan to take.
approved by the College Board, your scores will not
be reported. Ꮀ Contact AP Services for Students no later than
March 1 to get the names and telephone numbers of local
Requesting Accommodations AP coordinators. (Students in mainland China should email
Most students work with the school’s SSD coordinator international@collegeboard.org.)
to apply for accommodations before the AP Exam Ꮀ Contact the AP coordinators identified by AP Services no
administration. The SSD coordinator requests and later than March 15.
manages the accommodations online. Ꮀ Inform the coordinator you are trying to locate a school
Ꮀ Information about requesting accommodations is willing to administer AP Exams to outside students.
available at www.collegeboard.org/ssd. Ꮀ Notify the school of any accommodations that may
Ꮀ Information about administering accommodations for be needed.
AP Exams is available at www.collegeboard.org/apssd.
Ꮀ Agree to use the state home-school code or your school’s
Ꮀ In some cases, documentation of the disability and code provided by the AP coordinator on the day of the
need for accommodations is requested for the College
exam. You must not use the school code of the school at
Board’s review.
which you test. Be sure to obtain your school’s 6-digit code
Requests for accommodations, and, when required, from your principal or school counselor in advance of the
complete documentation, should be submitted by
exam. If you are home-schooled or attend a school that
Feb. 17. Requests should be submitted as early as
possible so that they can be reviewed and processed does not have a school code, use the state or international
before the exam ordering deadlines. If requests are home-school code given to you on the day of the exam.
submitted after this date, there is no guarantee that Ꮀ Bring a valid government- or school-issued photo ID with
accommodations will be approved and appropriate you to the exam. If you have approval from the College
exam materials will be shipped in time for the exam. Board to test with accommodations, you must also bring
your Student Accommodation Letter.
Existing Approvals Once you locate a school willing to administer your
If you have already received College Board–approved exams, that school’s AP coordinator is responsible for
accommodations for AP Exams, the PSAT/NMSQT®, ordering your exam materials, telling you when and
® ®
PSAT 10 , or the SAT , you do not need to submit a new where to report for the exams, and collecting the exam
form unless: fees, which may be negotiated to recover additional
Ꮀ You change schools, in which case your new school’s proctoring or administration costs. That school must
SSD coordinator should be asked to verify your administer the exams for you; the school cannot forward
accommodations through the online system. exam materials to you or your school for handling.
Ꮀ You need different accommodations. In this case, Note: Only students who attend a school that has been
your school’s SSD coordinator must submit an accepted into the AP Capstone program can enroll in AP
Accommodations Change Request Form, which can be Seminar or AP Research and submit performance tasks
downloaded from SSD Online. Keep in mind that AP and/or take the AP Seminar End-of-Course Exam. Home-
Exams in most world languages and cultures and Music schooled students, home-school organizations, and online
Theory include listening and speaking components. providers are not eligible to participate in AP Capstone.
Note: Some accommodations are administered differently

across College Board programs. For example, for AP,
a student who is approved for extended time will not
automatically be provided extra breaks. A student
requiring extra breaks must apply for that specific
accommodation for AP Exams.
7
AP STUDENT CHECKLIST 2017
Students Testing in California Lost or Damaged Exams

Amendments to the California Education Code In rare instances, exams or portions of exams are lost or
require the College Board to adopt certain procedures damaged in the shipping and handling process, making
for students who take AP Exams in California. A it impossible to score a student’s work. After exhausting
provision of this law mandates that students be every effort to locate the missing materials, the AP
able to obtain certain information concerning the Program will typically offer the student two options: to
purpose of the exams, procedures for releasing score retake the affected exam, which is then scored, or to
reports, score interpretations, and the use of exam cancel the exam and receive a refund.
scores. For more detailed information, students in
California can download the 2016-17 Bulletin for AP
Students and Parents — California Supplement at
www.collegeboard.org/apstudents.
Before Exam Day Exam Day

Review released free-response questions at May 1–5, 8–12: 2017 AP Exams
www.collegeboard.org/apstudents to get to know Do you know your 2017 AP number? Your AP number
the exam. Complete released exams are available is located in your AP Student Pack, which you’ll receive
for sale at store.collegeboard.org. from your AP coordinator or proctor. It links all of your
Feb. 17: Deadline to submit requests for exam materials to you. You will be asked to label all your
accommodations for the May exams. Talk to your SSD exam materials with your AP number. For AP Studio Art,
coordinator to arrange your paperwork. you will need your AP number to complete your digital
Are you home-schooled or do you attend a school that portfolio sections and submit them to your teacher. For
doesn’t offer AP Exams? Review the instructions on AP Capstone and AP Computer Science Principles, you
page 7, and note these deadlines: will need your AP number to submit your performance
tasks to the College Board for scoring by April 30.
ፊ March 1: Deadline to contact AP Services for Students
for a list of local AP coordinators at whose schools you Tip: Remove your AP number card from your AP Student
might be able to test. Pack and keep it somewhere safe, so you can find it later.
ፊ March 15: Deadline to contact AP coordinators You will need your AP number to access your scores
identified by AP Services for Students. online once they become available in July.
Check the exam schedule on the back cover of this
bulletin. If you have AP Exams scheduled for the same After Exam Day
date and time, ask your AP coordinator for information June 15: If you want to withhold or cancel one or more
about taking one of the exams during the late-testing of your exam scores or change the score report recipient
period. of your 2017 AP Exams, AP Services must receive your
In late January or early February, you will receive request by this date. Scores may be canceled at any
information from your teacher about accessing the time, but if you prefer that your scores for 2017 not be
AP Studio Art Digital Submission Web application sent to the college you indicated on your answer sheet,
(apstudio.ets.org). Start uploading images as soon as you must notify AP Services by this date.
you can after obtaining access, and work with your July: Score reports are available. For details,
teacher on your portfolio throughout the spring. You visit apscore.org.
should forward your completed digital portfolio sections
to your teacher by late April. Talk to your teacher, and Sept. 15: Deadline for ordering your free-response
be sure to follow his or her specific deadline(s). booklets from the 2017 exam administration.
For more information,visit https://apstudent.collegeboard Oct. 31: Deadline for requesting the Multiple-Choice
.org/takingtheexam/preparing-for-exams/ Rescore Service.
about-digital-submission.
Is your calculator appropriate for use on AP Exams in
Biology, Calculus, Chemistry, Physics, or Statistics? PLANNING FOR COLLEGE? CHECK OUT
Visit apstudent.collegeboard.org/apcourse, and click on SAT SUBJECT TESTS™
the link for your course for information about approved
calculators. Many SAT Subject Tests cover content you learned in
your AP classes. The SAT Subject Tests are one-hour
For reasons of exam security, cell phones and other exams that give you the opportunity to demonstrate
electronic devices are not allowed in the testing room. knowledge in specific subject areas. Some colleges
Don’t risk having them confiscated or your score require or recommend SAT Subject Tests, especially if
canceled. (See page 5 for details.) you’re applying to take specific courses or programs.
Review the test security and exam administration
Learn more, register, and get free practice tools at
policies and procedures (pages 3–4) and what to bring
www.SATSubjectTests.org/AP.
and what not to bring to the exam (page 5).
8
GETTING AND SENDING YOUR EXAM SCORES
AP score reports are made available to you, to the college Note: Some scores take longer to process due to late testing
you designated on the first AP answer sheet you filled or other special circumstances (e.g., late arrival of testing
out, and to your high school in July of the year you take materials or extra time needed to match your records). If
the exam. Each score report is cumulative — it includes your score is delayed, this will be indicated on your online
scores from every AP Exam you have ever taken, unless score report. Once your score has been processed, you will
you have requested that one or more scores be withheld receive an email letting you know your online score report
or canceled. has been updated. If your scores are not available by
Sept. 1, contact AP Services for Students.
Getting Your Scores
1. Sign up for a College Board account at www.collegeboard Sending Your Scores
.org/register. You may already have an account if you’ve On the first AP answer sheet you fill out, you can indicate
previously taken an AP Exam, registered for the SAT, a college or university to receive your score report for free.
or participated in other College Board programs. Scores
are only available online, so make sure you sign up for a If you choose not to indicate a score report recipient on
College Board account and are able to log in successfully. your AP answer sheet you may send a score report to
a college at a later time for a fee of $15 per report for
2. Check apscore.org after exams to find out when you can
standard processing or $25 per report for rush processing.
access your scores in July. You will also receive an email
reminding you how and when to access your scores. 1. After signing in to view your scores, select the “Send
3. Sign in at apscore.org using your College Board account
Scores to Colleges Now” button.
username and password. You may be asked to enter your 2. Follow the prompts for sending your score reports
AP number (the 8-digit number on the labels inside your to colleges.
AP Student Pack) or your student identifier (if you included
it on your AP answer sheet) to access your scores if this is
your first time viewing AP scores.
Additional Score Reporting Services

To request additional score reporting services, visit apstudent.collegeboard.org/services. Print and complete the
appropriate form, and mail or fax it to AP Services for Students. A signature from you or your parent/guardian is
required on every form.
Service Deadline Fee

Score Withholding June 15, 2017: Requests must be received, with $10 per score per college
You can withhold one or more scores from the college payment, to withhold scores from the college to withhold a score plus
specified on your registration answer sheet or from indicated on your 2017 registration answer sheet. $15 per report for standard
any other college to which you want to send a score To withhold a score from a college other than the processing or $25 per
report. The score will be withheld from any future one indicated on your registration answer sheet, report for rush processing
score reports sent to that particular college. This does you may mail or fax a score withholding form to to send the score report
not permanently delete your score. You may release AP Services for Students at any time. to the college. There is no
a withheld score by mailing or faxing a signed written charge to release scores,
request to AP Services for Students. but you must pay the fee to
have the score sent.
Score Cancellation June 15, 2017: Requests must be received to No fee; exam fees are not
Canceling your AP Exam score permanently deletes it; cancel scores being sent to the college indicated refunded.
it cannot be reinstated at a later time. Scores may be on your 2017 registration answer sheet. You
canceled at any time. Once you request a cancellation, can also give your form to your AP coordinator
the score will never be available to you, and it will after the exam. After June 15, scores will be sent
never be listed on any future score reports. Archived automatically to the college indicated on your
scores cannot be canceled. registration answer sheet.
Multiple-Choice Rescore Service Oct. 31, 2017: Requests must be received by Oct. $30 per exam.
You may request to have your multiple-choice 31 of the year you take the exam. You will receive
answer sheet rescored by hand. That score and your a letter confirming the results of the rescore six to
free-response score are weighted and combined, eight weeks after your request is received.
converted into an AP score, and compared to the
originally reported score. If the scores are different,
the rescored score will prevail, and it will be sent to
you and to any college to which you previously sent
your score.
Free-Response Booklet Sept. 15, 2017: Requests must be received by Sept. $10 per booklet. Note:
You may obtain your original free-response booklet(s) 15 of the year you take the exam. You will not be Short-answer response
from the most recent exam administration only if able to obtain your booklet after this date. You will booklets and free-
the free-response questions are released on the receive your booklet two to three weeks after your response booklets will be
College Board website two days following the order is received; however, no orders for free- sent for European History,
exam administration. No comments, corrections, or response booklets will be processed until all AP U.S. History, and World
scores are included. Booklets for exams whose free- Exams have been scored in July. History.
response questions are not released on the College
Board website (e.g., late-testing exams) are not
available.
9
®
2017 AP Exam Schedule

Week 1 Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday,
May 1 May 2 May 3 May 4 May 5
Morning Chemistry Computer Science A English Literature United States German Language
8 a.m. and Composition Government and and Culture
Environmental Spanish Language
Politics
Science and Culture United States
History
Afternoon Psychology Art History Japanese Language Chinese Language Computer Science
12 p.m. and Culture and Culture Principles
Physics 1:
Algebra-Based Physics 2: Seminar
Algebra-Based
Studio Art — May 5, 2017, is the last day for your AP coordinator to submit your digital portfolio sections to the AP Program,
but you will need to complete this work and submit it to your teacher well in advance of May 5. (See page 8.) If you are
submitting a 2-D Design or Drawing portfolio, you must meet with your AP teacher and AP coordinator on or before May 5 to
assemble the Selected Works (Quality) section of your portfolio (the actual artwork that is mailed to the AP Program).
Week 2 Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday,

May 8 May 9 May 10 May 11 May 12
Morning Biology Calculus AB English Language Comparative Human Geography
8 a.m. and Composition Government and
Music Theory Calculus BC Microeconomics
Politics
World History
Afternoon Physics C: French Language Italian Language Statistics European History

12 p.m. Mechanics and Culture and Culture
Latin
Spanish Literature Macroeconomics
and Culture
Afternoon Physics C: Electricity

2 p.m. and Magnetism
Please note:
Ꮀ Schools must begin the morning exam administration Ꮀ If you wish to take exams that are scheduled for the
between 8 and 9 a.m. local time and the afternoon exam same time, ask your AP coordinator for information about
administration between 12 and 1 p.m. local time. The AP taking one of the exams during the late-testing period.
Physics C: Electricity and Magnetism Exam must begin You may not take both Calculus AB and Calculus BC
between 2 and 3 p.m. local time. Schools in Alaska must within the same year.
begin the morning exam administration between 7 and Ꮀ Only students who attend a school that has been
8 a.m. local time, and the afternoon exam administration accepted into the AP Capstone program can enroll in AP
between 11 a.m. and 12 p.m. local time. The AP Physics Seminar or AP Research and submit performance tasks
C: Electricity and Magnetism Exam in Alaska must begin and/or take the AP Seminar End-of-Course Exam. You
between 1 and 2 p.m. local time. must submit all AP Seminar or AP Research performance
Ꮀ Schools may assemble students earlier than these start tasks and they must be scored by your teacher no later
times to complete identifying information on answer than April 30. See your AP Seminar or AP Research
sheets. Your AP coordinator is responsible for letting you teacher for specific deadlines.
know exactly when and where to report for your exams. Ꮀ You must submit all AP Computer Science Principles (CSP)
Ꮀ Early testing and testing at times other than those performance tasks in the AP Digital Portfolio and indicate
published by the College Board are not permitted under that you are taking the end-of-course exam no later than
any circumstances. April 30. See your AP CSP teacher for specific deadlines.
Contacts
AP Services for Call Center Hours College Board Services Office of Testing AP Assessment
Students M–F, 8 a.m. to 9 p.m. ET for Students with Integrity Development
P.O. Box 6671 Disabilities (SSD) P.O. Box 6671 P.O. Box 6671
Princeton, NJ 08541-6671 For overnight and/or P.O. Box 7504 Princeton, NJ 08541-6671 Princeton, NJ 08541-6671
888-225-5427 courier mail: London, KY 40742-7504 800-353-8570 (toll free in 610-290-8979 (fax)
(toll free in the U.S. and AP Services 212-713-8333 the U.S. and Canada) Email: apinquiries@info
Canada) 1425 Lower Ferry Road 609-882-4118 (TTY) 609-406-5427 .collegeboard.org
212-632-1780 Ewing, NJ 08618-1414 866-360-0114 (fax) 609-406-5441
609-882-4118 (TTY) Email: ssd@info 609-406-9709 (fax)
610-290-8979 (fax) .collegeboard.org Email: tsreturns@ets.org
Email: apstudents@info
.collegeboard.org
113906-43171 • S1016E4400 • Printed in U.S.A.
00140-012 Text Printed on Recycled Paper 792103

30% Post-Consumer
Exhibit C
AP
®
Coordinator’s
Manual
2016-17 EXAM DATES
May 1–5 | May 8–12
About the College Board

The College Board is a mission-driven not-for-profit AP Services for Educators
organization that connects students to college success 877-274-6474
and opportunity. Founded in 1900, the College Board (toll free in the United States and Canada)
was created to expand access to higher education. 212-632-1781
Today, the membership association is made up of over Email: apexams@info.collegeboard.org
6,000 of the world’s leading educational institutions Email: apexams-intl@info.collegeboard.org
and is dedicated to promoting excellence and equity (for educators outside the United States)
in education. Each year, the College Board helps more Call Center Hours
than seven million students prepare for a successful M–F, 8 a.m. to 7 p.m. ET
transition to college through programs and services April 17 to May 19, 2017, M–F, 7 a.m. to 9 p.m. ET
in college readiness and college success — including
the SAT® and the Advanced Placement Program®. The AP Services for Students
organization also serves the education community 888-225-5427
through research and advocacy on behalf of students, (toll free in the United States and Canada)
educators, and schools. 212-632-1780
Email: apstudents@info.collegeboard.org
For further information, visit www.collegeboard.org. AP Services
P.O. Box 6671
Princeton, NJ 08541-6671
AP® Equity and Access Policy 610-290-8979 (fax)
The College Board strongly encourages educators to 609-882-4118 (TTY)
make equitable access a guiding principle for their For overnight and/or courier mail:
AP ® programs by giving all willing and academically AP Services
prepared students the opportunity to participate in 1425 Lower Ferry Road
AP. We encourage the elimination of barriers that Ewing, NJ 08618-1414
restrict access to AP for students from ethnic, racial, 877-274-6474
and socioeconomic groups that have been traditionally (toll free in the United States and Canada)
underrepresented. Schools should make every effort
College Board Services
to ensure their AP classes reflect the diversity of their
for Students with Disabilities
student population. The College Board also believes
P.O. Box 6226
that all students should have access to academically
Princeton, NJ 08541-6226
challenging course work before they enroll in AP
844-255-7728
classes, which can prepare them for AP success.
(toll free in the United States and Canada)
It is only through a commitment to equitable
212-713-8333
preparation and access that true equity and
609-882-4118 (TTY)
excellence can be achieved.
609-771-7944 (fax)
Email: ssd@info.collegeboard.org
© 2016 The College Board. College Board, Advanced Send eligibility-related mail such as SSD Coordinator
Placement Program, AP, AP Central, SAT, and the acorn logo Forms or applications for accommodations to:
are registered trademarks of the College Board. AP Potential College Board SSD
and AP Capstone are trademarks owned by the College Board. P.O. Box 7504
PSAT/NMSQT is a registered trademark of the College Board
London, KY 40742-7504
and National Merit Scholarship Corporation. Macintosh is a
registered trademark of Apple Computer, Inc. iPad® 2/3/4,
866-360-0114 (fax)
iPad Air®, iPad mini™, iPad Pro™, iPod® are owned or registered Office of Testing Integrity
trademarks of Apple. IOS is a trademark or registered trademark P.O. Box 6671
of Cisco in the U.S. and other countries and is used under Princeton, NJ 08541-6671
license by Apple. Microsoft and Windows are registered
609-406-5427
trademarks of the Microsoft Corporation. Chrome OS™ operating
system and Android™ platform are trademarks owned by Google.
609-406-5441
All other products and services may be trademarks of their 609-406-9709 (fax)
respective owners. Email: tsreturns@ets.org
Visit the College Board on the Web: www.collegeboard.org.

Contents
3 Introduction 32 Off-Site Testing

5 Important Information for 2016-17 32 Timing the Exams
6 Frequently Requested Information 33 Table: Exams That Require Special Equipment
7 Master Checklist 34 Table: Estimated Timing for AP Exam Administrations
10 2016-17 AP Coordinator Planning Calendar
®
35 AP Proctor Training
13 2016-17 SSD Coordinator Planning Calendar 35 Materials Needed for the Training
14 Exam Security 35 Proctor Training Instructions
14 Overview of Exam Security 42 Sample AP Exam Covers
15 Informing Students of the 46 Preparing Students
Importance of Exam Security
46 What Students Should and Should
17 Informing AP Teachers of the Not Bring to the Exam Room
46 Calculator Policy
18 Ordering Exams and Collecting Exam Fees
49 Table: AP-Approved Graphing Calculators
18 Ordering Policies
49 Completing Responses in the
18 Table: 2017 Exam Ordering Deadlines Appropriate Exam Booklets
19 Special Ordering Instructions 50 Preadministration Sessions
19 French, German, Italian, and Spanish Language, 50 2017 Answer Sheet and Preadministration Instructions
Spanish Literature, and Music Theory Exams
50 AP Student Packs
19 AP Chinese and Japanese Exams on CD
50 Students Testing at Two Schools
19 AP Studio Art Exam Orders
51 Exam Day Activities
19 Home-Schooled Students and Students
51 Mandatory Starting Times
Whose Schools Do Not Offer AP Exams
51 Admitting and Seating Students
20 Tables: Home-School and Self-Study Codes
51 Seating Policy
21 Ordering Alternate Exams for Late Testing
52 Diagram: Seating Plans
21 Table: Late-Testing Circumstances
53 Table: Seating Policy for Calculus
22 Exam Fees
and U.S. History Exams
22 AP Fee Reduction Policy
54 Table: Seating Policies for AP Exams
23 Table: Alternative Criteria for All Schools/Districts
55 Distributing Materials
(Those Participating in Community Eligibility
and Those Not) 55 Closing the Exam Room/Latecomers
24 Rebates for Schools with Large AP Programs 55 Supervising the Exam Room
25 Checking and Storing Exam Materials 55 Accounting for Materials During the Exam
25 Selecting Authorized Staff 55 Using Restrooms During Testing
25 Checking the Exam Shipment 55 Breaks During the Exam
25 Regularly Scheduled Exam Materials 56 Providing Extra Paper
26 Braille and Large-Type Exam Materials 56 Collecting Exam Materials
26 Alternate Exams for Late Testing 56 Discussing Exam Content
26 Storing Exam Materials 56 Dismissing Students
27 Multischool Exam Centers 57 Administration Incidents
27 Comparison of Exam Forms and Materials 57 Completing the Incident Report
28 Table: 2017 Exam Forms 58 Table: You Must Complete an Incident
Report for the Following
28 Table: Audio Materials
63 Table: Administration Incidents Involving
29 Preparing Proctors
Chinese and Japanese Exams on CD Only
29 Proctors for AP Exams
65 Table: Do Not Complete an Incident
29 Proctor/Student Ratio Report for the Following
29 Table: Proctor/Student Ratio 66 Post-Exam Activities
30 Table: AP Subject Areas for Assigning Proctors 66 Checking Free-Response Booklets, Answer
Sheets, and Audio Student Responses
31 Proctor Duties
66 Filling in the Fee Reduction Circle on Answer Sheets
32 Ensuring Testing Room Compliance
66 Designating Class Sections 94 AP French, German, Italian, and Spanish

66 Send Us Your Comments and Best Practices Language and Culture Exams
67 Returning Exam Materials 94 Administering French, German, Italian, and
Spanish Language and Culture Exams
67 When to Return Exam Materials
95 Diagram: Suggested Seating Arrangement for
67 Preparing Materials for Return Section II: Part B, Speaking
67 Box: What Not to Pack 97 Free-Response Administration Options
68 Diagram: Returning Studio Art Portfolios 97 Tables: Option Information
69 Packing Cartons 100 AP Spanish Literature and Culture Exam
69 Box: Return Packing Sequence 101 AP Music Theory Exam
70 Diagram: Return Packing Sequence 105 AP Studio Art Exams
71 Shipping Your Cartons 105 How AP Studio Art Digital Submission Works
71 Generate Your Invoice 105 Diagram: AP Studio Art Digital Submission
71 How to Generate an Invoice 105 How to Access the AP Studio Art Digital
72 Score Reporting Services Submission Web Application
72 Overview of AP Exam Scores 106 Using the AP Studio Art Digital

Submission Web Application
72 AP Score Reporting
107 Technical Requirements and Recommendations
72 Reports and Services for Students
107 Ordering AP Studio Art Exams
72 Additional Score Reporting Services
107 Submitting the Physical Portfolio
73 Table: Online Score Reports for Schools Component for Drawing and 2-D Design
74 Reports and Services for Schools 108 Multiple Portfolio Submissions
74 Online Score Reports 108 AP Coordinator’s Checklist
74 Additional Score Reporting Services 109 AP Chinese and Japanese Exams on CD
74 Viewing Data by Class Section 109 Introduction
74 Box: Online Reporting Information 109 Hardware/Software and Technical
Configuration Requirements
75 Exams that Require Special Preparation
109 Table: Technical Specifications
76 Exams for Students with Disabilities
111 Ordering Exams
76 Submitting Requests for Accommodations
111 Preparing Computers to Administer the Exams
76 Submission Deadline
112 Table: Passwords and Codes
76 Assistance for Temporary Physical
or Medical Conditions 112 Box: Setup CD Instructions
77 Ordering Exams for Students with Disabilities 116 Preparing Students for the Exam
Using the Setup CD
77 Types of Accommodations
117 Exam Day Activities
77 Box: Ordering/Returning Reader Copies
120 Post-Exam Activities
81 Tables: Determining Extended Time for the AP Exams
in French, German, Italian, or Spanish Language and 123 Troubleshooting Tips
Culture, Spanish Literature and Culture, or Music Theory
127 AP Exam Seating Chart
83 Tables: Determining Extended Time for the AP Exams
129 Forms
in Chinese or Japanese Language and Culture
129 Fee Reduction/Section Designation Form for
84 Tables: Determining Extended Time for Other
AP Chinese and Japanese Exams on CD
AP Exams
130 Template for AP Exams on CD Scratch Paper
89 Completing the Nonstandard
Administration Report Form 131 2017 AP Coordinator’s Incident Report (IR) Form
90 How to Complete the NAR 133 Index
92 AP Computer Science Principles
Inside Back Cover 2017 Late-Testing Schedule
Back Cover 2017 AP Exam Schedule
Introduction
Introduction
Role of the AP Coordinator This Manual
®
EXAM Thank you for accepting the important This manual is the primary source of information for
SECURITY responsibility of serving as the AP® AP coordinators and proctors on nearly all aspects
coordinator for your school. As the AP coordinator, of administering AP Exams. The first half of the
you will manage the ordering, receipt, distribution, manual covers topics that pertain to all AP Exam
administration, and return of AP Exam materials. administrations, such as exam security and exam day
The AP coordinator may be a full- or part-time activities. The second half of the manual provides
administrator, counselor, faculty member, or other information about specific exams that require special
school staff member who does not teach an AP course. preparation: Studio Art, exams for students with
The individual assigned as the additional authorized disabilities, Computer Science Principles, World
staff person must abide by the same policies and Languages, Music Theory, and Chinese and Japanese
procedures as the AP coordinator, as set forth in this AP Exams on CD.
Coordinator’s Manual. Please be aware that a conflict of This manual will help you:
interest may result in score cancellation. ᎰᎰ understand exam security policies and procedures
To avoid any perceived conflict of interest, the AP ᎰᎰ determine and place exam orders
coordinator cannot: ᎰᎰ receive and check exams
ᎰᎰ be the AP coordinator in the year in which he or she is ᎰᎰ determine and collect fees
an AP teacher. ᎰᎰ select and prepare testing sites
ᎰᎰ select and train proctors
ᎰᎰ be the AP coordinator in the year in which an
ᎰᎰ prepare students
immediate family or household member may be taking
ᎰᎰ administer exams for students with disabilities
an AP Exam at the school where he or she works or at
ᎰᎰ pack and return exam materials
any other school. Coordinators have access to all AP
ᎰᎰ understand and use score reporting services
Exams, which presents a conflict of interest.
ᎰᎰ submit exam payments and other fees
ᎰᎰ be employed part or full time at a test-preparation
company. All participating schools receive copies of the 2016-17
ᎰᎰ participate in any coaching activity that addresses the AP Coordinator’s Manual. The entire AP Coordinator’s
content of secure College Board tests. Manual can also be accessed in PDF format at
ᎰᎰ proctor an AP Exam in a subject area in which he or she www.collegeboard.org/apcoordinatorsmanual.
teaches or has taught. See the table “AP Subject Areas
for Assigning Proctors” on page 30.
Important Links
See page 29 for more information about activities that
ᎰᎰ AP Coordinator Tutorial professionals.collegeboard.com/
present a conflict of interest.
testing/ap/coordinate/tutorial
If the AP coordinator is changed during the academic ᎰᎰ AP Exam Ordering Website
year, notify the AP Program. Prepare a letter on school www.collegeboard.org/school
letterhead and signed by the school principal. Include
ᎰᎰ Exam Administration Information for Coordinators
the name, phone number, and email address for the new
www.collegeboard.org/apcoordinator
AP coordinator. Send the letter via email to AP Services
for Educators. The new AP coordinator must meet all AP ᎰᎰ AP Coordinator Community
coordinator eligibility requirements. apcommunity.collegeboard.org/web/apcoordinators
ᎰᎰ AP Course Audit www.collegeboard.org/apcourseaudit
The AP coordinator is responsible for safeguarding the
content of AP Exams. The AP coordinator may never ᎰᎰ Online Score Reports for Educators
discuss unreleased multiple-choice and free-response scores.collegeboard.org
content with anyone. The AP coordinator may only ᎰᎰ Online Score Reports for Students www.apscore.org
discuss exam content if it is released on the College ᎰᎰ Services for Students with Disabilities
Board website two days after the regularly scheduled www.collegeboard.org/ssd
exam administration.
ᎰᎰ AP Computer Science Principles
www.collegeboard.org/apcsp
ᎰᎰ AP Studio Art Digital Submission Application
apstudio.ets.org
ᎰᎰ Digital Audio Submission Portal for AP World
Languages and AP Music Theory apaudio.ets.org
ᎰᎰ Digital Audio Capture App for AP Music theory
www.collegeboard.org/ap-dac
ᎰᎰ AP Exam Instructions
www.collegeboard.org/apexaminstructions
ᎰᎰ AP Students www.collegeboard.org/apstudents
ᎰᎰ Free AP Publications www.collegeboard.org/freepubs
ᎰᎰ Low-Income Student Exam Fee Assistance
collegeboard.org/ap-essa
3
AP COORDINATOR ONLINE RESOURCES AP COORDINATOR WORKSHOPS

Go to www.collegeboard.org/apcoordinator to access: The College Board offers one-day “Organizing Your
AP Exam Administration” workshops that cover all
ᎰᎰ proctor training materials
aspects of the AP Exam administration. The workshops
ᎰᎰ preadministration session PowerPoint presentation are held in each College Board region throughout the
ᎰᎰ spreadsheets for tracking student exam registrations year. Workshops are free within the United States.
and payments and organizing exam rooms AP coordinators can visit apcentral.collegeboard
ᎰᎰ templates for supplying “what to bring” and .org/events to register.
“where to be” information to students
ᎰᎰ sample student registration form and exam-taker AP COORDINATOR COMMUNITY
agreement All AP coordinators are encouraged to join the AP
ᎰᎰ instructions for administering the recorded portion of Coordinator Community, an online collaboration
exams in French, German, Italian, Spanish, or Music space moderated by a fellow AP coordinator, where
Theory using a PC or Mac coordinators can connect with colleagues, share
resources, and discover and exchange ideas. Learn more
Visit www.collegeboard.org/shareap for resources to at apcommunity.collegeboard.org/web/apcoordinators.
help you communicate the value of AP to students and
parents and grow a successful and equitable AP program.
AP ANNUAL CONFERENCE
Visit www.collegeboard.org/apcoordinatortutorial The AP Annual Conference is the largest gathering
to access Web videos that cover key topics for of the AP and Pre-AP® communities, AP coordinators,
AP coordinators. school counselors, and administrators from across the
United States and throughout the world. The 2017
conference will be held Wednesday, July 26, through
Sunday, July 30, in Washington DC. Visit
apac.collegeboard.org for details.
4
Important Information for 2016-17
Important Information for 2016-17

LOW-INCOME STUDENT EXAM FEE Service Enhancements
ASSISTANCE ᎰᎰ Digital Audio Recording App Available for AP Music
Beginning with the 2017 AP Exam administration, Theory: A new College Board recording app — the
states will no longer be able to secure funding for Digital Audio Capture (DAC) app — will be available
low-income students’ AP Exams as they may have in that simplifies the process of recording and saving
the past, through a dedicated federal program. However, students’ audio responses. For 2017, it may be used
that doesn’t mean federal funding for AP Exams for on school-owned and controlled iPad® tablets for AP
low-income students has disappeared entirely. In order Music Theory Exam sight-singing responses only. Visit
to continue to provide these exam subsidies, it means www.collegeboard.org/ap-dac for more information
that states and districts will need to commit resources about this additional digital recording option.
available from a new federal funding source. In
2016-17 and beyond, Every Student Succeeds Act (ESSA)
funds within Title IV are available to support low-income Course and Exam Changes
student exam participation. Talk to your principal and/
or administration to ensure that a plan is in place to ᎰᎰ AP Computer Science Principles (CSP): If your school
dedicate your local ESSA funding to subsidize students’ is offering AP CSP this year, you will need to perform
2017 and 2018 exams. For more information, visit the following tasks:
collegeboard.org/ap-essa. ፊፊ order preadministration materials and end-of-course
exams
ፊፊ confirm students’ submission of performance tasks in
AP Program Updates the AP Digital Portfolio
ᎰᎰ Recording and Submitting Audio Responses: ፊፊ provide students with their AP number and the
Beginning with the May 2017 AP Music Theory and college code list from the AP Student Pack
French, German, Italian, and Spanish Language and ፊፊ administer the end-of-course exam
Culture exams, all audio responses must be recorded See pages 92–93 and visit www.collegeboard.org/apcsp
as MP3 files and submitted online. Cassette recorders, for details.
student-response tapes, and student-response CDs are
no longer used for these exams. ᎰᎰ AP Calculus and World History: The updated AP
Calculus AB and BC, and revised AP World History
ፊፊ All-Digital Recording: Schools must use digital
courses and exams launch this year. Visit AP Central®
technology (computers with MP3 recording software,
(apcentral.collegeboard.org) for important information
digital language lab, handheld digital recorders) to
and resources for these courses.
record student audio and save the recording in MP3
file format. Visit www.collegeboard.org/ap-audio-
record for more information.
ፊፊ All-Online Submission: All audio responses must
be submitted via the Digital Audio Submission (DAS)
portal. Visit www.collegeboard.org/ap-das for more
information.
ᎰᎰ Exam Fees for 2016-17: The fee is now $93 per exam
in the United States, U.S. territories, and Canada. The
fee will also increase to $123 per exam at schools
outside the U.S., U.S. territories, and Canada (with the
exception of DoDDS schools). For a complete summary
of fees, see page 22.
5
Frequently Requested Information
Some of the most frequently asked questions — and the pages on which
you can find the answers — are listed below.
1. What’s new this year? 5 9. What are the

exam seating
2. What are the requirements? 51–54
2017 AP Exam fees? 22
10. How do I test students
3. What are the eligibility with approved testing
requirements for College accommodations? 76–91
Board AP Exam fee
reductions? 22–24 11. How do I create
an exam
4. What are the deadlines seating chart? 127–128
for ordering AP Exams
(regular and late testing) 12. Where can I find an
and preadministration overview of exam
materials? 18 security information? 14–17
5. When is late testing 13. How are the world

allowed and how do I language and Music
order late-testing exams? 21 Theory exams
administered? 94–99, 101–104
6. What are the
coordinator and proctor 14. How should I handle
eligibility criteria? 3, 29 incidents on
exam day? 57–65
7. What do proctors need to
know to prepare for the AP 15. What is the
Exam administration? 35–41 AP calculator policy? 46–49
8. What is the required

proctor/student ratio? 29
6
Master Checklist
oo If you are giving AP Chinese and/or Japanese

Before Exam Day Language and Culture Exams, place your exam order
by March 8 to ensure that you receive Setup CDs as
Ordering Exams early as possible.
Master Checklist
oo Determine the number of exams to order for each AP oo For AP Studio Art Exams, you must order one exam
course. Include any exams for home-schooled students for each portfolio that your school’s students plan to
and students from other schools in your exam order. submit. See page 107.
See pages 18–19 for ordering policies and instructions. oo Order all regular-format and nonstandard format exam
oo Check with the appropriate AP teachers to be sure materials online. See page 18.
the correct exams are ordered. Note that Calculus, oo Order alternate exams for late testing online if needed.
Computer Science, Economics, English, Government See page 21. Regularly scheduled exams cannot be
and Politics, History, Physics, Spanish, and Studio Art used for late testing.
all have more than one exam.
oo Contact AP Services for Educators from March 1–31 for
AP Subjects AP Exams information about later testing options if your school
Calculus Calculus AB
has lost a significant number of net instructional days
due to extreme winter weather.
Calculus BC
oo Confirm and indicate the total number of students
Computer Computer Science A testing to ensure that an AP Student Pack will
Science Computer Science Principles be shipped for each student prior to the exam
administration.
Economics Macroeconomics
Microeconomics Receiving Exam Shipments
English English Language and Composition oo Select appropriate authorized staff to receive, check,
English Literature and Composition store, distribute, and return AP Exam materials.
See page 25.
Government Comparative Government and Politics
oo Check exam shipments within 24 hours of receipt,
and Politics
United States Government and Politics in a secure area, with only authorized staff present,
History European History to allow enough time to receive missing or extra
materials, if needed.
United States History
oo Compare the quantities of exam packets against the
World History AP Shipping Notice. Contact AP Services for Educators
Physics Physics 1: Algebra-Based immediately if there is any discrepancy between the
contents of the exam shipment and the Shipping Notice.
Physics 2: Algebra-Based (See inside front cover for contact information.)
Physics C: Electricity and Magnetism oo Provide each Studio Art student with his or her AP
Physics C: Mechanics number and the college code list from the AP Student
Pack as soon as you receive them. These students will
Spanish Spanish Language and Culture
need this information before they can finalize their
Spanish Literature and Culture digital portfolios in April. See page 106.
Studio Art 2-D Design oo Provide each AP Computer Science Principles student
with his or her AP number and the college code list
3-D Design
from the AP Student Pack as soon as you receive the
Drawing Student Packs. These students will need to enter their
AP number on the AP Digital Portfolio to finalize their
oo For AP Computer Science Principles, in addition to submission of performance tasks by April 30.
ordering exams you must also order preadministration oo Review the 2017 Exam Forms table to ensure that you
materials by March 29 even if your school isn’t offering have the correct exam materials. See page 28.
preadministration sessions. This is to ensure that
oo After checking the exam materials, reseal them in the
students have sufficient time to enter the AP number
found in their Student Packs into their AP Digital original cartons (except for the 2016-17 AP Coordinator’s
Portfolio account. See page 92 for more information Manual, the AP Exam Instructions book, and the Studio
about AP Computer Science Principles. Art portfolios), sign your name across the sealing tape,
extending across the carton, as an added precaution
oo For AP Computer Science Principles, check the AP
against tampering, and store them in a secure, locked
Digital Portfolio to confirm the exam order counts. area to which only you and authorized staff have access.
Students must indicate on the AP Digital Portfolio See page 26.
that they are taking the end-of-course exam to have
oo Retain the original shipping cartons, as exam materials
their performance tasks scored. You must review this
indicator before ordering the end-of-course exams. See must be repacked in the cartons in which they were
page 92 for details. received. Using other cartons may delay receipt of
your school’s exams or result in a damaged shipment.
oo If your school is part of a multischool exam center, only
Also be sure to retain the return label included in the
the designated AP coordinator for the multischool exam exam shipment to return exam materials after exam
center should order exams. See page 27. administration. If your package is missing a return label,
contact AP Services for Educators. 7
Preparing Testing Sites available in Spanish, Boletin para Estudiantes de AP y

sus Padres.
oo Select testing sites and testing rooms that provide the
best possible conditions for student performance and oo Tell students when and where to appear for the exams,
exam security. See page 32. and what they should and should not bring to the
exam. If you will be testing home-schooled students
oo Make sure testing sites and testing rooms are properly
or students from other schools, remind them to bring
set up and have all the necessary desks, tables,
a valid photo ID, their Student Pack, and the exam fee
chairs, and equipment on exam day. Round tables are
(if you have not already collected it from them) to the
prohibited for testing. Ensure that your room setup
administration. See page 46.
supports one of the approved seating plans on
page 52 or 95. Refer to page 54 for a summary of AP oo Let students know that they will receive only one
seating requirements. AP Student Pack and that they must use the AP number
labels included in it for all of their AP Exams. They
oo Be sure to arrange additional rooms for students
must not share labels with anyone else. See page 50.
approved to test with accommodations requiring
special testing schedules (for example, students oo Remind students to keep their AP number so they can
approved for extended testing time). get their scores in July.
oo For Chinese and Japanese exams, confirm that you oo Remind students of the importance of supplying
have the required hardware and headsets. Use the consistent identification information on their
Setup CD to install required software on computers registration answer sheet.
for testing. Be sure not to remove the shrink wrap oo Use the AP Preadministration Instructions booklet
from and use the exam CDs prior to administering the that is included in your Coordinator Packet to
exams. If needed, order headsets. See page 111. conduct a preadministration session to save time
oo For AP Music Theory and world languages and cultures on exam day. A PowerPoint presentation designed
exams, be sure that any previous recordings are erased to assist coordinators or proctors with holding
from any computers or recording equipment that you a preadministration session will be available
will use for testing. Ensure that all audio-recording at www.collegeboard.org/apcoordinator before
equipment is fully charged or has fresh batteries. preadministration materials arrive at schools.
oo Ask AP Biology, Calculus, Chemistry, Physics, and
Preparing Proctors Statistics teachers to remind students of the calculator
oo Appoint the needed number of proctors (at least one policies for these exams. Students should visit
proctor for every 34 students in each exam room). apstudent.collegeboard.org/apcourse and click on the
See the proctor/student ratio table on page 29. link for their course for the specific calculator policy.
See pages 46–49.
oo Train proctors to administer AP Exams using the
proctor training script on pages 35–41.
Studio Art Portfolios
oo Remind proctors to read all of the general and the
oo Please see page 108 for a checklist of coordinator
appropriate subject-specific exam administration
activities related to AP Studio Art.
instructions prior to the exam.
oo Train proctors to administer the AP Exams in world SSD Eligibility
languages and cultures, Spanish Literature and
oo Be sure that requests for testing accommodations for
Culture, and Music Theory and exams for students
students with disabilities have been submitted to,
with disabilities. These exams all require special
and approved by, the College Board. To ensure that
preparation. Review pages 76–104.
all accommodations are in place by the exam date,
oo Remind the SSD Coordinator to go to SSD Online and accommodation requests and complete documentation
print a Nonstandard Administration Report (NAR) (when necessary) should be submitted by Feb. 17.
for each student testing with accommodations. See See page 76. Ask your SSD Coordinator to print an AP
pages 89–91 for information about completing the NAR. Nonstandard Administration Report for each student
oo If you are administering the speaking part or sight- who will be taking AP Exams with accommodations.
singing part of an exam in a digital lab or a computer oo If you have a student who requires assistance for a
lab, go to www.collegeboard.org/apcoordinator in temporary physical or medical condition (e.g., a broken
mid-March for more details about MP3 recording arm), download the Temporary Support Request form
software. from www.collegeboard.org/ssd or request it from
oo Use the estimated timing table on page 34 to help you the SSD office. Scores for students who test with
and your proctors determine how much total time will accommodations or temporary support that have not
be needed for each exam administration. been preapproved by the College Board will not be
oo Refer to the information beginning on page 79 and use reported. See page 76.
the tables on pages 81–88 to determine how to apply
extended time for each of the parts or sections of the Fee Reductions
AP Exams. oo Keep a list of students who are eligible for College
oo Provide copies of the exam equipment table Board fee reductions for low-income students and the
on page 33 to your proctors to prepare for the number of AP Exams that each student will take. In
exam administrations. the AP Exam ordering website, you will be required
to indicate the total number of qualifying students
Preparing Students and exams. Note the appropriate fee reduction option
(Option 1 or Option 2) for each student because you
oo Tell students to read the 2016-17 Bulletin for AP
will be filling in a fee reduction circle on each student’s
Students and Parents to become familiar with exam
registration answer sheet. You will also need this list
procedures, the importance of identifying their exam
when generating your invoice online. See pages 22–24.
materials, exam security, etc. The bulletin is also
8
Exam Day oo Fill in the appropriate fee reduction circle on the

answer sheets for students who qualify (see
oo Inspect the subject name on the cover of each test book pages 22–24). For students taking AP Chinese or
before distribution to ensure the correct exam materials Japanese, complete the Fee Reduction/Section
are being used. Designation Form and return it with your exam
oo Keep exam materials shrinkwrapped so that no one materials (see page 129). For Studio Art, you will note
sees the questions beforehand. The students should fee reduction eligibility online in the AP Studio Art
be the only ones to open the shrinkwrap of the exam Digital Submission Web application (see page 106).
materials when instructed to do so by the proctor. oo Return all* exam materials to secure storage until it is
Master Checklist
oo Be sure exam rooms are properly set up and contain all time to prepare the exam return shipment.
necessary equipment. oo After AP Music Theory and world language and culture
oo Administer exams according to the established (French, German, Italian, and Spanish) exams, log in to
schedule. No exam may begin before or after the official the DAS portal to upload and submit students’ recorded
starting times. responses. See pages 96 and 103 for details about the
oo Post the appropriate home-school/self-study code DAS portal.
from page 20 if home-schooled students are among Note: For AP U.S. History and AP European History only,
those testing. you must insert all of the short-answer response booklets inside
oo Have students place all belongings under their chairs the U.S. History and European History short-answer response
or in a designated area. At the start of the exam, they booklet return envelope(s) before leaving the testing room. Be
should have nothing on their desks except a No. 2 sure to keep these short-answer response booklets separate
pencil and a pen with black or dark blue ink. Students from the multiple-choice answer sheets, which will be placed
in the answer sheet return envelope(s) before being packed
taking exams that allow the use of a calculator should
for shipment.
follow the proctor’s instructions regarding when
calculators may be placed on the desk.
oo Make sure no one, except students during testing, sees
the contents of any exam booklet. After Exam Day
oo Read the exam administration scripts in the 2016-17 AP oo Designate section numbers on students’ answer sheets
Exam Instructions book exactly as printed. if your administrators and teachers wish to view
oo Keep the testing room under supervision throughout separate AP Instructional Planning Reports and subject
the entire exam, even during the break. score rosters for multiple class sections. (See page 66.)
Be sure to inform teachers of their designated section
oo Complete a seating chart for each testing room.
numbers before school lets out.
oo Account for all exam materials within the first half hour
፣፣ For AP Chinese and Japanese, complete the Fee
of the exam. The number of students taking the exam
Reduction/Section Designation Form on page 129
and the number of undistributed exam packets must
and return it with your exam materials.
equal the number of exam packets you received.
፣፣ For Studio Art, you will designate sections
oo Complete the Nonstandard Administration Report
using the AP Studio Art Digital Submission
(NAR) form for each exam administered with
Web application.
accommodations, including extended time.
oo Create and make copies of your Packing List (see
oo Individually collect exam materials in the same order in
page 67) by logging on to www.collegeboard.org/
which they were distributed.
school. You must include copies of your Packing List in
oo Before dismissing students, verify that you have your return exam shipment.
collected the same number of exam materials as
oo Pack, label, and return exam materials according to
you distributed.
the instructions on pages 67–71. Pack exam materials
oo Make sure that the identification information on in the original shipping cartons, and seal all cartons
each answer sheet and booklet has been properly securely. Exam materials must be shipped before the
completed, and that AP number labels have been close of the next business day after the school’s last
affixed to the proper places on the answer sheets, and scheduled exam of a particular AP Exam period (i.e.,
the free-response booklets. regularly scheduled or alternate).
oo Consult the Administration Incidents table on oo Remember to ship braille and large-type exams
pages 58–65 to determine the appropriate action for separately from regular-format exams.
any incidents that may occur during testing. If needed,
oo Retain proof of all return shipments for tracking
complete an Incident Report and an Exam Seating
purposes. Record the tracking numbers or photocopy
Chart.
the return labels.
oo In the event of a security breach, immediately contact
oo Generate and submit your invoice by logging on to
the Office of Testing Integrity (see inside front cover for
www.collegeboard.org/school and clicking “Generate
contact information).
Invoice.” You will need your Packing List and the
oo Dismiss all students from the testing room at the number of exams that qualify for a fee reduction to
same time at the end of the testing time. However, generate your invoice.
groups recording speaking responses for the AP world
oo Return your invoice and exam payment by June 15,
language and culture exams and individuals recording
2017. A $225 late payment fee will be assessed for any
sight-singing responses for the AP Music Theory Exam
payment postmarked after this date.
may be dismissed as they complete their recordings.
oo Complete the AP Coordinator’s Comment form at
oo Make a final check of the testing room to be sure
www.collegeboard.org/apcoordinatorcomment to help
nothing has been left behind.
improve the effectiveness of the AP Program.
9
2016-17 AP Coordinator
®
Planning Calendar
The following calendar was designed by AP coordinators to help others plan their schools’ AP Exam administrations.
Refer to the 2017 Exam Ordering Deadlines table on page 18 to aid you in your planning.
September October December

oo Deadline 9/15: Last day for schools oo 10/15: Preferred date by which
™
oo AP Potential becomes available.
to order 2016 free-response administrators should renew Principals and AP coordinators
booklets for available forms. previously authorized courses. receive their access codes, which
oo Studio Art teachers receive oo Meet with the SSD coordinator to are also available in the K12
2016-17 AP Studio Art brochures. discuss the eligibility process and score reporting portal. Visit
applicable AP students. appotential.collegeboard.org.
oo Schools receive the 2016-17
AP participation materials to oo Schools that returned their
complete.
November participation materials will receive
oo 2016 AP school rebates, addressed copies of the 2016-17 Bulletin for
oo Hold discussions with teachers
to the attention of the AP AP Students and Parents and the
and departments to build
coordinator, are received at 2016-17 AP Coordinator’s Manual
consensus on how to prepare
large-volume schools. in separate shipments.
students for AP courses and
exams. oo Deadline 11/15: AP participation oo Carefully read the 2016-17 AP
materials are due: Participation Coordinator’s Manual, making
oo Schedule an AP information
Form and AP Survey. (Don’t forget note of AP Program changes and
session for students and
to indicate how many copies of the items that will need any follow-up.
parents. Download a PowerPoint
presentation from collegeboard 2016-17 Bulletin for AP Students oo Create a master schedule for
.org/shareap. and Parents you’ll need.) scheduling exams, testing
oo Compile an initial list of AP rooms and locations, proctors,
oo Print or make copies of the 2017
Exams that the school intends to equipment, etc. (Visit www
AP Exam schedule and distribute
administer. .collegeboard.org/apdownloads for
it to teachers and administrators.
a template.)
oo Confirm that the 2017 AP oo Estimate the probable numbers
of exam takers. Consider exams oo Determine if there is a need for off-
administration dates are noted on
for home-schooled students and site testing to ensure compliance
the school calendar.
students from other schools. with exam administration and
oo Order a large (four-inch) three-ring security procedures. If so, begin
binder for organizing notes and oo Outline your school’s procedures
negotiations for securing facilities
forms for the AP administration. and schedule the student
away from the school.
registration process for ordering
oo Visit www.collegeboard oo Create a spreadsheet for tracking
exams.
.org/coordinator for updated exam registrations and fees.
information and resources. oo Determine how the fees will be
(Visit www.collegeboard.org/
collected. If the school requires
oo Register for a free AP Coordinator apdownloads for a template.)
® a deposit for each exam ordered
Workshop through AP Central . oo Distribute the 2016-17 Bulletin
(e.g., $15 to cover the unused
oo Join the AP Coordinator exam fee), collect it. for AP Students and Parents to all
Community, an online AP students and encourage them
oo Check the school schedule for
collaboration space moderated by to read it, as students agree to
possible conflicts with the AP
a fellow AP coordinator, where the terms therein on exam day.
Exam administration (academic
coordinators can connect with Encourage students to share the
and/or athletic).
colleagues, share resources, and bulletin with their parents.
discover and exchange ideas. oo AP Course Ledger of authorized
oo Identify and generate a list of
Visit apcommunity.collegeboard 2016-17 AP courses is available
students who are eligible for
.org/web/apcoordinators. online.
College Board fee reductions.
oo View the AP Coordinator Tutorial
videos for an overview of your
responsibilities before, during,
and after the AP Exam
Administration. The videos
are available 24/7, and most are
approximately 10 minutes long.
Visit professionals.collegeboard
.com/testing/ap/coordinate/tutorial.
10
January March April

oo Deadline 1/31: Last day for initial Deadlines: United States, U.S. Deadlines: United States, U.S.
AP Course Audit submissions, Territories, and Canada Territories, and Canada
all renewals, removal of teachers
oo 3/8: Deadline for ordering oo 4/7: Extension deadline for
and courses, addition of online/
preadministration materials for ordering regularly scheduled
distance learning courses, and AP
AP Coordinator Planning Calendar

delivery by March 31. exams. Each order received after
Course Audit form approvals for
oo 3/24: Priority deadline for this date incurs a $55 fee.
2016-17 courses.
online ordering. oo 4/14: Final deadline for ordering
oo Access codes for online ordering
oo 3/24: Preferred date by which regularly scheduled exams.
are emailed to AP coordinators.
to order printed scripts for AP oo 4/24: Schools receive exam
oo Online ordering becomes available:
Exams in Spanish Literature and materials ordered by April 14.
www.collegeboard.org/school.
Culture and French, German,
Order AP Chinese and Japanese Deadlines: Outside the United
Italian, and Spanish Language and
Exams on CD by March 10 to States, U.S. Territories, and
Culture; large-type exams greater
receive the Setup CD early. Canada
than 20-point; and limited-time
oo If needed, order the required (multiple-day) testing exams using oo 4/7: Final deadline for ordering
Koss SB45/SB45 USB or Califone the order form at the AP Exam regularly scheduled exams.
3066AV/3066-USB headsets for AP ordering website. oo 4/21: Schools receive exam
Chinese and Japanese Exams. materials ordered by April 7.
oo 3/29: Final deadline for ordering
oo Check with the appropriate AP preadministration materials for oo Collect exam fees.
teachers to be sure that the correct delivery by April 10. oo Online ordering for regularly
exams are ordered. Calculus,
Deadlines: Outside the scheduled exams comes to a close.
Computer Science, Economics,
English, Government and Politics, United States, U.S. Territories, oo Hold a proctor training session.
History, Physics, Spanish, and Studio and Canada oo Hold preadministration
Art all have more than one exam. oo 3/24: Priority deadline for session(s). Remind students
oo Reserve testing rooms that online ordering. of the importance of supplying
will provide the best possible oo 3/31: Extension deadline for consistent identification
conditions for student performance ordering regularly scheduled information on their
and to ensure compliance exams. answer sheets.
with exam administration and oo Process SSD paperwork as oo Send a strong message to
security procedures. Avoid using a outlined in this manual. students that cell phones and
library when possible, as this room other prohibited electronic devices
oo Use the Estimated Timing Table
type may not meet the seating are not allowed in the testing
in this manual to determine how
requirements. (See page 51 for room.
much total time will be needed for
seating requirements.) oo Run Setup CD for AP Chinese
each exam administration.
oo Schedule the AP preadministration and Japanese Exams on each
oo Order proctor supplies (pens
session(s) for late April. testing computer. (Be sure not to
with black or dark blue ink, No. 2
oo Schedule a proctor training session open the Exam CD.)
pencils, stapler, paper clips, extra
for late April. lined paper, etc.). oo Distribute Student Packs to all AP
oo With the SSD coordinator, Studio Art students. (See page 50
oo Appoint the required number of
review College Board–approved for more information.)
proctors. (See the table on page 29
accommodations for AP student(s), to determine the minimum number oo Coordinators need to confirm
if applicable. of proctors.) There must be a student submission of Computer
oo Log in to the Studio Art Digital proctor in the exam room at Science Principles performance
Submission Web application as all times. tasks by April 30.
soon as it is available. (See pages oo Student registration comes to oo Remind AP Studio Art teachers to
105–108 for details.) a close. forward students’ digital portfolios
to you well in advance of the
February oo Distribute permission slips for
May 5 deadline.
students traveling to off-site
oo Deadline 2/17: Last day to submit testing locations. oo If administering AP French,
accommodations requests and German, Italian, or Spanish
oo If you plan to record student
supporting documentation language and culture or AP Music
responses on computers for
(if needed). Theory exams, create an account
AP Exams in French, German,
oo Review and reserve the equipment on the DAS portal.
Italian, and Spanish Language
required for exams that require and Culture and Music Theory, oo Arrange for the setup of tables
special preparation. speak with your school’s and chairs, if needed.
oo Review and reserve the equipment computer technician to review the oo Review the details of the exam
required for exams administered appropriate software to use. schedule, proctors, rooms, and
with accommodations. oo AP Course Audit website begins required equipment.
oo Check in with your Studio Art accepting submissions for new oo Review the details of
teacher(s) to ensure that all courses offered. exams administered with
students have been provided with accommodations with the
their Teacher Keys and school SSD coordinator.
code and have set up access to the oo Check the exam shipments.
AP Studio Art Digital Submission
oo Double-check everything.
Web application. 11
May oo Schedule, order, and arrange for June

any alternate testing, if needed.
Regularly Scheduled Exam oo Fill in the appropriate fee
Deadlines:
Dates: 5/1–5, 8–12 reduction circle on the registration oo 6/1: All exam materials must
Late-Testing Exam Dates: 5/17–19 answer sheet for each student arrive at AP Services.
eligible for an AP fee reduction. oo 6/1: Deadline for schools to order
Deadlines: United States, U.S. For students taking AP Chinese score labels.
Territories, and Canada and Japanese, complete the Fee oo 6/15: Postmark deadline for exam
oo 5/5: Ordering deadline for Reduction/Section Designation payments and invoices. Late
alternate exams for late testing Form on page 129. For Studio payments incur a $225 fee.
(Canada and U.S. territories). Art, complete the fee reduction
oo 6/15: Deadline for students to
oo 5/12: Ordering deadline for information in the AP Studio
change the college score report
alternate exams for late testing Art Digital Submission Web
recipient indicated on their
(United States). application.
answer sheet, and to withhold
oo If your school would like to view a or cancel scores. Scores may be
Deadlines: Outside the United
separate AP Instructional Planning canceled or withheld at any time,
States, U.S. Territories, and Canada
Report and subject score roster for but for scores not to appear on
oo 5/5: Ordering deadline for each AP class section, follow the the student score report sent
alternate exams for late testing. directions on page 66 to designate to the college indicated on their
oo Make sure that the testing sites sections on students’ answer 2017 answer sheet, students must
and testing rooms are properly set sheets. Be sure to inform teachers cancel them by this date.
up and have all of the necessary of their designated section
oo Place 2018 AP Exam dates on the
desks, tables, chairs, and numbers before school lets out.
2017-18 school calendars.
equipment on exam day. oo Track the total number of exams
oo Administer exams (regular and that are fee reduced in order to July
alternate) as outlined in this accurately complete the invoice.
oo AP score reports are available to
manual and the 2016-17 AP Exam oo Prepare exam materials for return. colleges, students, schools, and
Instructions book.
oo Create and print a Packing List at districts.
oo Forward AP Studio Art digital www.collegeboard.org/school.
portfolios to the AP Program by
oo Complete all SSD paperwork (NAR
8 p.m. ET on May 5. Gather 2-D
and the NAR Return Envelope).
Design and Drawing students
for the assembly of the Selected oo Ship all AP Exam materials before
Works (Quality) sections of the close of the next business day
portfolios no later than May 5. after your school’s last scheduled
exam of a particular AP Exam
oo Login to the DAS portal and
administration period (i.e., regular
upload all student audio response
or late).
files for each AP French, German,
Italian, and Spanish language and oo Generate and submit your invoice
culture and AP Music Theory exam online at www.collegeboard.org/
that you administered. Files must school and mail a printed copy to
be uploaded and submitted before the AP Program with payment.
the close of the next business day
after the school’s last scheduled
exam of a particular AP Exam
period.
12
2016-17 SSD Coordinator

Planning Calendar
SSD Coordinator Planning Calendar

September– February–April 2017 oo Sign in to SSD Online and print
November 2016 a Nonstandard Administration
oo Notify the College Board SSD of Report (NAR) for each AP student
oo Visit with all AP teachers to find any braille exams your students testing with accommodations.
out if there are students with may need, even if they are only Print extra copies for students
disabilities who plan to take considering taking AP Exams. taking multiple exams. Before
AP Exams. oo Ensure that all accommodations the exam administration, note
oo Submit requests for requests and complete the time approved for each exam
accommodations, using SSD documentation (if needed) are section or part on all NARs.
Online, for students with submitted by February 17.
disabilities who are not yet oo Start training proctors how to
Exam Day
approved. administer exams for students oo Before the exams begin,
oo Check to make sure that requiring extended time, direct proctors to discuss with
accommodations needed for computers, large-type exams, etc. each student approved for
any students taking AP Exams Review the extended time tables accommodations the part,
in French, German, Italian, or in this manual. Please refer to section, and total exam time and
Spanish Language and Culture, www.collegeboard.org/apssd for arrangements for lunch, breaks,
Spanish Literature and Culture, additional information specific to and any special needs. If there
or Music Theory are up to date. testing SSD students. is a discrepancy, you must be
Call the SSD office to advise of any oo Arrange for students approved for consulted.
students taking AP Chinese or a reader, writer, or sign language The AP coordinator will:
Japanese with accommodations. interpreter to speak with the
oo Arrange for all proctors of exams
assistant to discuss how best to
December 2016– work together during the exam
for students with disabilities to
January 2017 have access to you during the
administration.
exams in the event of questions.
oo Look at your SSD Online roster oo Instruct students to bring their
oo Make sure that all exams are
of students and check that all copies of the Accommodations
administered on the appropriate
students listed, and the student Letter to the testing room at the
days and as outlined in this
information, are correct. Confer time of the exam administration.
manual, the 2016-17 AP Exam
with students and parents oo Work with the AP coordinator to Instructions book, and the 2016-17
to ensure awareness of the order appropriate exams for your SSD Guidelines Booklet.
accommodations approved students, including regular format
for the student. oo Remind proctors to complete
exams for students approved for
the Nonstandard Administration
oo Work with the AP coordinator extended time only, and braille,
Report for each exam taken
and principal to ensure sufficient large-type exams, and large-block
with accommodations.
and appropriate testing sites for answer sheets.
students with disabilities. oo Collect and review all large-type
oo Ask the AP coordinator to order
exams and braille exams and
oo Make sure you have sufficient, regular-format exams online for
corresponding answer sheets,
tested, and appropriate equipment “reader copies” if they are needed
and ensure that you have all the
for all approved SSD students and approved for a particular
appropriate materials.
(e.g., computers and printers, administration.
calculators, and extra CD players oo Encourage teachers to conduct After Exam Day
and computers or digital recording practice exams (employing the
devices for AP Exams in French, accommodations for which The AP coordinator will:
German, Italian, or Spanish students are approved) using AP oo Complete and insert all
Language and Culture, Spanish Released Exams or the practice appropriate materials into the
Literature and Culture, or Music AP Exams available to AP Course Nonstandard Administration
Theory). Audit–authorized teachers. Report return envelope. (See
oo Start identifying proctors and pages 69–70 for details about
provide them with information return packing.)
in this manual and any appropriate oo Return all large-type exams and
information from www braille materials separately in
.collegeboard.org/apcoordinator. the cartons in which they were
shipped.
13
Exam Security
EXAM All students should have equivalent some content is reused for purposes of establishing
SECURITY opportunities to succeed on AP Exams. exam reliability among forms over time. It is for this
Therefore, the Advanced Placement Program® maintains reason that students seal the multiple-choice booklets
strict test administration and test security procedures at the end of the administration and are not permitted
designed to prevent testing irregularities and improper to share information about the exam content with
conduct that could disrupt the test administration or anyone (including their AP teachers) after the exam
give any student an unfair advantage. is over. The entire multiple-choice section, including
content and questions, must never be shared, copied in
This manual, along with the 2016-17 AP Exam
any manner, or reconstructed by students or teachers
Instructions book, will provide you with the information
after the exam.
you need to order, prepare for, administer, return,
and pay for AP Exams. Carefully following all of the ᎰᎰ The Section II booklet, containing the free-response
procedures will help your school reduce the risks of content, must never be photocopied by students or
testing irregularities and security issues. You and your teachers after the exam. Students and educators may
proctors should read all of the general information discuss only the specific free-response content that is
as well as the appropriate subject-specific exam released on the College Board website two days after
instructions well in advance of your school’s first exam. the exam administration. Discussion of released exam
content may not begin until that time. The AP Program
Schools that do not comply with the policies and develops and administers multiple versions of the AP
procedures set forth in this manual may not be allowed Exam for each AP subject each year. Not all exams’
to administer AP Exams in the future and shall be free-response content is released. Any free-response
responsible for damages and costs incurred by the content in the exam that is not released, may never be
College Board or ETS as a result, including, without discussed. The free-response section of the alternate
limitation, litigation expenses and attorney fees. form of the exam used for late testing is not released
If you discover or suspect any issues related to the and may never be discussed or shared in any way.
security of your school’s exams, such as missing exam
materials, you must call the ETS Office of Testing Access to Exams
Integrity (OTI) immediately for instructions. You ᎰᎰ In the year they are teaching AP, AP teachers may not
must not administer exams in the affected subjects serve as AP coordinators. AP teachers may not serve
until receiving instructions from OTI. as proctors, assistants, readers, or scribes at an exam
in their subject area. Please be aware that a conflict of
interest may result in score cancellation (see pages 3
Overview of Exam Security and 29).
Here is an overview of some key policies that help ᎰᎰ Teachers, college faculty or instructors, department
to ensure the fairness and security of AP Exam chairs, tutors, individuals involved in test-preparation
administrations at schools. Throughout this manual, services, or educators of any kind (including, but not
the exam security icon indicates important information limited to, curriculum specialists, school counselors, or
related to exam security. Please read these items carefully. administrators) must not take, or review the content of,
an AP Exam.
Exam Schedules ᎰᎰ Reproducing any portion of any exam in any form (e.g.,
by taking photos or making photocopies) is strictly
ᎰᎰ An AP Exam may only be administered on its prohibited. No one, except the students as they take
scheduled date, at the set time. Early testing is the exam, should see the exam content.
not permitted under any circumstances. The exam
administration may never begin (i.e., opening the ᎰᎰ AP Exam materials (with the exception of Studio Art
shrinkwrap on AP Exams and CDs) before the official portfolios and Setup CDs for AP Chinese and Japanese)
starting time and may begin only up to one hour after must always be kept in locked storage (not accessible
the official starting time on the specified day. However, to students or teachers) before and after the exam
proctors may allow students to enter the testing rooms administration. Before dismissing students, the proctor
before an exam’s official start time to complete the must account for all exam booklets, answer sheets,
personal identification portion of their answer sheets. and CDs. With the exception of AP Music Theory Exams
and AP French, German, Italian, and Spanish Language
ᎰᎰ AP Exams feature security statements on the front and Culture Exams, where equipment availability may
covers that students must sign to affirm that the exam require multiple groups of students or individuals to
was administered on the date and time indicated on record speaking or sight-singing responses at different
the covers, that the multiple-choice exam content will times, students must all be dismissed from the testing
not be disclosed, and that they will only discuss the room at the same time.
free-response content if the content is released on
the College Board website two days after the exam ᎰᎰ Either the AP coordinator or a designated proctor must
administration. be present at all times in every room in which AP Exams
are being administered. Exam materials should never
Discussion of Exam Content be left with students unattended. No one, other than
those testing, should be in the room before, during,
ᎰᎰ No one, other than the students as they are taking the or immediately following the exam. All secure exam
exam, is allowed access to the multiple-choice section materials (including used and unused exam booklets and
at any time. This section is always kept secure because master audio CDs) must be returned to the AP Program.
14
EXAM DAY fault of the student — the College Board reserves the right
to cancel an AP Exam score. The decision to cancel an AP
Electronic equipment (cell phone, smartphone,
Exam score is difficult; nonetheless, AP Exam scores must
smartwatch, laptop, tablet computer, etc.), portable
be canceled on occasion in order to protect the integrity of
listening or recording devices (MP3 player, iPod®,
the AP Exam for all AP students and for the colleges and
etc.), cameras or other photographic equipment,
universities that grant credit or advanced placement for
devices that can access the internet, and any other
qualifying AP scores. When the College Board considers
electronic or communication devices are prohibited
it appropriate, but not under all circumstances, students
in the exam room.
will be given the opportunity to retest.
Note: School-owned handheld digital recording
The College Board reserves the right to decline to score
devices are allowed only for the AP French, German,
an AP Exam or cancel an AP Exam score when, in its
Italian, and Spanish Language and Culture Exams
judgment, any of the following occurs:
and the AP Music Theory Exam. School-owned and
controlled iPad tablets are allowed only if a school 1. Violation of test security policies and procedures: On
decides to use the new Digital Audio Capture (DAC) exam day, students are required to sign their answer
app for AP Music Theory sight singing. sheet, indicating that they are aware of, and agree to,
all of the policies and procedures discussed in the
ᎰᎰ If a student is observed with any of these devices
2016-17 Bulletin for AP Students and Parents. Students
during testing or during breaks, the student may be
also must sign the covers of the multiple-choice and
dismissed from the exam room, and the device may
free-response booklets, affirming statements related
be confiscated.
to the security of the exam. The exam security policies
ᎰᎰ If a student uses his or her cell phone during the exam, and procedures students agree to include the following:
the student’s score will be canceled and no retest will
ፊፊ Exams must be administered on the established
be permitted.
schedule. The exam administration may never begin
ᎰᎰ If a student posts to any form of social media during the before the official starting time, and may begin only
Exam Security
exam, the student’s score will be canceled, no retest up to one hour after the official starting time on the
will be permitted, and the student may be permanently specified day. If an exam is offered at an incorrect
barred from testing. date or time, the student should refuse to take it; the
ᎰᎰ No photos may be taken in the exam room during an student should contact Educational Testing Service’s
exam by anyone, including, but not limited to, the AP (ETS) Office of Testing Integrity to arrange to take an
coordinator, the proctor, school staff, members of the alternate exam.
media, and students. ፊፊ Students must not remove the shrinkwrap and
open exam materials until instructed to do so by the
proctor so that no one sees the questions before the
Exam Observations administration begins.
ᎰᎰ An exam observer may visit your school the day ፊፊ Because multiple-choice questions are sometimes
of the exam or the week preceding it. Check the reused, no one other than the student may see the
observer’s College Board or ETS identification, multiple-choice questions during the exam.
government-issued identification (e.g., driver’s ፊፊ Students may not, under any circumstances, remove
license), and letter of authorization from the Office exam content from the testing room; give them to
of Testing Integrity prior to admittance to any anyone else; discuss them with anyone (including
testing rooms or rooms where exam materials are an AP teacher); or share them through any means,
stored. Observations are scheduled to ensure that including, but not limited to, email, text messages, a
procedures and facilities meet test site standards. camera phone, and the internet.
Observations also provide an opportunity for testing ፊፊ Students may not, under any circumstances, remove
staff to raise questions. If you have any concerns about
any exam materials from the testing room. The
an individual’s authorization, contact the Office of
Section II booklet, containing the free-response
Testing Integrity at 609-406-5430 for verification before
questions, must never be photocopied by students or
admitting the person to a testing room.
teachers after the exam. They may only discuss the
exam content if the specific questions in the exam
Informing Students of the are released on the College Board website two days
after the regularly scheduled exam administration. If
Importance of Exam Security the exam content is not released, students may not
discuss it with anyone.
The following information is provided to students
in the 2016-17 Bulletin for AP Students and Parents, ፊፊ Electronic equipment (cell phone, smartphone,
which schools must distribute to their students prior to smartwatch, laptop, tablet computer, etc.), portable
exam day. listening or recording devices (MP3 player, iPod, etc.),
cameras or other photographic equipment, devices
The College Board’s test security and test administration that can access the Internet, and any other electronic
policies and procedures are designed to protect the or communication devices are prohibited in the exam
integrity of the AP Exam and AP Exam scores. The room. If a student is observed with any of these
policies and procedures have been developed to afford all devices during testing or during breaks, the student
students equivalent opportunities to demonstrate their may be dismissed from the exam room, and the device
knowledge on exam day and prevent any students from may be confiscated. School-owned handheld recording
gaining an unfair advantage. devices are allowed only for the AP French, German,
When the College Board determines that a student’s Italian, and Spanish Language and Culture Exams and
testing experience did not meet the College Board’s the AP Music Theory Exam.
standards for administering exams — even through no
15
ፊፊ Students may not consult textbooks, notes, teachers, ፊፊ For the AP Capstone Plagiarism and Falsification or
other students, or any other resource during the Fabrication of Information Policy, see the
break between Sections I and II of the exam, or 2016-17 AP Capstone Coordinator’s Addendum.
during any unscheduled breaks. 4. Testing irregularities: The term “testing irregularities”
ፊፊ Students may not leave the building at any time during refers to problems with the administration of an exam
the test administration, including during a break. and may affect an individual or group of students. These
ፊፊ Teachers, department chairs, tutors, individuals problems include, but are not limited to, administrative
involved in test preparation services, and educators errors (e.g., improper timing, improper seating,
of any kind (including, but not limited to, curriculum improper proctoring, defective materials, defective
specialists, school counselors, and administrators) equipment, or the failure of test administration
are prohibited from taking or reviewing the content personnel or the school to comply with test
of an AP Exam. administration policies or procedures) and disruptions
of exam administrations. Students may review the exam
ፊፊ Violation of test security policies may result in
administration instructions that schools are required to
score cancellation, and under some circumstances
follow, which are set forth in this manual, available at
individuals may be permanently barred from
www.collegeboard.org/apcoordinatorsmanual.
future testing.
The College Board is solely responsible for determining
2. Disclosure of secure test items: If a student is discovered
whether testing irregularities have occurred, and its
disclosing, through any means, any multiple-choice
decisions are final. When testing irregularities occur,
content, any free-response content from an alternate
the College Board may decline to score the exams of
exam, any free-response content from a regularly
one or more students and it may cancel the scores of
scheduled exam within two days of its administration,
one or more students when it determines that such
or any free-response content that is not released on
actions are required to protect the integrity of the
the College Board website two days after the regularly
exam, and the College Board may do so whether or not
scheduled exam administration, the College Board will
the affected students caused the testing irregularities,
automatically cancel the student’s exam score.
benefited from them, or engaged in misconduct. When
3. Misconduct: If a student engages in misconduct in it is appropriate in the College Board’s judgment, the
connection with an AP Exam, the student may be asked College Board may give the student(s) the opportunity
to turn in his or her exam materials and leave the testing to take a retest without charge.
room. The student may not return to the testing room,
and his or her AP Exam score will not be reported. 5. Identification
discrepancies: When, in the College
Board’s judgment or the judgment of exam
Misconduct includes: administration personnel, there is a discrepancy in a
ፊፊ Obtaining improper access to the exam, or a part of student’s identification, the student may be dismissed
the exam, or information about the exam. from the testing room. In addition, the College Board
ፊፊ Removing a page or pages from the exam book. may decline to score the exam or may cancel the score.
Law enforcement authorities may also be notified when
ፊፊ Referring to, looking through, or working on any
fraud is suspected.
exam, or exam section, other than during the timed
testing period for that exam or exam section. 6. Invalidscores: The College Board may also cancel
AP Exam scores when, in its judgment, there is
ፊፊ Accessing any prohibited aids.
substantial evidence that they are invalid for any
ፊፊ Bringing food or drink into the testing room.* reason. Evidence of invalidity may include, but is
ፊፊ Leaving the testing room without permission. not limited to, plagiarism, discrepant handwriting,
ፊፊ Attempting to remove from the testing room any part unusual answer patterns, or inconsistent performance
of the exam or any notes relating to the exam. on different parts of the exam or text that is similar to
that in other free responses. Before canceling AP Exam
ፊፊ Using a cell phone or electronic device during testing
scores based on substantial evidence of invalidity, the
or during breaks.
College Board notifies the affected student in writing
ፊፊ Copying from another student’s work or from about its concerns, gives the student an opportunity to
published or unpublished sources. submit information that addresses the College Board’s
ፊፊ Attempting to give or receive assistance, or concerns, and considers any such information that
otherwise communicate, through any means, with is submitted. The College Board also offers various
another person about the exam during the exam options, which typically include voluntary score
administration. cancellation, a free retest, and arbitration in accordance
ፊፊ Attempting to take the exam for someone else. with the ETS Standard Arbitration Agreement. Note:
The retest option is not available outside the United
ፊፊ Reproducing any portion of any exam in any form
States, U.S. territories, and Canada. The arbitration
(e.g., by taking photos or making photocopies).
option is available only for tests administered in the
ፊፊ Creating a disturbance. United States and U.S. territories. Additionally, if before,
ፊፊ Failing to follow any of the exam administration during, or after a review of questionable scores, ETS
regulations discussed in the 2016-17 Bulletin for finds that misconduct has occurred in connection with
AP Students and Parents, provided by testing staff, or a test, ETS may treat the matter under its misconduct
specified in any exam materials. procedures; in that event, the options available in
ፊፊ Using testing accommodations that have not been connection with score invalidity reviews will not be
preapproved by the College Board. available even if those options were previously offered.
*Unless this has been preapproved as an accommodation by the College

Board Services for Students with Disabilities office prior to the exam date.
16
In no event shall the College Board, its agents, or

subcontractors be responsible for students’, test
administration personnel’s, or schools’ failure to comply
with the AP test security and test administration
policies and procedures. The College Board shall not
be liable to the students, school, district, or anyone
claiming by or through them for any damages, including
special, incidental, direct, indirect, consequential,
exemplary, or punitive damages, caused by, arising
from, or otherwise related to the failure of test
administration personnel, the students, or the school to
comply with the College Board’s test security and test
administration policies and procedures, whether or not
the College Board has been advised of the possibility of
such damages.
Informing AP Teachers of the

It is important that AP teachers are aware of their role
maintaining the security of AP Exams. The following
exam security policies should be communicated to
them:
Exam Security
ᎰᎰ AP teachers are prohibited from having access to the
exam materials.
ᎰᎰ AP teachers are prohibited from entering the exam
room and from communicating with students during
testing, including breaks.
ᎰᎰ AP teachers are prohibited from taking or reviewing the
content of an AP Exam.
ᎰᎰ AP teachers may never discuss unreleased exam
content with students or ask students to disclose the
test content.
ᎰᎰ AP teachers may only discuss exam content with
students if those specific questions were released on
the College Board website two days after the regularly
scheduled exam administration. AP teachers may never
discuss exam content with students if those specific
questions were not released.
ᎰᎰ Teachers, including AP teachers, may serve as proctors
for exams in a subject area other than the one in
which they teach. For example, a ninth-grade English
teacher may not proctor an AP English Literature or
AP English Language Exam but could proctor an AP
Biology Exam. The only exception to this is Studio Art;
Studio Art teachers are encouraged to participate in the
Studio Art digital submission process and to be present
when their students assemble the Selected Works
(Quality) sections of their 2-D Design and Drawing
portfolios.
ᎰᎰ For Music Theory and AP French, German, Italian, and
Spanish Language and Culture Exams, the AP teachers
of those subjects cannot have access to student
recordings or assist in the exam administration or
submission of sight-singing and speaking responses.
17
Ordering Exams and Collecting Exam Fees

IN THIS SECTION: ᎰᎰ Once you place your order, it may take up to 24 hours
for your order status to become available.
ᎰᎰ Exam ordering policies, special instructions,
and deadlines ᎰᎰ You cannot schedule the delivery date of your order(s).
ᎰᎰ Late-testing policy ᎰᎰ Students may not take both AP Calculus AB and
AP Calculus BC within the same year. A student
ᎰᎰ Exam fees
may not take an exam more than once in the same
ᎰᎰ Eligibility criteria and procedure for claiming year; however, a student may repeat an exam in a
College Board AP fee reductions subsequent year. In such cases, both scores will be
reported unless the student requests that one be
AP Exams must be ordered online. Coordinators withheld or canceled.
should go to www.collegeboard.org/school to access the ᎰᎰ AP Research does not have an end-of-course exam, but
sign-in/sign-up page. As part of the sign-up process, an exam must be ordered for each student enrolled in
coordinators will be asked to enter their access code the course in order for his or her performance task to
for online ordering. Access codes remain the same from be scored by the College Board. AP Seminar End-of-
year to year. Access codes are also emailed in January Course Exams are only available to students at schools
to the AP coordinator and additional authorized staff participating in the AP CapstoneTM program.
person (if applicable) designated on your school’s
Participation Form. If you forget your password or Braille, extended time, and 14- or 20-point
username, there is a link on the sign-in page to retrieve large-type exams, and large-block answer
usernames and passwords. sheets
If a student has been approved for the following
Ordering Policies accommodations, order these exam materials online
with the rest of your exam order. If you are requesting a
ᎰᎰ You can modify your order online as often as necessary, at braille format and a large-type format of the same exam
no fee, until it is processed for shipment, which can be as for the same student, contact the College Board SSD
early as 6 p.m. ET on the day the order is placed. Office for more information. Order any additional testing
ᎰᎰ If your order has already been processed for shipment, materials that are required to administer these exams
you can place a new order for additional exams at no fee (e.g., extra reader copies of the exam or master CDs)
as long as you meet the extension deadline. with your initial order:
ᎰᎰ You cannot decrease your order once it has been ᎰᎰ Extended time administration with regular-format exams
processed for shipment, which can be as early as 6 p.m. ᎰᎰ Large-block answer sheet used with regular-format exams
ET on the day the order is placed. Schools are charged a
$15 fee for each unused exam. This fee is not assessed ᎰᎰ Braille format
for an exam that is replaced by an alternate exam for late ᎰᎰ 14- or 20-point large-type format
testing, unless the alternate exam itself goes unused.
Note: Exam fees, unused exam fees, refund policies, and

ordering deadlines vary at authorized test centers outside the
United States.
2017 EXAM ORDERING DEADLINES

Schools in Schools outside
the United the United
States, U.S. States, U.S.
territories, territories, and
Deadline and Canada Canada
Priority Deadline March 24 March 24

Submit orders by this date to ensure timely processing and delivery.
Deadline for Ordering Preadministration Materials March 29 N/A

Can be placed only with initial exam order. Orders placed by March 8 will be delivered by
March 31. Orders placed between March 9 and March 29 will be delivered by April 10.
Extension Deadline April 7 March 31

Each order received after this date incurs a $55 late fee (excluding alternate exam orders).
Final Deadline April 14 April 7

No orders will be accepted after this date. Orders placed Orders placed
by April 14 will by April 7 will
be delivered be delivered by
by April 24. April 21.
Deadline for Ordering Alternate Exams for Late Testing May 5 May 5
Coordinators should call AP Services for Educators if an emergency occurs after these dates. Canada and
U.S. territories
May 12
United States
18
Limited-time (multiple-day) testing, review how the exam is administered and to practice
using the equipment. To ensure that you receive the
large-type exams greater than 20-point,
Setup CDs by March 31, it is strongly recommended that
and scripts for the AP world language you place your exam order by March 8. (See section on
and culture exams and the AP Spanish Chinese/Japanese Exams, pages 109–126.)
Literature and Culture Exam
If a student has been approved for the following AP Studio Art Exam Orders
accommodations, order these testing materials using Studio Art exams are ordered separately from other
the special order form for these formats available on exams on the AP Exam Ordering website. Schools
the AP Exam Ordering website. The preferred date to expecting a significant increase in the number of AP
order these materials is March 24. Studio Art students this year should order their Studio
ᎰᎰ Printed scripts for the master audio parts of AP Exams Art exams as early as possible. (Before a school’s
in French, German, Italian, or Spanish Language and Studio Art exam order is placed, the number of student
Culture, and Spanish Literature and Culture portfolios that can be set up in the AP Studio Art Digital
Submission Web application is limited to the number of
ᎰᎰ Limited-time (multiple-day) testing

exams ordered last year, plus 10 percent for growth.)
ᎰᎰ Large-type formats other than 14- or 20-point Orders for preadministration materials will not be
ᎰᎰ Other accommodations affected by Studio Art exam orders.
Work with the SSD Coordinator to determine the
number, subject, and type of exams needed. Check for Home-Schooled Students and Students
overlap if a student is taking more than one exam over Whose Schools Do Not Offer AP Exams
multiple days and order late testing if there are conflicts. Parents and students cannot order AP Exams directly.
The AP Program encourages AP coordinators to assist
home-schooled students and students whose schools do
Special Ordering Instructions not offer AP Exams. If your school agrees to administer
exams to these students, note that these students will
French, German, Italian, and Spanish be using their own school’s code or the state home-
Language, Spanish Literature, and school code. Their exam scores will not be included with
Music Theory Exams your school’s score reports.
Each school’s order for these exams includes master If you are administering AP Exams to home-schooled
CDs, as follows: students living outside the United States, review the
international home-school/self-study codes on page 20.
ᎰᎰ French, German, Italian, and Spanish Language and If you don’t see an appropriate code for these students,
Culture: at least one master CD for Section I (listening), contact AP Services for Educators.
and a double CD set containing one master CD for
writing, and a separate master CD for speaking. Following are the responsibilities of coordinators testing
students other than their own:
ᎰᎰ Spanish Literature and Culture: at least one master CD
for Section I (listening). ᎰᎰ You will need to order the necessary exam materials and
ᎰᎰ Music Theory: at least one master CD for Section IA inform students when and where to appear for the exams.
and IIA (listening) and one master CD for Section IIB Record the AP Exams the students plan to take.
(sight-singing) ᎰᎰ You will collect and submit these students’ exam fees
Some schools administer the speaking or sight-singing with those from your school. You may negotiate a higher
parts of the exams in multiple rooms at one location. If fee with these students to recover additional proctoring
you plan to do this, you should order the same number of or administration costs.
master double CD sets or sight-singing CDs as you will ᎰᎰ Coordinators and proctors should ensure that a valid
have testing locations. Also, remember to order sufficient photo ID is presented at the time of the exam.
master CDs if you have students with disabilities who ᎰᎰ On the day of the exam, your proctors will need to remind
have been approved for extended time and will require students from other schools that they should be using
separate testing rooms. You should order one set of master their own school’s code and be prepared to provide it, if
CDs for each student testing with extended time, as each necessary. Proctors will need to provide the home-school
student will be progressing at his or her own pace with code to home-schooled students (see the lists of home-
respect to the approved amount of extended time. school and self-study codes that follow).
When you place your initial exam order online, you Home-schooled students and students whose schools
may request: do not offer AP Exams can find local participating
schools by following these steps:
ᎰᎰ One additional master writing/speaking CD set or sight-
singing CD for every four exams ordered ᎰᎰ Students should contact AP Services for Students
ᎰᎰ One additional master listening CD for every no later than March 1 to get the names and phone
10 exams ordered numbers of local AP coordinators who have indicated
a willingness to test outside students.
If your initial order has been processed, contact AP
Services for Educators to order additional materials. ᎰᎰ Students should contact the AP coordinators identified by
AP Services for Students no later than March 15. Students
AP Chinese and Japanese Exams on CD should inform the coordinator that they want to locate a
school willing to administer the AP Exams they plan to
Once you order the exams, you will receive a separate take. They will be using their own school’s code or the
shipment of AP Chinese and Japanese Setup CDs in home-school code, ensuring that their exam score(s) will
advance of the administration. Setup CDs are required be reported separately from the school at which they test.
for preparing testing computers to deliver the exams.
They also contain sample exams to allow students to 19
HOME-SCHOOL AND SELF-STUDY CODES INTERNATIONAL HOME-SCHOOL/SELF-STUDY CODES

State Code State Code Country Code Country Code
Alabama 990199 Nevada 992999 Albania 997096 Malaysia 996898
Alaska 990299 New Australia 997098 Mexico 998799
993099
Hampshire
Arizona 990399 Austria 997196 Mongolia 996738
New Jersey 993199
Arkansas 990499 Bahamas 998099 Nepal 996896
New Mexico 993299
California 990598 Belgium 997169 Netherlands 997501
New York 993399
Colorado 990699 Bolivia 999099 New Zealand 997099
North Carolina 993499
Connecticut 990799 Brazil 999199 Nicaragua 998798
North Dakota 993599
Delaware 990899 Bulgaria 997199 Niger 996399
Ohio 993699
District of Burma 996599 Oman 996892
990999 Oklahoma 993799
Columbia
Canada 998299 Pakistan 996099
Florida 991098 Oregon 993899
Chile 999298 Philippines 997097
Georgia 991199 Pennsylvania 993999
China — see below Poland 997899
Hawaii 991299 Rhode Island 994099
Colombia 999299 Portugal 997896
Idaho 991399 South Carolina 994199
Czech Republic 997197 Puerto Rico 995499
Illinois 991499 South Dakota 994299
Dominican Qatar 996398
Indiana 991599 Tennessee 994399 998499
Republic Republic of
997502
Iowa 991699 Texas 994499 Ecuador 999399 Macedonia
Kansas 991799 Utah 994599 Egypt 996498 Russia 997897
Kentucky 991899 Vermont 994699 France 997399 Saudi Arabia 996993
Louisiana 991999 Virginia 994799 Georgia 996699 Serbia 997198
Maine 992099 Washington 994899 Germany 997398 Singapore 996895
Maryland 992199 West Virginia 994999 Guatemala 998549 Slovak Republic 997195
Massachusetts 992299 Wisconsin 995099 Haiti 998599 South Africa 996497
Michigan 992399 Wyoming 995199 Honduras 998699 South Korea 996897
Minnesota 992499 Hong Kong 996798 Spain 997998
Mississippi 992599 Hungary 997397 Switzerland 997999
Missouri 992699 India — see below Taiwan 996997
Montana 992799 Indonesia 996720 Thailand 996996
Nebraska 992899 Iran 996739 Trinidad and
998899
Tobago
Iraq 996721
INDIA SELF-STUDY CODES BY STATE AND Turkey 996994
Ireland 997498
UNION TERRITORY Uganda 996499
Israel 996722
United Arab
State/UT Code State/UT Code Italy 997499 Emirates
996998
Andaman Lakshadweep 996759
996753 Japan 996899 United Kingdom 997299
Nicobar Islands Madhya Pradesh 996784
Andhra Pradesh 996797 Jordan 996893 Uruguay 999499
Maharashtra 996783
Arunachal Kazakhstan 997898 U.S. Territories 995299
996796 Manipur 996782
Pradesh U.S. Virgin
Kuwait 996894 995599
Assam 996795 Meghalaya 996781 Islands
Mizoram 996780 Kyrgyzstan 997801
Bihar 996794 Vietnam 996995
Chandigarh 996758 Nagaland 996779 Lebanon 996891
Chhattisgarh 996793 Delhi 996769
Dadra and
CHINA SELF-STUDY CODES BY PROVINCE
996754 Orissa 996778
Nagar Haveli Puducherry 996757 Province Code Province Code
Daman and Diu 996755
Punjab 996777 Anhui 996926 Jiangxi 996928
Goa 996792
Rajasthan 996776 Beijing 996915 Jilin 996921
Gujarat 996791
Sikkim 996775 Chongqing 996980 Liaoning 996920
Haryana 996790
Tamil Nadu 996774 Fujian 996927 Ningxia 996988
Himachal
996789 Telangana 996756
Pradesh Gansu 996986 Qinghai 996987
Jammu and Tripura 996773
996788 Guangdong 996933 Shaanxi 996985
Kashmir Uttar Pradesh 996772
Jharkhand 996787 Guangxi 996934 Shandong 996929
Uttarakhand 996771
Karnataka 996786 Guizhou 996982 Shanghai 996923
West Bengal 996770
Kerala 996785 Hainan 996935 Shanxi 996918
Hebei 996917 Sichuan 996914
Heilongjiang 996922 Tianjin 996916
Henan 996930 Tibet 996984
Hubei 996931 Xinjiang 996989
Hunan 996932 Yunnan 996983
Inner Mongolia 996919 Zhejiang 996925
Jiangsu 996924
20
Ordering Alternate Exams Please inform students testing late that their scores for
alternate exams may be reported later than regularly
for Late Testing scheduled exams and that their free-response booklets
Occasionally, circumstances make it necessary for will not be available for purchase. Data for alternate
students to test late. To preserve the security of exams will not be included on the school’s AP
AP Exams, the College Board develops alternate Instructional Planning Reports.
forms of each exam for late testing. Regularly If you know before the ordering deadlines that a
scheduled exams cannot be used for late testing. All student with disabilities will need an alternate braille
students who participate in late testing must take these or large-type format exam, you may order these exams
alternate exams on the scheduled late-testing dates online. However, if an unanticipated event during the
(May 17–19, 2017) at the scheduled times (see schedule AP testing period requires that you order an alternate
on the inside back cover). If a school fails to follow braille or large-type format exam, contact the SSD office
AP security procedures and does not administer the immediately by phone or email to order these exams.
alternate exams on the specified dates at the specified
times, scores for those exams will be canceled.
Who Is Eligible

Note: Preadministration materials are not available for Only students affected by the circumstances on the
late testing. If you know that students will be testing only list that follows may test late. When the cause of late
during the late-testing period, they must not complete testing is beyond the control of the school and the
answer sheets during the preadministration session students, there is no additional fee. In other instances,
for regularly scheduled exams. They will complete their however, when the schools or students have a choice
registration on the day they are testing late. Remember to order between testing on the scheduled date or requesting
sufficient Student Packs for students who are only testing late.
an alternate date, the school is billed an additional
$45 per exam to partially defray costs. Among the
reasons schools may be charged the $45 per exam
How to Order
fee for late testing are instances in which retesting is
Alternate exams for late testing must be ordered necessary due to testing incidents, security violations,
online (www.collegeboard.org/school). The links or inappropriate accommodations. Students eligible for
read “Order Late-Testing Exams” and “Order Braille the College Board fee reduction will not be charged the
and Large-Type Late-Testing Exams.” Schools are $45 per exam late fee, except in cases related to exam
encouraged to place orders for alternate exams as security violations.
early as possible. Orders must be submitted by May 5
(schools outside the United States, including Canada Note: Contact AP Services for Educators from March 1–31 for
and U.S. territories) or May 12 (United States). If an information about later testing options if your school has lost
emergency occurs after these deadlines, contact AP a significant number of net instructional days due to extreme
Services for Educators immediately. winter weather.
LATE-TESTING CIRCUMSTANCES
Late testing is allowed under the following circumstances:
ANY other reasons MUST be approved by AP Services prior to ordering alternate exams.
Contact AP Services for Educators.
No Additional Fee Incurred Additional Fee Incurred: $45 per exam

Conflict with IB exam Academic contest/event
Conflict with state-, province-, or nationally mandated test Athletic contest/event
Disabilities accommodation issue Conflict with non-AP and non-IB exam
Emergency: bomb scare or fire alarm Family/personal commitment
Emergency: serious injury, illness, or family tragedy Ordering error
Language lab scheduling conflict Other school event
Religious holiday/observance School closing (local decision, non-emergency)
School closing: election, national holiday, or natural

disaster
Strike/labor conflict
Three or more AP Exams on same date
Two AP Exams on same date and time
21
EXAM FEES
The fee for each exam is $93 ($123 internationally*), with schools retaining a $9 rebate per exam. Coordinators are
responsible for collecting exam fees from students. This is best done prior to the exam or on exam day. Checks and
money orders should be made payable to the school administering the exam, not the College Board.
For schools offering AP Capstone, the exam fee is $141 per exam for AP Seminar and AP Research, with schools
retaining a $9 rebate per exam. Once a student submits any performance task component as final in the AP Digital
Portfolio or the end-of-course exam is started, the full exam fee of $141 will be charged. The $15 unused exam fee will
be charged if an exam has been ordered for a student who does not submit any performance tasks as final and does
not start the end-of-course exam.
Regular Exams
Student pays school $93 per exam
School pays the College Board $84 per exam
School rebate $9 per exam
International Exams*
Student pays school $123 per exam
School pays the College Board $114 per exam
School rebate $9 per exam
Exams at College Board-Authorized Test Centers Outside the U.S. fees vary
Alternate Exams for Late Testing
Late-testing fee (Reason: School mistake, student conflict, etc.) $45 per exam
Other Fees
Unused Exams $15 per exam
Late Exam Orders $55 for each order received after the extension deadline
Late Exam Return Twice the exam fee for each exam in shipments received after June 1
Late Payment $225 for payments postmarked after June 15
* Applies to exams administered at schools outside the United States, U.S. territories and commonwealths, and Canada, with the exception of U.S.
Department of Defense Dependents Schools (DoDDS).
The amount schools collect from students may vary under certain circumstances:
ᎰᎰ Students who qualify for fee reductions: College Board fee reductions and state and federal subsidies are available
for students with financial need. See the fee reduction policy below.
ᎰᎰ Late testing: Occasionally, circumstances make it necessary for students to test late using an alternate form of the
exam. Depending on the reasons for late testing, schools may be charged an additional $45 fee per alternate exam,
part or all of which the school may ask students to pay. Consult the table on page 21.
Note: Students qualifying for the College Board fee reduction will not be charged the late-testing fee.
ᎰᎰ Schools may negotiate a higher fee to recover proctoring and administration costs.
AP Fee Reduction Policy Through CEP, schools and districts are able to provide
free breakfast and lunch to all students through a
The College Board provides a $31 fee reduction per formula based on the number of “identified students”
exam for students with financial need. Schools are — those certified without application for free school
expected to forgo their $9 rebate for these students, meals because they are in foster care or Head Start
resulting in a cost of $53 per exam. or are homeless, migrant, or living in households that
Many states use federal and state funding to further receive SNAP/Food Stamps, TANF cash assistance, or
reduce the exam fee for these students. The fee the Food Distribution on Indian Reservations benefits.
reductions available in each state can be found at All schools and districts nationwide that have
collegeboard.org/apexamfeeassistance in the spring. 40 percent or more “identified students” are eligible
In 2017 there are funding changes under the Every to participate in this option.
Student Succeeds Act (ESSA). See page 24 for For schools and districts that meet the criteria and
more information. choose to participate in the Community Eligibility
Provision, a student’s enrollment in the Federal Free
Eligibility Criteria or Reduced-Price Lunch Program can no longer be
The College Board has different eligibility criteria used as a proxy to determine eligibility for AP Exam
for AP Exam fee reductions depending on whether fee reductions. The reason is that all students in a
a school or district participates in the Community CEP-participating school or district, regardless of
Eligibility Provision (CEP). The Community Eligibility each student’s individual family income status, are
Provision is a program for schools and districts with automatically eligible for free meals. Accordingly,
high percentages of low-income children to provide free Community Eligibility schools and districts will instead
breakfast and lunch to all students. need to determine each individual student’s eligibility.
22
Primary Criteria for Schools/Districts NOT Primary Criteria for Schools/Districts Participating
Participating in Community Eligibility in Community Eligibility
For schools and districts that do not participate in Students are eligible for the AP Exam fee reduction
the Community Eligibility Provision, enrollment in or on all AP Exams that they take in a given year if:
eligibility to participate in the Federal Free or Reduced- ᎰᎰ their family’s income is at or below 185 percent
Price Lunch Program can still be used as a proxy to of the poverty level issued annually by the U.S.
determine eligibility for AP Exam reductions. For these Department of Health and Human Services, or
schools/districts, the following criteria must be used:
ᎰᎰ they qualify as an “identified student” because they
Students who are either enrolled or eligible to are:
participate in the Federal Free or Reduced-Price Lunch ፊፊ in foster care or Head Start, or
Program qualify for the AP Exam fee reduction on all
AP Exams that they take in a given year. Students are ፊፊ homeless or migrant, or
eligible for free or reduced-price lunches if: ፊፊ living in households that receive SNAP/Food
ᎰᎰ their family’s income is at or below 185 percent of the Stamps, TANF cash assistance, or the Food

poverty level issued annually by the U.S. Department Distribution on Indian Reservations benefits.
of Health and Human Services, or
ᎰᎰ the students are directly certified without application
for free school meals because they are:
ፊፊ in foster care or Head Start, or
ፊፊ homeless or migrant, or
ፊፊ living in households that receive SNAP/Food
Stamps, TANF cash assistance, or the Food
Distribution on Indian Reservations benefits.
Alternative Criteria for All Schools/Districts (Those Participating in Community Eligibility and Those Not)
If your school would prefer to use another method for determining which students qualify for AP Exam fee reductions,
any of the following criteria are allowed:
ᎰᎰ The student is enrolled in a federal, state, or local program that aids students from low-income families
(e.g., Federal TRIO programs such as Upward Bound).
ᎰᎰ The student’s family receives public assistance.
ᎰᎰ The student lives in federally subsidized public housing or a foster home, or is homeless.
ᎰᎰ The student is a ward of the state or an orphan.
The following table lists annual family incomes, by family size, at 185 percent of the poverty level. If the AP student’s
family’s income did not exceed the amount listed in the appropriate row and column, he or she qualifies for an
AP Exam fee reduction.
Annual Family Income*

Annual Family Income* Annual Family Income*
Size of Family Unit for 48 Contiguous States,
for Alaska for Hawaii
D.C., Guam, and Territories
1 $21, 978 $27,454 $25,290
2 $29, 637 $37,037 $34,096
3 $37,296 $46,620 $42,902
4 $44,955 $56,203 $51,708
5 $52,614 $65,786 $60,514
6 $60,273 $75,369 $69,320
7 $67,951 $84,952 $78,126
8 $75,647 $94,572 $86,969
Each additional family
$7,696 $9,620 $8,843
member add:
*The figures shown under family income represent amounts equal to 185 percent of the 2016-17 federal income poverty guidelines established by the U.S.
Department of Health and Human Services. These levels were published in the Federal Register, Vol. 81, No. 81, 3/23/16, p. 15503.
23
Procedure LOW-INCOME STUDENT EXAM FEE

AP Coordinators must complete three important tasks ASSISTANCE
for their schools to be appropriately credited for Beginning with the 2017 AP Exam administration,
available fee reductions: states will no longer be able to secure funding for low-
income students’ AP Exams as they may have in the
Step 1: Indicate Fee Reduction Totals Before Ordering past, through a dedicated federal program. However,
Coordinators must indicate before ordering how that doesn’t mean federal funding for AP Exams for
many AP Exams will qualify for the fee reductions low-income students has disappeared entirely. In order
for low-income students. An optional online roster/ to continue to provide these exam subsidies, it means
calculator is available on the AP Exam Ordering that states and districts will need to commit resources
website to help you determine the total number of available from a new federal funding source. In 2016-17
qualifying students and exams. If you already have and beyond, Every Student Succeeds Act (ESSA) funds
this information you do not need to use the online within Title IV are available to support low-income
roster/calculator and can simply enter the total student exam participation. Talk to your principal
number of qualifying students and exams. Schools and/or administration to ensure that a plan is in place
will be able to revise their totals as needed prior to to dedicate your local ESSA funding to subsidize
generating their invoices, but should make every students’ 2017 and 2018 exams. For more information,
effort to provide accurate totals before ordering. visit collegeboard.org/ap-essa.
Step 2: Fill in the Fee Reduction Circle
on Answer Sheets
The fee reduction circle must be filled in for all
Rebates for Schools with
students who qualify for a College Board, federal, and/ Large AP Programs
or state fee reduction. Coordinators must indicate To provide large-volume AP schools with additional
which students are eligible for fee reductions by filling support, the College Board will send rebates to
in the appropriate circle on the student’s registration them in November (to the attention of the AP
answer sheet. AP coordinators should not bubble in coordinator, payable to the school) for discretionary
the other answer sheets for those students taking use in hiring temporary staff to assist with the AP
multiple exams. Exam administration, providing an honorarium or
There are two fee reduction circles on the answer professional development funds for AP coordinators,
sheet, in the “School Use Only” section. Only one or covering other expenses associated with managing
circle should be filled in for each student eligible an AP program. Because the complexity of an AP
for funding: coordinator’s work varies directly with the number
of exams administered, the amount of the rebate
ᎰᎰ Option 1: Low-Income Students (who meet low-income varies proportionately:
family guidelines for College Board, federal, and state
fee reductions). ᎰᎰ $250 for schools giving 150–499 exams
ᎰᎰ Option 2: Non-Low-Income Eligible Students (who are ᎰᎰ $500 for schools giving 500–749 exams
eligible for subsidies based on state criteria other than ᎰᎰ $1,000 for schools giving 750–999 exams
the AP fee reduction policy). ᎰᎰ $1,500 for schools giving 1,000–1,999 exams
Fee reduction options are captured separately for ᎰᎰ $3,000 for schools giving 2,000 or more exams
exams that don’t require answer sheets:
School rebates are based on the number of exams
ᎰᎰ Schools administering AP Studio Art Exams: given during the most recent exam administration.
Coordinators designate a student’s fee reduction for AP Designated authorized test centers outside the United
Studio Art using the AP Studio Art Digital Submission States, as well as schools that do not administer their
Web application. For more information, visit the online own exams, will not receive this rebate.
demo (apstudiodemo.collegeboard.org) or the Web
application help text (apstudio.ets.org/apstudioart/
document/HelpText.htm).
ᎰᎰ Schools administering AP Chinese or Japanese
Exams: Coordinators must use the Fee Reduction/
Section Designation Form on page 129 to indicate
students eligible for fee reductions.
Step 3: Generate, Submit, and Return Your Invoice

All schools must generate and submit an invoice online,
print a hard copy, and mail the completed invoice with
payment to the AP Program in the envelope provided
with their exam shipments by June 15, 2017. You will
need to indicate the total number of exams with fee
reductions again when generating your invoice. Schools
generating their invoices after June 15 will have a $225
late fee automatically added to their invoices.
24
Checking and Storing Exam Materials
Incident Report labels (red and white)

Selecting Authorized Staff
ፊፊ
ፊፊ Nonstandard Administration Report (NAR) return

EXAM Prior to receiving your exam shipment, envelope (blue and white)
SECURITY
select authorized staff to handle secure
exam materials. Authorized staff should be limited to
ፊፊ SSD labels (blue and white)
those whose normal duties would require use and/or ፊፊ Remittance return envelope
protection of secure materials. Only AP coordinators ፊፊ Answer sheet return envelope(s)
and authorized staff may receive, check, store, distribute, ፊፊ Extra exam booklet seals
and return exam materials. Students are not permitted
to assist with the handling or transporting of exam
ፊፊ Additional information or special notices
materials. See “Proctor Eligibility Criteria” on page 29. ᎰᎰ 2017 AP Student Packs (one for each student taking
an exam)
ᎰᎰ Three-inch packaging tape (only included with
Checking the Exam Shipment medium to large orders)
EXAM Within 24 hours of receiving your ᎰᎰ Prepaid courier return label(s): It is important to
SECURITY
exam shipment, in a secure area with retain these labels — they are required for your
only authorized staff present, check and count the return shipment.
contents of your shipment by exam title against

the AP Shipping Notice enclosed with your exam Additional materials to look for if your
materials. Please remember to count the contents school is offering:
individually and not just by bundle. Separate
Chinese and Japanese
regularly scheduled exams from alternate exams for
late testing, if applicable. AP Chinese and Japanese Exams on CD and Setup CDs,
AP Chinese and Japanese Student Response Return
A thorough check will minimize the need for last- Envelope (green and white), and two sealed USB drives
minute orders or late testing. All materials should be for returning student responses, to be used if needed.
delivered to you unopened. Pay particular attention to
exam materials with similar titles. For example, make French, German, Italian, and Spanish
sure to double check that English Literature exams are Language and Culture
separate from English Language exams; make sure At least one shrinkwrapped master listening CD;
students know that they are taking Microeconomics one or more shrinkwrapped master double CD sets
and not Macroeconomics. Contact AP Services for (persuasive essay task CD and speaking CD).
Educators immediately if there are discrepancies in
your shipment, or if your materials appear open or Spanish Literature and Culture
damaged. At least one shrinkwrapped master listening CD.
Music Theory
Regularly Scheduled At least one shrinkwrapped master listening CD; one or
more shrinkwrapped master sight-singing CDs.
Exam Materials
Studio Art
Regular exam materials Studio Art portfolios are shipped in separate cartons;
Studio Art portfolios are not secure exam materials and
Note: Exam materials for students who have been approved should be given to AP Studio Art teachers when the
for extended time accommodations only will be included in
portfolios arrive.
your regular exam shipment. Exams for students with other
accommodations will be shipped separately. U.S. History and European History
AP U.S. History and AP European History Short-Answer
ᎰᎰ AP Shipping Notice
Response Booklet Return Envelope(s) for returning
ᎰᎰ Shrinkwrapped exam packets: The shipment will U.S. History and AP European History short-answer
contain exams for the regularly scheduled testing period. response booklets.
ᎰᎰ Answer sheets bundled in clear plastic packets
ᎰᎰ Coordinator’s Packet with the following materials:
ፊፊ 2016-17 AP Coordinator’s Manual (only sent
with initial shipment of regular exams)
ፊፊ 2016-17 AP Exam Instructions book
ፊፊ Incident Report return envelope (red and white)
25
Braille and Large-Type (14- or Storing Exam Materials

20-point) Exam Materials EXAM
SECURITY
As AP coordinator, you are responsible
for protecting exam materials from
These exam materials are ordered online at the same unauthorized access from the time they are delivered to
time as standard exam materials, but are shipped your school until they are returned. After checking the
separately from the standard exam materials. Contact contents of the shipment, store exam materials in the
the College Board SSD Office as soon as possible if any following manner:
items you requested are missing.
1. With the exception of Studio Art portfolios, Setup CDs
ᎰᎰ Braille and large-type exams for AP Chinese and Japanese, this manual, and the
ᎰᎰ Regular-format exam booklet: for reference during the 2016-17 AP Exam Instructions book, reseal all exam
administration of braille exams materials in their original cartons. Be sure to keep the
ᎰᎰ Guide to the Nemeth Code: the current version of original cartons. You must use these cartons to return
mathematical symbols, many of which are used in the materials to the AP Program after the exams.
braille AP Biology, Calculus, Chemistry, Computer 2. Sign your name across the sealing tape, extending
Science, Physics, and Statistics Exams. The student across the carton, as added insurance against
may review this guide before exam day and refer to it tampering.
during the exam. 3. Place the sealed exam materials in secure storage. Exam
ᎰᎰ Script for French, German, Italian, or Spanish Language materials are considered to be in secure storage when
and Culture listening parts, Persuasive Essay task part, they are stored in a locked container, compartment, or
and speaking parts; or Spanish Literature and Culture area, with limited, authorized access and no student
listening part. access. For example, exams could be stored in a locked
ᎰᎰ Answer sheets storage closet or storage room, provided that the closet
ᎰᎰ Large-block answer sheets or room is uniquely keyed (i.e., not accessible with the
building master key), or in a locked vault or file cabinet.
ᎰᎰ 2016-17 AP Coordinator’s Manual Students and unauthorized staff should not be able to
ᎰᎰ 2016-17 AP Exam Instructions book access any areas where exams are stored.
ᎰᎰ Nonstandard Administration Report return envelope
Note: Be sure the secure storage area has low humidity and
and SSD labels
a temperature of about 70 degrees Fahrenheit (21.1 degrees
ᎰᎰ Prepaid packaging and instructions for returning all Celsius), and is away from magnetic fields produced by electric
materials motors or other equipment.
ᎰᎰ Prepaid courier return labels
4. Ifschools are testing students off-site, coordinators
ᎰᎰ AP SSD Guidelines booklet
or proctors may not take the exams home, store
Note: Scripts for the AP world language and culture exams them in their cars, or store them in off-site locations.
and the AP Spanish Literature and Culture Exam, large-type The AP coordinator must arrange for secure
formats other than 14- or 20-point, and multiple-day testing transporting and storing of the test materials.
forms must be ordered via the order form for these formats
Please be sure to note the following safeguards:
available on the AP Exam Ordering website.
ᎰᎰ All master CDs and AP Chinese and Japanese
Language and Culture Exam CDs are secure exam
materials. Open and use them only during the exam
Alternate Exams for Late Testing administration. Do not copy or take notes on
These exam materials are shipped separately from the their content.
regularly scheduled exams.
ᎰᎰ Alternate exams
ᎰᎰ Answer sheets
ᎰᎰ Prepaid courier return label(s)
ᎰᎰ Alternate Coordinator’s Packet with the following
materials:
ፊፊ Answer sheet return envelope(s)
ፊፊ Incident Report return envelope (red and white)
and IR labels
ፊፊ Nonstandard Administration Report return envelope
(blue and white) and SSD labels
26
Multischool Exam Centers Comparison of Exam Forms

Schools near each other may administer AP Exams
together by forming a multischool exam center. Such
and Materials
a center requires only one AP coordinator, whom the To prevent students from gaining
EXAM
principals of the cooperating schools designate on SECURITY advance knowledge about AP Exams by
their schools’ individual AP Participation Forms. This communicating with students in other
designated coordinator is responsible for ordering time zones, the AP Program develops multiple exam
all AP Exams for all of the schools in his or her forms for regularly scheduled testing, as well as an
multischool center. All exam materials must be placed alternate exam form for late testing. The table on the
in secure storage at the designated coordinator’s next page provides a brief comparison of the colors
school until exam day. used for these forms and materials.
Schools that order exams individually, but test Other exam materials, such as the master CDs, will
collectively, run the risk of administrative errors that also have different colors and graphic elements that
could result in the need for retests. For example, if each distinguish one form’s materials from another’s. For
school within a multischool center were to order its example, the master CDs for the regularly scheduled
exams for Spanish Literature and Culture separately, it forms feature labels that cover the entire disc in color.
is possible that all schools would not receive the same The master CDs for the late-testing forms feature the
form of the Spanish Literature and Culture exam. This same colors as the regularly scheduled forms, but with
will create irregularities during testing, as the master only half the disc label in color.
listening CD for each form of the exam is different. It is critical for AP coordinators to ensure that the exam
A multischool center may administer its exams materials for the regularly scheduled exam dates are
at more than one location; however, each subject returned before administering any late-testing exams.
exam must be administered in its entirety at one

location only. For example, a multischool center may
not administer one half of its Biology exams in one
location and the other half of its Biology exams in
another location. Similarly, a multischool center may
not administer Section I of an exam in one location and
Section II of that same exam in another location.
BORROWING AND LENDING EXAMS

EXAM Schools are not permitted to borrow
SECURITY and lend exams. AP Services will
attempt to fulfill any time-sensitive orders as
quickly as possible. However, in the event that
exams cannot be delivered in time for the
scheduled exam administration, schools may
offer a late-testing administration.
27
2017 EXAM FORMS
May 1–5, 8–12, 2017 May 17–19, 2017

Regularly Scheduled Regularly Scheduled
Forms Exams International Exams* Late-Testing Exams
Section I booklet color White White Yellow
Additional Section I, Part B: Short-answer European History: Red

response booklet color U.S. History: Red
World History: Red
Section II booklet color Pink Goldenrod Beige
Additional Section II booklet color Bright orange

(if applicable)
*(certain exams administered outside of the United States, Canada, Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands)
AUDIO MATERIALS
Section I: Section II:

Multiple Choice Free Response
Subject Part A Part B Part A Part B
French No master Master Task 1 Email Reply: Task 3 Conversation:

Language and CD required Listening No CD required Master Speaking
Culture* CD required CD required
Task 2 Persuasive Essay: Task 4 Cultural Comparison:

Master Persuasive Essay Master Speaking
CD required CD required
German No master Master Task 1 Email Reply: Task 3 Conversation:


Italian Master No master Task 1 Email Reply: Task 3 Conversation:

Language and Listening CD required No CD required Master Speaking

Spanish No master Master Task 1 Email Reply: Task 3 Conversation:


Spanish Master No master No master CD required

Literature and Listening CD required
Culture CD required
Music Master No master Master Listening CD required Master Sight-Singing CD required

Theory* Listening CD required
CD required
* All student responses must be recorded digitally and submitted via the Digital Audio Submission (DAS) portal, which replaces submission of
responses on response tapes and response CDs.
28
Preparing Proctors
IN THIS SECTION: ᎰᎰ Retired teachers may serve as proctors for exams

ᎰᎰ Proctor eligibility criteria and duties in a subject area other than those in which they
have taught.
ᎰᎰ Preparing testing rooms
ᎰᎰ An individual may not proctor an AP Exam or
ᎰᎰ Estimating timing for AP Exams handle materials for an exam in the year in which an
ᎰᎰ Proctor training instructions immediate family or household member may be taking
that exam. This is the case whether the immediate
family or household member is at the school where the
individual works or at any other school.
Proctors for AP Exams ᎰᎰ Proctors may not take any AP Exam or review in any
College Board programs use different terms to designate manner the content of the exam.
the persons administering tests. The AP coordinator ᎰᎰ Proctors may not be employed part or full time at a test
is responsible for the overall AP Exam administration. preparation company.
However, in most schools the AP coordinator relies on ᎰᎰ Proctors may not participate in any coaching activity
a number of colleagues to administer exams, set up that addresses the content of secure College Board
testing rooms, etc. For the purposes of this manual, tests.
the AP Program uses the term proctor to refer to any
AP coordinator–authorized adult who is present during, Note: Active and retired teachers as well as department heads
and accountable for, the administration of an individual are governed by the same policy — they cannot proctor an AP
AP Exam. A proctor might be asked to read the exam Exam in the subject area in which they teach/have taught. This
policy also applies to AP coordinators who are former teachers,
administration script, help distribute or collect exam
as well as to substitute teachers. A school’s AP scores could be
materials, or accept responsibility for timing the jeopardized for failure to comply. This policy is designed to avoid
exams and ensuring exam security. Ultimately, the real or perceived conflicts of interest. Refer to the table on the
AP coordinators and the SSD coordinators supervise next page to determine which AP Exams teachers (current and
the work of the proctors, the latter for administrations retired) may proctor.
involving students with disabilities.
Proctors may never discuss unreleased multiple-choice
and free-response content with anyone. Proctors
may only discuss free-response questions if those
Proctor/Student Ratio
specific questions were released on the College Board EXAM There must be a proctor in the exam room
SECURITY
website two days after the regularly scheduled at all times. Use the table that follows to
exam administration. determine the required minimum number of proctors
you will need. If you have new or inexperienced
proctors, or if you feel that the security or quality
Proctor Eligibility Criteria of the administration may be affected, you should
EXAM The following criteria are in place to help appoint additional staff. If more than 250 students will
Preparing Proctors
SECURITY
ensure that exams are administered be testing in one room, you will need one additional
properly and to avoid any real or perceived conflict proctor for every 50 students over 250. A sufficient
of interest. Please be aware that a conflict of interest number of responsible proctors will help prevent
may result in score cancellation. exam-day incidents and mitigate the risk of retesting.
ᎰᎰ Proctors must be responsible adults; they may not be Exam administrations for students with disabilities
high school students. When selecting proctors, consider may require additional proctors, depending on the
the following: reliability, attention to detail, maturity, nature of the accommodations or the amount of extended
understanding of the importance of the administration, time authorized.
and acceptance of the security policies mandated by
the AP Program. PROCTOR/STUDENT RATIO
ᎰᎰ Proctors may be professionals, substitute teachers, or
members of the administrative staff. Number of Students Minimum Number
in a Room of Proctors
ᎰᎰ Teachers, including AP teachers, may serve as proctors
for exams in a subject area other than the one in 1–34 1
which they teach. For example, a ninth-grade English
teacher may not proctor an AP English Language and 35–50 2
Composition or AP English Literature and Composition
Exam but could proctor an AP Biology Exam. The only 51–100 3
exception to this is Studio Art; Studio Art teachers
101–150 4
are encouraged to participate in the Studio Art digital
submission process and to be present when their 151–200 5
students assemble the Selected Works (Quality)
sections of their 2-D Design and Drawing portfolios. 201–250 6
29
AP SUBJECT AREAS FOR ASSIGNING PROCTORS
AP Subject Areas AP Exams

An individual who has taught in a subject area below An individual who teaches an AP course below
may NOT proctor the AP Exam(s) listed to the right of may NOT proctor the exam for that course or
that subject area. for any other course listed in the same cell.
AP Capstone: Seminar and Research Seminar
Art History Art History
Biology and Environmental Science Biology

Environmental Science
Chemistry Chemistry
Chinese Language and Culture Chinese Language and Culture
Computer Science Computer Science A

Computer Science Principles
Economics Macroeconomics
Microeconomics
English English Language and Composition

English Literature and Composition
French Language and Culture French Language and Culture
German Language and Culture German Language and Culture
Government and Politics Government and Politics: Comparative

Government and Politics: United States
History European History

World History
Human Geography Human Geography
Italian Language and Culture Italian Language and Culture
Japanese Language and Culture Japanese Language and Culture
Latin Latin
Mathematics Calculus AB
Calculus BC
Statistics
Music Theory Music Theory
Physics Physics 1: Algebra-Based

Physics 2: Algebra-Based
Physics C: Electricity and Magnetism
Physics C: Mechanics
Psychology Psychology
Spanish Spanish Language and Culture

Spanish Literature and Culture
Studio Art* Studio Art: 2-D Design

Studio Art: 3-D Design
Studio Art: Drawing
* Reminder: Studio Art teachers are encouraged to participate in the Studio Art digital submission process and to be present when their students
assemble the Selected Works (Quality) sections of their 2-D Design and Drawing portfolios.
30
Proctor Duties be set to silent so it will not cause any disturbance or be

a distraction. It should only be used during emergencies
Proctor duties are varied and include assisting the or if an administration incident warrants it.
AP coordinator in ensuring that the exam
administration goes smoothly. Proctors should: After the exam administration:
ᎰᎰ Collect and account for all exam materials before
Before the exam administration: dismissal.
ᎰᎰ Familiarize themselves ahead of time with the ᎰᎰ Ensure that students have properly identified their
administration and exam security procedures in exam materials (with AP number labels, etc.).
this manual.
ᎰᎰ Dismiss students, making sure they do not take any
Note: Because special equipment, such as CD players and exam materials from the exam room.
digital recording equipment, is required to administer ᎰᎰ Return all* exam materials to secure storage.
examinations in AP Chinese, French, German, Italian,
Japanese, or Spanish Language and Culture Exams; Spanish
ᎰᎰ Ensure that a Nonstandard Administration Report
Literature and Culture; or Music Theory, proctors should (NAR) is completed for students tested with
familiarize themselves with this equipment well before exam accommodations.
day. However, master CDs and exam CDs cannot be opened ᎰᎰ For world language and Music Theory exams, ensure
before the exam. Proctors may also need to assist students that student audio responses have been properly saved
with equipment during the exam. Proctors who will administer in MP3 format (one file for each student) and named
exams to students with disabilities should also become familiar
with the student AP number and exam form.
with students’ specific accommodations and, for exams with
extended time, understand how to time each section (see Note: For AP U.S. History and AP European History only, you
extended time tables, pages 81–88). must insert all of the short-answer response booklets inside
the U.S. History and European History short-answer response
ᎰᎰ Read all of the general and the appropriate subject- booklet return envelope(s) before leaving the testing room. Be
specific exam administration instructions to understand sure to keep these short-answer response booklets separate
the flow of the administration. from the multiple-choice answer sheets, which will be placed
ᎰᎰ Prepare the exam rooms.
for shipment.
ᎰᎰ Set up exam equipment (such as CD players, computers
with recording software and headsets, and handheld
digital recorders). What Proctors Need to Bring to the Exams
ᎰᎰ Admit and assign seats to students. Proctors need to bring the following materials to each
ᎰᎰ Check identification of home-schooled students and/or administration:
students from other schools. ᎰᎰ Printed exam packets and any associated CDs and
During the exam administration: all equipment related to these materials. The exam
equipment table on page 33 lists special equipment for
ᎰᎰ Bring all necessary materials to the exam room.
certain exams.
ᎰᎰ Count and check the exams received for the exam
ᎰᎰ Make sure that Nonstandard Administration Reports
administration upon arrival in the exam room. Confirm
(NAR) have been printed for students testing
the exam title of each AP Exam to be sure that no other
with accommodations.
exams are included.
ᎰᎰ Answer sheets.
ᎰᎰ Check that students with disabilities have brought
their SSD Student Accommodations Letters to verify ᎰᎰ AP Student Packs for the students taking the exam
Preparing Proctors
that they are entitled to these accommodations. being administered.
ᎰᎰ Ensure that the proper seating distance is maintained ᎰᎰ This manual and the 2016-17 AP Exam Instructions
between students and that all students are facing the book.
same direction. ᎰᎰ Their school code. If they are testing any home-
ᎰᎰ Distribute testing materials. schooled students, the state’s or country’s home-
school/self-study code. If students from other schools
ᎰᎰ Assist students with filling out their identification
are testing with your students, their school codes.
information on answer sheets.
ᎰᎰ Pencil sharpener.
ᎰᎰ Assist students with the operation of the digital
recording devices used for world languages and ᎰᎰ Extra No. 2 pencils with erasers.
Music Theory. ᎰᎰ Extra pens with black or dark blue ink.
ᎰᎰ Create a seating chart. ᎰᎰ Extra lined paper in case a student’s response exceeds
ᎰᎰ Supervise the testing room. the space allotted in the free-response booklet.
ᎰᎰ Supply pens, pencils, calculators (when appropriate), ᎰᎰ Stapler to attach extra paper, if used, to short-answer
and extra paper (as necessary). response booklets and/or free-response booklets.
ᎰᎰ Walk around the room to ensure students are working ᎰᎰ Extra calculators for the AP Biology, Calculus,
on the correct exam section. Chemistry, Physics, and Statistics Exams.
ᎰᎰ Guard against attempts at cheating. ᎰᎰ Watch (but not a stopwatch). Each exam room should
have at least two timepieces as a check against
ᎰᎰ Keep the room and exam materials attended at
mistiming, and a clock should be visible to all students.
all times.
If an exam room is not equipped with a wall clock, or
ᎰᎰ Never read, eat, drink, engage in conversation, the wall clock is not easily visible to all students and
correct papers, use a computer or laptop, or perform proctors, the time remaining for each exam or exam
any activity not related to the administration. section should be posted or announced at regular
ᎰᎰ Never use phones/mobile devices during the exam intervals.
administration. If a proctor has a mobile device, it must
31
Note: A school may use a computer to display the time,

provided that no personnel other than the responsible
Off-Site Testing
coordinator or proctor have access to the computer and EXAM Community facilities may also be used
SECURITY
that computer is not connected to the internet during the if the rooms are appropriate in size and
administration. No other content should be displayed aside configuration and all security procedures can be
from the clock. followed. Some schools test in community centers,
church halls, hotels, public libraries, or local colleges.
ᎰᎰ Signs for the door to the testing room Exams in AP Chinese, French, German, Italian,
(1) Exam in progress Japanese, and Spanish Language and Culture, Spanish
(2) Cell phones are prohibited in the testing room Literature and Culture, and Music Theory, as well
as exams for students with disabilities, have special
requirements that must be taken into consideration
Ensuring Testing Room when selecting testing sites and testing rooms.
ᎰᎰ Each subject exam must be administered in its entirety
Compliance at the same off-site location. For example, you may not
EXAM The success of any exam administration administer half of your Biology exams in one location
SECURITY depends greatly on the suitability of the and half of your Biology exams in another off-site
testing site. Most AP Exams are given in a school’s location, and you may not administer Section I in one
classrooms, gymnasium, or cafeteria. Failure to comply location and Section II in another off-site location.
with any of the following requirements may result in
If schools are testing students off-site:
score cancellations.
ᎰᎰ Coordinators are encouraged to visit off-site testing
ᎰᎰ Only one subject exam at a time may be administered locations to confirm that all desks and tables have been
in each exam room, except for Calculus AB and set up in compliance with the seating requirements.
Calculus BC. The room(s) chosen to administer AP
ᎰᎰ The exams must be transported to the off-site location
Exams should provide the best possible conditions for
on the day the exam is to be administered and
student performance and exam security.
must be returned to locked storage after the exam
ᎰᎰ Seating should be able to be set up properly and administration is complete.
quickly.
ᎰᎰ Coordinators or proctors may not take the exams home
ᎰᎰ Provide a large, smooth writing surface, preferably or store them in the trunks of their cars.
desks or tables.
ᎰᎰ Coordinators must not store the exams in off-site
ᎰᎰ The desk or work surface should be an adequate size locations overnight.
for each student and must have a minimum writing
ᎰᎰ After the exam administration, ensure that all exam
surface of 12” x 15” (approximately 30.4 cm x 38.1 cm).
materials are accounted for prior to leaving the off-site
ᎰᎰ Round tables may not be used. Refer to the sample testing location.
seating plans on page 52.
ᎰᎰ All students must be seated no less than five feet
(1.5 meters) apart and must face the same direction. Timing the Exams
Distance should be measured from the center of one AP Exams are timed tests. However, additional time
student to the center of the next student. is necessary and should be anticipated for tasks such
ᎰᎰ For regularly scheduled Calculus and U.S. History as distributing materials, completing identification
exams administered at schools in the United States, information on answer sheets, reading instructions
Canada, Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands aloud, collecting materials, etc. The total time of an AP
only, students may be seated four feet (1.2 meters) Exam administration can vary considerably, depending
apart because these exams have scrambled multiple- on the number of students involved. Consult with
choice sections. Distance between students should be proctors who have successfully administered exams in
measured from the center of one student to the center the past to help gauge timing.
of the next student.
ᎰᎰ Any special equipment needed for administering the Note: Timing by the exam administrator governs the exam
exam should be set up and tested in the room prior to administration, not timing by the exam taker.
the start of the exam. Do not use the master or exam
CDs to test the equipment in the room. Use the worksheet on page 34 to help you determine
the time necessary for a given exam administration.
ᎰᎰ Avoid disturbances. Disruptive events, such as fire
Consider the number of students testing and the
drills, should be scheduled for another time. Intercoms
number of testing rooms reserved, and then fill in the
should be turned off.
information in the columns (No. of Students Testing,
ᎰᎰ Make sure there is a wall clock that is clearly visible to No. of Rooms Available, Distribute Exam Materials, etc.)
students during the exam. to calculate how much time it may take to complete the
ᎰᎰ Remove maps, periodic or other tables, posters, or any various tasks, as well as the total estimated time.
subject-specific materials from the walls.
Note that:
ᎰᎰ Post “Exam in progress” and “Cell phones are
prohibited in the testing room” signs. ᎰᎰ The timed parts of each exam are preprinted.
ᎰᎰ Make sure the room has adequate lighting and ᎰᎰ The shaded areas indicate parts that are not applicable
ventilation. to that particular exam.
ᎰᎰ See page 117 for AP Chinese and Japanese testing ᎰᎰ The blank areas are for you to estimate and fill in how
room guidelines. much time may be needed for each exam administration.
32
EXAMS THAT REQUIRE SPECIAL EQUIPMENT
Calculator Use*
AP Courses and Exams Equipment Needed for Exam Section I Section II

Biology Four-function (with square root) calculator Allowed Allowed
(see pages 46–49)
Calculus AB Graphing calculator (see pages 46–49) Required for Required for
Part B Part A
Calculus BC Graphing calculator (see pages 46–49) Required for Required for
Part B Part A
Chemistry A scientific or graphing calculator is recommended; Not Allowed Allowed
a four-function calculator is allowed but not
recommended. (see pages 46–49)
Chinese Language and Culture Computer and headset (see pages 109–111)
French Language and Culture CD player; computers with MP3 recording software
and headset, handheld digital recording devices, or
digital language lab†
German Language and Culture CD player; computers with MP3 recording software
Italian Language and Culture CD player; computers with MP3 recording software
Japanese Language and Computer and headset (see pages 109–111)
Culture
Music Theory CD player, computers with MP3 recording software
and microphone, handheld digital recording device,
digital language lab, or other recording equipment.‡
Physics 1 Four-function, scientific, or graphing calculator (see Allowed Allowed
pages 46–49); ruler or straightedge
Physics 2 Four-function, scientific, or graphing calculator (see Allowed Allowed
Physics C: Mechanics Four-function, scientific, or graphing calculator (see Allowed Allowed
Physics C: Electricity and Four-function, scientific, or graphing calculator (see Allowed Allowed
Preparing Proctors
Magnetism pages 46–49); ruler or straightedge
Spanish Language and Culture CD player; computers with MP3 recording software
Spanish Literature and Culture CD player required for Section I only
Statistics Graphing calculator with statistics capabilities. Expected Expected

Nongraphing calculators are permitted if they have
the required statistics computational capabilities
described in the AP Statistics Course Description.
(see pages 46–49)
Studio Art Computer with internet access; digital camera
(see page 105)
* Calculators are NOT permitted for any AP Exams other than as noted in the table above. Macroeconomics, Microeconomics, and Environmental Science do
NOT permit calculators.
† If necessary, you may use an external microphone with the approved recording equipment. You will need one CD player for each testing room; the number
of recording devices needed will vary depending on the free-response administration option you follow. See pages 97–99.
‡ You will need a CD player for the room where you will administer the written exam. You will need digital recording equipment for each room where you will
administer sight-singing. A new recording method (the Digital Audio Capture app) is available for AP Music Theory only. See pages 101–104 for details.
33
ESTIMATED TIMING FOR AP EXAM ADMINISTRATIONS
Recording Section II
Between Sections
Student Response
Collect Materials,
Collect Materials
Monitored Break
Rooms Available
Distribute Exam
II and Complete
No. of Students
Instructions I or
Total Estimated
Answer Sheet
Read General
Exam Code
Exam Title
Dismissal
Section II
Materials
Section I
Testing
No. of
Time
13 Art History 1 hr. 10 min. 2 hr.
20 Biology 1 hr. 30 min. 10 min. 1 hr. 30 min.
66 Calculus AB 1 hr. 45 min. 10 min. 1 hr. 30 min.
68 Calculus BC 1 hr. 45 min. 10 min. 1 hr. 30 min.
25 Chemistry 1 hr. 30 min. 10 min. 1 hr. 45 min.
28 Chinese Language and Culture 1 hr. 20 min. 10 min. 41 min.
31 Computer Science A 1 hr. 30 min. 10 min. 1 hr. 30 min.
32 Computer Science Principles 2 hr. **
35 Economics: Macro 1 hr. 10 min. 10 min. 1 hr.
34 Economics: Micro 1 hr. 10 min. 10 min. 1 hr.
36 English Language and Comp. 1 hr. 10 min. 2 hr. 15 min.
37 English Literature and Comp. 1 hr. 10 min. 2 hr.
40 Environmental Science 1 hr. 30 min. 10 min. 1 hr. 30 min.
43 European History 1 hr. 45 min. 10 min. 1 hr. 30 min.
48 French Language and Culture 1 hr. 35 min. 10 min. 1 hr. 10 min. 18 min.*
55 German Language and Culture 1 hr. 35 min. 10 min. 1 hr. 10 min. 18 min.*
58 Gov’t and Politics: Comparative 45 min. 10 min. 1 hr. 40 min.
57 Gov’t and Politics: U.S. 45 min. 10 min. 1 hr. 40 min.
53 Human Geography 1 hr. 10 min. 1 hr. 15 min.
62 Italian Language and Culture 1 hr. 20 min. 10 min. 1 hr. 10 min. 18 min.*
64 Japanese Language 1 hr. 20 min. 10 min. 40 min.

and Culture
60 Latin 1 hr. 10 min. 2 hr.
75 Music Theory 1 hr. 20 min. 10 min. 1 hr. 10 min. 10 min.†
83 Physics 1 1 hr. 30 min. 10 min. 1 hr. 30 min.
84 Physics 2 1 hr. 30 min. 10 min. 1 hr. 30 min.
80 Physics C: Mechanics 45 min. ‡ 45 min.
82 Physics C: Elec. and Magnetism 45 min. ‡ 45 min.
85 Psychology 1 hr. 10 min. 10 min. 50 min.
22 Seminar Free Response:

2 hr.
87 Spanish Language and Culture 1 hr. 35 min. 10 min. 1 hr. 10 min. 18 min.*
89 Spanish Literature and Culture 1 hr. 20 min. 10 min. 1 hr. 40 min.
90 Statistics 1 hr. 30 min. 10 min. 1 hr. 30 min.
14 Drawing
There is no maximum testing time for Studio Art. On or before May 5, the AP coordinator should gather Drawing
and 2-D Design students to assemble the physical section of the portfolio, Selected Works (Quality), and pack it
15 2-D Design
for shipping. Studio Art students may wish to use this time to check or complete the digitally submitted portions
of their portfolios if they have not done so earlier. All portfolio sections, physical and digital, should be handed
16 3-D Design
off to the coordinator no later than May 5.
07 U.S. History 1 hr. 45 min. 10 min. 1 hr. 30 min.
93 World History 1 hr. 45 min. 10 min. 1 hr. 30 min.
* Time for each group to record responses.

† Time for each student; students can be recorded simultaneously only if they are in separate rooms.
‡ tudents taking both Physics C exams will have a monitored break between the two exams. However, individual Physics C exams will have no monitored break between
S
Sections I and II.
** The Computer Science Principles exam does not have a Section II.
Notes:
• Proctors do not need to time the Chinese and Japanese exams because the timing is controlled by the computer.
• Total time of an AP Exam administration can vary considerably, depending on the number of students taking the exam, and the time needed for tasks such as distributing
materials, completing identification information on answer sheets, reading instructions aloud, and collecting materials.
34
AP Proctor Training
Coordinators are expected to provide their understanding not only of AP policy but also of our
school’s proctors with specific information about procedures for administering the exams.
exam administration procedures. You may find
[Optional] Before we begin, let’s take a moment to
the information and script that follow helpful for
introduce ourselves …
proctor training. The script can be downloaded from
www.collegeboard.org/apcoordinator. AP and SSD
coordinators and proctors must adhere to all AP policies
outlined in this manual. This script is designed for Setting the Tone
training proctors of the paper-based exams. See pages The AP Exam administration is the culmination of
117–122 and the 2016-17 AP Exam Instructions book for all the hard work our students have done this year
exam administration information you can share with in their AP courses. Students will expect the AP
proctors of AP Chinese or Japanese Exams on CD. Exams to be administered in a professional manner.
Proctors should project confidence when providing
the instructions and should be able to answer general
Materials Needed for the questions with authority. In order to do this, my
expectation is that you will review all of the documents
Training that are distributed today before exam day, and I
Provide each proctor with: hope that you will contact me with any questions.
ᎰᎰ Contact phone numbers for the AP coordinator and the As a proctor, you must be attentive to the group of exam
SSD coordinator takers and make your presence known throughout the
ᎰᎰ A schedule outlining the exams, proctor assignments, administration. You must carry out your responsibilities
exam rooms, expected number of students for each in an organized, friendly, and nondiscriminatory manner.
exam, and notations for special equipment and/or a During the exam, you must not read, eat, drink, engage
nonstandard administration in conversation, correct papers, or perform any activity
not related to the administration. You may never discuss
ᎰᎰ 2016-17 AP Exam Instructions book script(s) for the
unreleased multiple-choice and free-response content
relevant subject(s)
with anyone. You may only discuss free-response
ᎰᎰ A copy of the Proctor Eligibility Criteria, Seating Chart, content if that specific content was released on the
Calculator Release Statement, and Incident Report College Board website two days after the regularly
Form (all are included in this manual) scheduled exam administration.
ᎰᎰ A copy of the list of AP-approved graphing calculators
(see page 49 of this manual)
Have available for reference: Proctor Duties
ᎰᎰ 2016-17 AP Coordinator’s Manual
As a proctor, you must do the following
ᎰᎰ 2016-17 AP Exam Instructions
prior to the exam administration:
ᎰᎰ Sample roster
ᎰᎰ Familiarize yourself with the relevant administration
ᎰᎰ AP Student Pack with AP number labels
and exam security procedures in the 2016-17 AP
ᎰᎰ Answer sheet Coordinator’s Manual.
ᎰᎰ Sample AP Exam covers (see pages 42–45 of ᎰᎰ Read all of the general and appropriate subject-specific
this manual) exam administration instructions in the 2016-17 AP
Read the following instructions aloud. When Exam Instructions book to understand the flow of the
ellipses (…) appear in the script, pause to allow time administration.
to distribute materials, check that your proctors are ᎰᎰ Prepare the exam rooms, per the seating policies
following directions, and answer any questions. beginning on page 51. AP Proctor Training
Instructions enclosed in square brackets and shaded in
ᎰᎰ Set up exam equipment (CD players, computers and
[blue] are for you and should not be read aloud.
digital recorders) and practice using playback and
recording equipment.
Note: Due to security concerns, electronic devices with internet
access may not be used to read exam instructions. ᎰᎰ Admit and assign seats to students.
ᎰᎰ Check identification of home-schooled students and/or
students from other schools.
Proctor Training Instructions ᎰᎰ Check that students have acceptable calculators for
exams that allow the use of calculators. See pages
46–49 for the calculator policy.
Welcome
ᎰᎰ Check the exam title of each shrink-wrapped exam.
Let’s begin … today we will review the policies and Confirm that you have the correct exams for the
procedures for proctoring this year’s AP Exams. specific exam administration. For example, if you are
This session will last approximately [specify length administering English Literature, be sure there are no
of session]. We want to make sure that all of your English Language exams in the stack.
questions are answered before you leave. The
success of the administration depends upon your
35
During the exam administration: have taught any AP or non-AP course in that subject,
are involved with AP test prep, or have an immediate
ᎰᎰ Bring all necessary materials to the exam room.
family member taking that particular exam, even at
ᎰᎰ Check that students with disabilities have brought another school.
their SSD Student Accommodations Letters to verify
that they are entitled to these accommodations. [Optional] I am developing a substitute list in the event
that a proctor cancels at the last minute. Please let me
ᎰᎰ Ensure that the proper seating distance is maintained
know if you are willing to be called, in the late evening
between students. See page 54 for seating policies.
or early morning, to proctor an exam.
ᎰᎰ Distribute testing materials to each student individually
following alternating distribution patterns. On the schedule I have noted the reporting times for
the proctors. If you are proctoring a morning exam,
ᎰᎰ Assist students with filling out their identification
you need to report at [indicate the time]. If you are
information on answer sheets.
proctoring an afternoon exam, you need to report at
ᎰᎰ Supervise the testing room for the entire exam
administration. [indicate the time]. Please be prompt. It is essential
that we adhere to a strict time frame in order to meet
ᎰᎰ Supply pens, pencils, calculators (when appropriate),
the start times required by the AP Program. Official
and extra paper (as necessary).
start times ensure that all exam takers are essentially
ᎰᎰ Walk around the room to ensure students are working sequestered simultaneously, thus reducing the risk of
on the correct exam section and are not using any disclosing exam items to those students who haven’t
unauthorized aids. yet entered the exam room.
ᎰᎰ Guard against attempts at cheating.
AP policy mandates that the morning exams start
ᎰᎰ Keep the room supervised at all times. between 8 and 9 a.m., and that the afternoon exams
ᎰᎰ Complete a seating chart. A sample seating chart can start between noon and 1 p.m. Proctors may seat
be found on pages 127–128. students and begin General Exam Instructions I or II prior
to these official start times, but under no circumstances
After the exam administration: may the shrink wrap of the actual AP Exam or CD(s) be
ᎰᎰ Collect and account for all exam materials before opened prior to the start of these one-hour windows.
dismissal. Students who begin taking the actual exam at any point
earlier than the official start time will have their scores
ᎰᎰ Ensure that students have properly identified their canceled, and the schools administering these exams
exam materials (with AP number labels, etc.). may not be allowed to offer AP Exams in the future.
ᎰᎰ Dismiss students, making sure they do not take any [Alaska coordinators only: Morning exam administrations
exam materials from the room. start between 7 and 8 a.m. local time. Afternoon exam
ᎰᎰ Return the seating chart to the AP coordinator. administrations begin between 11 a.m. and noon local
ᎰᎰ Return all* exam materials to secure storage. time, except for the Physics C: Electricity and Magnetism
Exam, which begins between 1 and 2 p.m. local time.]
ᎰᎰ For world language and Music Theory exams, ensure
that student audio responses have been properly saved Please provide yourself with enough time to count
in MP3 format (one file for each student) and named the exam materials, and prepare your room before the
with the student AP number. students arrive. The students have been asked to arrive
by: [note student reporting times for both the morning
*Note: For AP U.S. History and AP European History only, and afternoon exams].
you must insert all of the short-answer response booklets inside
the U.S. History or the European History short-answer response [Explain where and when proctors are to receive exam
booklet return envelope(s) before leaving the testing room. materials. Review the list of materials and supplies
Be sure to keep these short-answer response booklets separate that proctors will be provided. Read the following two
from the multiple-choice answer sheets, which will be placed paragraphs if your school has any students planning to
in the answer sheet return envelope(s) before being packed take ONLY the AP Physics C: Electricity and Magnetism
for shipment.
Exam. [Optional] Include the reporting time if the
proctor for the AP Physics C: Electricity and Magnetism
Exam is not also a proctor for the AP Physics C:
Dress Mechanics Exam].
Depending on the exam, you may be in the exam [Optional] Please note that if you are proctoring the AP
room for over four hours. Please dress in comfortable Physics C: Electricity and Magnetism Exam, you need
clothing, and wear soft-soled shoes. It creates a to report at [indicate the time]. Students taking this
disturbance if students can hear you walking up and exam have been asked to arrive by [indicate the time].
down the rows. This exam must start between 2 and 3 p.m. We’ll arrange
for the students taking this exam to wait in a nearby
room, so they can be called when it’s time for testing.
Schedule
Let’s review the exam schedule and proctor
assignments. Student Packs
[Distribute your schedule.] Every student taking an AP Exam receives a Student Pack.
Please check your exam assignments and make sure [Display a sample AP Student Pack.]
that you are still able to proctor on your assigned The Student Pack includes information on AP policy,
date and time. Let me know if you see a conflict. … contact information for the AP Program, college codes,
Remember, you can’t proctor an exam if you teach or and survey questions. Each Student Pack has a set of
36
bar-coded AP number labels that is unique for each

student. A label is placed on every answer sheet and
Checking In
free-response booklet that a student uses during this [Indicate whether or not you require identification.
administration. AP number labels are also placed on Display sample roster.]
certain AP Studio Art portfolio materials. Students As students arrive, mark the roster accordingly. Students
must not share their AP numbers. Students may print should not choose their own seats. Assign seats to
their AP numbers in the appropriate areas if they run all students or follow the preassigned seating chart if
out of labels. Students must use the same AP number one is provided to you. Students should not be seated
for all exams taken this year. The AP number identifies alphabetically or following any other expected pattern.
the student electronically and helps ensure the rapid Everyone must face the same direction.
and accurate processing of their materials. Missing AP
numbers may result in the loss of student materials [Explain your procedures for the distribution of the
because the AP number is the only way to link students Student Packs. If you allow standbys for an exam,
to their exam materials. The Student Pack includes a explain how these students will be admitted to the
removable card that students can use to retain their exam room.]
2017 AP number. Students will be directed to place
an AP number label on the card, remove it from the Students should bring:
Student Pack, and keep it for future reference when ᎰᎰ Several No. 2 pencils with erasers
viewing scores in July or ordering score reports or other
services. In the event that a Student Pack is misplaced, ᎰᎰ Pens with black or dark blue ink
please contact me for the student’s AP number. ᎰᎰ A watch
ᎰᎰ Social Security number (optional)
ᎰᎰ One or two calculators of the appropriate type (AP
Setting Up the Exam Room Biology, Calculus, Chemistry, Physics, or Statistics only)
Once you arrive at your exam room, please confirm ᎰᎰ A ruler or straightedge. Note: Protractors are not
that you have the correct number of exams and correct allowed. (AP Physics only)
exam subject, all necessary exam materials, and any ᎰᎰ Their own school’s code if they are testing at a school
necessary digital recording equipment. different from the one they regularly attend
Confirm that you have the correct number of AP Student ᎰᎰ A valid photo ID and their AP Student Pack if they do
Packs and enough answer sheets as well. Note that the not attend the school where they are taking the exam
same version of the answer sheet (purple and blue) is ᎰᎰ Their College Board SSD Accommodations Letter
used for both regularly scheduled and late-testing exams. if they are taking an exam with approved testing
Contact me immediately if you note any discrepancies. accommodations
Be sure that the room contains the proper number of
desks or tables and chairs, and that the students will Students should NOT bring:
be comfortably seated. Are they five feet (1.5 meters) ᎰᎰ Electronic equipment (cell phone, smartphone,
apart? Are all seats facing the same direction? smartwatch, laptop, tablet computer, etc.), portable
[Note: Calculus and U.S. History Exams administered listening or recording devices (MP3 player, iPod, etc.),
at schools in the United States, Canada, Puerto Rico, cameras or other photographic equipment, devices
and the U.S. Virgin Islands use scrambled multiple- that can access the internet, or other electronic or
choice sections, and you may therefore seat students communication devices. Note: School-owned handheld
four feet (1.2 meters) apart during regularly scheduled digital recording devices are allowed only for the AP
exam administrations only. You must seat them French, German, Italian, and Spanish Language and
five feet (1.5 meters) apart during late-testing exam Culture Exams and the AP Music Theory Exam. School-
administrations. Students taking these exams at owned and controlled iPads are allowed only if a school
schools outside the United States, Canada, Puerto decides to use the new DAC app for Music Theory
Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands must be seated sight singing.
no less than five feet (1.5 meters) apart at all exam ᎰᎰ Books, compasses, correction fluid, dictionaries,
administrations because these exams do not have highlighters, notes, or mechanical or colored pencils
scrambled multiple-choice sections. Distance between
students should be measured from the center of one ᎰᎰ Rulers or straightedges (allowed only for Physics exams) AP Proctor Training
student to the center of the next student.] Failure ᎰᎰ Protractors
to follow seating requirements could result in ᎰᎰ Scratch paper
cancellation of exam scores. Check that the clock is ᎰᎰ Computers
in working order and that there is no subject-related
information on the walls. Let me know if the room ᎰᎰ Reference guides, keyboard maps, or other typing
temperature is unreasonable. There should be pencil instructions
sharpeners and wastebaskets in the room. ᎰᎰ Calculators (allowed only for AP Biology, Calculus,
Chemistry, Physics, or Statistics — see this year’s AP
[Let the proctors know if you have made arrangements calculator policy for what types/models of calculators
for the intercoms and bells to be turned off.] are permitted for each of these subjects)
Post “Exam in progress” and “Cell phones are ᎰᎰ Watches that beep or have an alarm
prohibited in the testing room” signs on the doors, and ᎰᎰ Food or drink
prepare for the students’ arrival.
ᎰᎰ Clothing with subject-related information
[Optional] If you are testing home-schooled students, ᎰᎰ Ear plugs
post the appropriate home-school code.
37
Although students should already be aware that cell In general, students should not be admitted after the
phones and other electronic devices are prohibited in start of the exam. However, if a student arrives to the
the testing room, the General Exam Instructions scripts exam room late but before the other exam takers have
still include text for you to ask the students if they have finished filling out identification information on their
these devices. If any student has one, ask that it be answer sheets, and the school considers the cause of
turned off and collect it. Make arrangements so that the the student’s late arrival to be beyond the student’s
device can be properly identified for a prompt return control, then the school may admit and test the
after the exam, using paper bags, plastic bags, etc. student. A proctor should sit with the student after the
exam to supervise the completion of any outstanding
AP policy states that no one should be in the exam
identification fields on the answer sheet. Note: Schools
room except for the students, the proctor(s), and/or
are not required to admit or test latecomers. Students
the AP coordinator. The exam room must never be
who arrive late must follow the directions of testing
left unattended.
site personnel.
Once the exam begins, walk up and down the rows,
General Instructions and around the room. Check that students are working
on the appropriate section and that they are using
[Provide each proctor with a complete set of exam a pencil for the multiple-choice section. Be sure that
instructions as needed, and indicate if you plan to hold students are using a calculator on approved sections/
a preadministration session for the students. Specify parts only.
whether proctors will need to begin with General Exam
Instructions I or II, and explain your procedures for the Within the first half hour of the exam, make sure that the
distribution of answer sheets on the exam day (some number of students taking the exam plus the number of
students may be using the answer sheet that was undistributed exam packets equals the number of the
completed during the preadministration session, while exam packets you received. If the numbers don’t match,
others will need a new one).] let students finish the section they are working on. At
the end of the section, stop the exam and locate the
All exam booklets are to be distributed individually. You materials. If the materials cannot be located, contact me
are to hand one shrink wrapped exam packet directly for further instructions before resuming.
to each student in the order that they appear in the
bundles or as individual exams. Do not ask students While students are testing, complete a seating chart.
to pass exam packets to others. Note that an 11-digit A sample seating chart can be found on page 127 of
alphanumeric test book number is printed in the upper the AP Coordinator’s Manual.
right-hand corner of both the multiple-choice and At the end of the multiple-choice section, students are
free-response booklets. Certain exams feature an asked to seal the open sides of the exam booklet with
additional Section I and/or Section II booklet. These white seals, which are provided with the exam booklet.
booklets also have serial numbers and must be returned AP policy states that no one except the student may
to the AP Program. have access to the multiple-choice questions. Proctors
Check that students are completing the answer sheet may not open exam booklets.
in pencil only. Collect exams and answer sheets in the same order
Students should take great care in completing their in which they were distributed. Check that each
identification information on the answer sheet, and answer sheet has an AP number label and an
in using their unique AP number labels to label their AP Exam label applied.
answer sheets and free-response booklets. Note that the AP European History, U.S. History, and
[Refer to the sample AP Exam covers to show the World History Exams include additional Section I
location of key areas that proctors should be aware of booklets. These exam materials should be collected
to help guide students in completing the identification in the order stated in the exam instructions.
process and the acceptance of the terms of exam After the multiple-choice booklets and answer sheets
security. See page 50 for information about the 2017 have been collected, recount everything before
Answer Sheet and preadministration instructions.] dismissing students for the break. Be sure that your
Once General Exam Instructions I (or II) have used booklet and answer sheet counts are correct.
been completed, you are to move on to the actual
exam instructions. Break
There is a 10-minute break between the multiple-choice
Section I: Multiple-Choice and free-response sections. Students can’t make any
Before the exam begins, please note the time. Be sure it phone calls, reference textbooks or notes, or consult
is between 8 and 9 a.m. local time or between noon and with teachers or students about the exam during the
1 p.m. local time (2 and 3 p.m. local time for Physics C: break. They can’t send text messages, check email, use
Electricity and Magnetism administrations only) [Alaska a social networking site, or access electronic equipment
coordinators only: Use Alaska start times.] If it is before (cell phone, smartphone, smartwatch, laptop, tablet
the start of the hour, please wait until the appropriate computer, etc.), cameras or other photographic
time to begin. Note and post the start and stop times equipment, devices that can access the internet, or any
for each section after reading the relevant instructions. other electronic or communication devices. Students
Do not write the start and stop times in advance of the may have a drink or a snack at this time. Students may
administration or you may affect the testing time. not leave the designated area without permission. If
you have an additional proctor, the bathrooms should
be checked during and after the break.
38
Section II: Free-Response Packs, master and exam CDs, and student-response
recordings. Return a completed roster as well as the
The second half of the exam consists of free-response
Seating Chart and, if warranted, the Incident Report.
essays, problems, and/or spoken responses. The
free-response section may have an additional orange [Advise proctors to save shrink wrap from AP Exam
booklet that contains the exam questions. The written materials if your school plans to recycle these materials.]
responses must be written in the free-response booklet,
not in the orange booklet.
Incident Report for Extra Paper

Forms
There are a number of forms that you may need to
The short-answer response and free-response booklets complete or reference during the exam.
are designed to include sufficient space for student
responses. However, if students require additional
space to complete their responses, provide lined paper. Mandatory Completion of Seating Chart
They must print only their AP number, the title of the Schools must complete a seating chart during testing
exam, and the question number at the top of each extra for every AP Exam administration. A seating chart
sheet of paper. After the exam, have students staple template with instructions can be found on pages
the extra paper to the page corresponding to that 127–128. The seating chart notes what seats were
question. Students are not permitted to keep any extra occupied and the distribution pattern of the exam
paper that is provided during the exam. Consult the materials along with test book serial numbers or
Administration Incidents table to complete an Incident students’ full names. Please be sure to write clearly,
Report for students who used extra paper. Note: Do as this chart may be referenced should an incident or
not provide extra paper for students to write drafts of security violation occur. Please sign and date the chart.
responses or notes. After the exam, be sure to return the seating chart to
me along with the other exam materials.
Noting Essay Choices
There are three exams (European History, U.S. History, Incident Report Form
and World History) that give students a choice of essay An incident is any disturbance or situation that
topics. These exams feature a sheet of labels with occurs during the exam that could have an impact
question choices shrink wrapped with the free-response on a student’s score. The table in the 2016-17 AP
booklets. When students remove the shrink wrap from Coordinator’s Manual and in the 2016-17 AP Exam
the Section II packet, these labels should be put aside on Instructions book lists exam incidents and how they
the students’ desks until completion of Section II. At the should be resolved.
conclusion of the free-response section, students are
instructed to apply the appropriate label on the front The table also indicates when an incident should be
cover of their Section II booklet, indicating their essay documented. [Refer to pages 58–65 in the 2016-17 AP
choices. Coordinator’s Manual.] In the case of a testing incident,
refer to the table and complete the Incident Report
Form if it is warranted. The form is on pages 131–132
After the Exam of the 2016-17 AP Coordinator’s Manual. Review the
form and follow the directions carefully. Be sure that all
Collect all exam materials. As you collect the materials, details of the incident are reported to me.
check the front cover of each Section II booklet to
be sure that the student has placed an AP number [Provide your contact information and procedures for
label in the box and noted his or her essay choices proctors to follow when contacting you during an exam
(if applicable). Also, check that the student has if warranted.]
completed the “Important Identification Information”
area on the back cover, and that answers have been AP Score Cancellation Form
written in the free-response booklet, not in the orange Occasionally, a student will decide to cancel the exam
booklet. Before dismissing the students, count the before being dismissed from the exam room. In that case,
used free-response booklets and orange booklets. the student must complete the AP Score Cancellation
Count all of the master and exam CDs as well. Again, Form and either return it to me for inclusion with the
be sure that your numbers match — check that you are return materials or mail or fax it to AP Services by AP Proctor Training
not missing anything before dismissing the students. June 15. A signature from the student or the student’s
Except for emergencies, students may not leave the parent/guardian is required on the form. The form is
exam room early. available at apstudent.collegeboard.org/services.
You will be reminding students that they may only
discuss the exam content if the specific questions on Calculator Release Policy
the exam they took are released on the College Board The AP Biology, Calculus, Chemistry, Physics, and
website two days after the exam. If the questions are Statistics Exams require or permit students to use a
not released, they may not be discussed with anyone. calculator during all or part of the exam. If a student
Make a final check of the testing room to be sure chooses to take the exam without a calculator, the
nothing has been left behind. All of the exam materials student must hand copy and sign the Calculator Release
and supplies are to be collected and returned to me Statement. The signed statement indicates that the
[specify the return location] immediately after the exam. student won’t be able to challenge the AP score because
Account for all exam booklets, answer sheets, Student the student didn’t use a calculator on the exam. The
39
signed statement is to be returned to me after the exam. For the language exams, you will receive a master
[Refer to page 47 of the 2016-17 AP Coordinator’s Manual.] listening CD and a master double CD set that includes
a CD for the Persuasive Essay task and a CD for the
[Optional] For your information, I have provided you
speaking part. Student responses will be saved as MP3
with the current AP calculator policy, including a list of
recordings. Consult pages 97–99 for several options for
AP-approved graphing calculators.
administering the free-response section of the language
exams. Note that if you are moving to rooms using one
AP Exam Question Ambiguity and Error Form of the free-response recording options, you must collect
If a student feels that a question has an error or is the orange booklets before moving and return them to
unclear, advise the student to fill out the AP Exam students for recording in the new room.
Question Ambiguity and Error Form on the AP Students For the AP Music Theory Exam, you will receive a
website (under Taking the Exam > Exam Policies > master listening CD and a master sight-singing CD for
Exam Day Policies) and to follow the directions there each room. Student responses will be recorded using
for sending it to AP Assessment Development. digital recording equipment and saved as MP3 files.
[Optional: Mention who is responsible for setting up
Nonstandard Administration Report (NAR) the equipment for the exam day.]
This form is used only for exams administered with [Optional] We will be using [a digital language lab][a
College Board–approved accommodations. Before computer lab] [handheld digital recording devices] for
the administration, the SSD coordinator will print out these administrations. Special exam scripts are available
a NAR for each exam for each student testing with to guide recording and saving student responses as MP3
accommodations. If a student is approved for extended files. Remember that each student’s responses must
time, the SSD coordinator or I will indicate how much be recorded as a single MP3 file. [Optional: Mention
time the student has been approved for by part or by who (instead of or in addition to the proctor) will be
section, and the amount of approved break time will also responsible for saving and uploading the student files
be noted. You will need to indicate the actual amount of into the DAS portal. That person will receive a key code
time that the student uses for each part and section. to create an account on the DAS portal.]
You do not need to complete the Section I Time and
For the AP Spanish Literature and Culture Exam,
Section II Time portions of the NAR for students who
you will receive a master listening CD for each room.
are not approved for extended time. If a student is
[Optional: Mention who is responsible for setting up the
approved for a break accommodation, the Extra or
equipment for the exam day.]
Extended Break Time portion should be completed.
The completed NAR for all students must be returned [Optional] Students Testing with
to me with your exam materials. In addition, we advise Accommodations
students to bring their SSD Student Accommodations
For the proctors who are testing students with
Letters to the testing room as additional verification
accommodations, I will discuss the needs of your
that they are entitled to these accommodations. If a
students with you at a later date and time.
student refuses accommodations and is not 18 years
old, he or she must have a letter from parents agreeing
to this.
Chinese and Japanese Exams on CD
By now, the computers students will be using to
take the AP Chinese and Japanese Exams should
Special Equipment have the exam software and IMEs installed (see pages
109–111). You will receive one Exam CD for each
There are a few exams that require the use of special
student. Double check the exam name on each CD:
equipment for the exam administration [refer to
Chinese or Japanese. Check that no CDs are marked
page 33 of the 2016-17 AP Coordinator’s Manual]. For
as “Set-up.” Read the exam instructions carefully. If
those of you who are proctoring these exams, I strongly
you have any problems on exam day, please contact
suggest that you become familiar with the equipment
our IT technician [provide name and phone number]
and the instructions before the exam day.
for assistance. You may also need assistance from IT to
ensure that the students’ responses are uploaded via
Music Theory, Spanish Literature and the internet, or saved to the USB drive.
Culture, and French, German, Italian, and
Spanish Language and Culture
These exams require the use of CD players for playing [Optional] Off-Site Testing
the master audio. With the exception of Spanish Our program requires administering AP Exams off school
Literature and Culture, these exams also require grounds. Please note the locations that are off-site. The
the use of a recording device (e.g., computers with information is included on your proctor schedule. Each
recording software and headset or handheld digital subject exam must be administered in its entirety at the
recording devices) for recording student responses. same off-site location. You may not take the exams home,
Be sure to review the exam instructions, paying special store them in the trunks of your cars, or store them in off-
attention to the prompts for the use of the equipment. site locations.
Do not stop the master CDs at any time before the end [Provide information relative to testing off-site. Include
of the recorded material. No breaks are allowed between information on transportation, emergency/medical
the writing and the speaking/sight-singing parts of the procedures, arrangements for securing exam materials,
exams, or while waiting to take the speaking/sight- the name of a contact person at the site, etc.]
singing part of the exam. Please make arrangements to
practice with the equipment prior to the exam day.
40
[Optional] Payment
[Note your rate of pay for proctoring exams and
the expected timetable for proctors to receive their
payment.]
Contact Information
If you need to get in touch with me either before or
during the administration, my contact information
is [provide your contact information]. The contact
information for the SSD coordinator is [provide the SSD
coordinator’s contact information].
Questions
Do you have any questions on the policies and
procedures that were reviewed today? Was there a
particular portion of the training that was unclear to
you and might need further explanation?
Please review all of your instructions and information.
Contact me with any questions that you may have as
soon as possible.
Thank you for assisting with this year’s AP Exam
administration. Your time and effort are greatly
appreciated.
SAMPLE AP EXAM COVERS

AP coordinators and proctors should be familiar
with the AP Exam covers and the information that
students need to provide. Each year some students
don’t complete the identification information
on their exam materials. Without accurate
identification, exam materials will not be scored,
and students will not receive their scores. Students
must take great care in completing the identification
information on the answer sheets, and use their
unique AP number labels to label their answer
sheets and free-response booklets. It is critical
that students also affix the AP Exam label from
the multiple-choice booklet to the answer sheet to
identify the exam taken. The sample exam covers
on the following pages show the location of key
areas that proctors should be aware of to help guide
students in completing the identification process
and the acceptance of the terms of exam security.
AP Proctor Training
41
will contact the Office of Testing Integrity.
I will not take this exam booklet from the room or disclose any of the multiple-
Case 3:17-cv-01379-MMA-KSC Document
choice15-3
questions toFiled 07/12/17
anyone, including PageID.455 Page 45 of 141
my AP teacher.
I understand and accept that my exam score may be canceled if I do not meet
these conditions and sign below.
Section I Front Cover * The administration of this exam in Alaska must begin between 7 a.m. and 8 a.m.
Multiple-Choice Booklet Sample

Signature Date
Print your full legal name here:
(First) (M.I.) (Last)

Students will be
instructed to pull off © 2016 The College Board. College Board, Advanced Placement Program, AP, and the acorn logo are registered trademarks of the College Board.
this label and affix Unauthorized reproduction or use of any part of this test is prohibited and may result in cancellation of scores and possible prosecution to the fullest extent
of the law.
it to page 1 of the AP EXAM LABEL TEST BOOK SERIAL NUMBER
answer sheet.
M37OXX1 785601
11-digit serial
number. As part of Form O
the exam instructions, Form Code 4MBP
students will be
asked to enter this
number on page 1
37
of the answer sheet. AP English Language
®
and Composition Exam

Wednesday morning, May 10, 2017
Exams must be
SECTION I: Multiple Choice 2017
administered on
the dates and
I affirm that:
times listed on
these covers. This exam is being administered on Wednesday morning, May 10, 2017, and
will begin between the hours of 8 a.m. and 9 a.m.* If this exam is being offered
to me at any other time or any other date, I will refuse to take the exam and
will contact the Office of Testing Integrity.
Students and I will not take this exam booklet from the room or disclose the exam content to
proctors must keep anyone, including my AP teacher.
exam content secure.
I understand and accept that my exam score may be canceled if I do not meet
these conditions and sign below.
* The administration of this exam in Alaska must begin between 7 a.m. and 8 a.m.
Students must sign Signature Date

and date here.
Print your full legal name here:
Students must print
full legal name here. (First) (M.I.) (Last)
© 2017The College Board. College Board, Advanced Placement Program, AP, and the acorn logo are registered trademarks of the College Board.
Unauthorized reproduction or use of any part of this test is prohibited and may result in cancellation of scores and possible prosecution to the fullest extent
of the law.
Section I Back Cover

M36OXX1 792671
AP English Language
®
Form O
SECTION I: Multiple Choice 2017 Form Code 4NBP
DO NOT OPEN THIS BOOKLET UNTIL YOU ARE TOLD TO DO SO.
At a Glance
Total Time
1 hour
Instructions
Section I of this exam contains 55 multiple-choice questions. Fill in only the circles for
numbers 1 through 55 on your answer sheet.
36
Number of Questions Indicate all of your answers to the multiple-choice questions on the answer sheet. No
55 credit will be given for anything written in this exam booklet, but you may use the booklet
Percent of Total Score for notes or scratch work. After you have decided which of the suggested answers is best,
45% completely fill in the corresponding circle on the answer sheet. Give only one answer to
Writing Instrument each question. If you change an answer, be sure that the previous mark is erased
Pencil required completely. Here is a sample question and answer.
At a Glance This is an example of a form code. This is the AP

sidebar provides a English Language
Use your time effectively, working as quickly as you can without losing accuracy. Do not
spend too much time on any one question. Go on to other questions and come back to
snapshot of exam and Composition
timing, number Exam code. Each
the ones you have not answered if you have time. It is not expected that everyone will
know the answers to all of the multiple-choice questions.
Your total score on the multiple-choice section is based only on the number of questions
answered correctly. Points are not deducted for incorrect answers or unanswered
questions. of questions, use exam has a
of pen or pencil, different two-digit
use (or not) of code number.
calculators, and
This is an
other information.
example of the
form of the
Form O exam. Students
Form Code 4NBP
will identify this
36 form on their
answer sheets.
42
Section II Front Cover

Free-Response Booklet Sample
TEST BOOK SERIAL NUMBER
The serial number

for the Section II
free-response booklet
appears here.
AP English Language
®

Wednesday morning, May 10, 2017 Exams must be
administered on the
SECTION II: Free Response 2017 dates and times listed
on these covers.
I affirm that:
This exam is being administered on Wednesday morning, May 10, 2017.
Students and teachers
I did not have advance knowledge of the exam content, nor did I must check the College
open the Section II booklets before being instructed to do so by the proctor. Board website before
discussing any free-
I will not take the Section II booklets from the room, and will only discuss the response exam content.
exam content if the specific content in the exam is released on the College Board
website two days after the exam administration. If the content in this exam is not IMPORTANT:
released, I will not discuss it with anyone. Students must place
their unique AP bar
I understand that if I do not place my AP number label below, it may be code number label
impossible to identify this booklet as my own, which could delay or jeopardize here. Proctors and AP
my AP score. coordinators should
check that an AP number
label appears here when
collecting exam materials
and before packing them
Furthermore, I understand and accept that my exam score may be canceled if I do for return.
not meet these conditions and initial here.
© 2017The College Board. College Board, Advanced Placement Program, AP, and the acorn logo are registered trademarks of the College Board.
Students should initial
of the law.
and date acceptance of
exam security policies.
*T36O* T36O 792672

This is an example of
the form of the exam.
Form O
Form Code 4NBP This is an example of
a form code.
36
AP Proctor Training
This is the two-

digit exam code for
English Language and
Composition.
43
Section II Back Cover

Free-Response Booklet Sample
AP English Language
®
Students must
complete this block
of information SECTION II: Free Response 2017
confirming student
identification. This
information must be
completed using a At a Glance
pen (with black or Total Time
dark blue ink). 2 hours, 15 minutes
Number of Questions
3
Percent of Total Score
55%
Writing Instrument
Pen with black or dark
blue ink
At a Glance
Reading Period
sidebar provides a
Time
snapshot of exam 15 minutes. Use this
timing, number time to read the
question and plan your
of questions, use answer to Question 1,
the synthesis question. Instructions
of pen or pencil, You may begin writing
your response before The questions for Section II are printed in the orange Questions and Sources booklet. You
use (or not) of the reading period is may use that booklet to organize your answers and for scratch work, but you must write
over. your answers in this Section II: Free Response booklet. No credit will be given for any
calculators, and work written in the Questions and Sources booklet.
Writing Period
other information. The proctor will announce the beginning and end of the reading period. You are advised
Time
For some subjects, 2 hours to spend the 15-minute period reading Question 1, analyzing and evaluating the sources,
students can also Suggested Time and planning your answer. You may read the other essay questions at this time. You may
40 minutes per question begin writing your response before the reading period is over.
see the percentage Weight
Section II of this exam requires answers in essay form. Each essay will be judged on its
of the Section II The questions are
weighted equally. clarity and effectiveness in dealing with the assigned topic and on the quality of the
score for each part writing. Quality is far more important than quantity. You should check your essays for
accuracy of punctuation, spelling, and diction; you are advised, however, not to attempt
or question. many longer corrections.
Write clearly and legibly. Number each answer as the question is numbered in the exam.
Begin each answer on a new page. Do not skip lines. Cross out any errors you make;
crossed-out work will not be scored.
Manage your time carefully. You may proceed freely from one question to the next. You
may review your responses if you finish before the end of the exam is announced.
Form O
Form Code 4NBP
36
44
Section II Orange Booklets

Certain AP Exams include an additional orange booklet that contains exam material relating to Section II. These booklets are
serial numbered and must be returned to the AP Program. Students may write notes in the booklets when instructed but they
must write their responses in the free-response booklets. Below is an example of the cover of the orange booklet. The exams
that include orange booklets appear in the column on the right.
All orange booklets must be The serial number for the

returned to the AP Program. orange booklet appears here.
The following exams include orange booklets

AP Coordinator or proctor: that accompany the free-response booklets:
Do NOT retain this booklet. You must include this
booklet in your return exam shipment. TEST BOOK SERIAL NUMBER

Art History

English Literature and Composition
Section II: Free Response, Questions

and Sources

AP English Language
®

Wednesday morning, May 10, 2017 French Language and Culture
SECTION II: Free Response, Questions and Sources 2017 German Language and Culture
Italian Language and Culture
Free Response: Questions and Sources

Instructions
This Questions and Sources booklet may be used for reference and/or scratch work as Seminar
you answer the free-response questions, but no credit will be given for the work shown
in this booklet. Write your answers in the Section II: Free Response booklet.
© 2017The College Board. College Board, Advanced Placement Program, AP, and the acorn logo are registered trademarks of the College Board. The following exams include a short-answer
of the law. response booklet with the multiple-choice
booklet, and an orange booklet with the free-
response booklet:
Section I, Part B: Short-Answer

Section II: Free Response, Questions
and Documents
European History
U.S. History
World History
AP Proctor Training
792673
Form O
Form Code 4NBP
36
45
Preparing Students
IN THIS SECTION: ᎰᎰ Books, compasses, mechanical pencils, correction fluid,

ᎰᎰ What to bring and not to bring to the exam dictionaries, highlighters,* notes, or colored pencils.*
ᎰᎰ Calculator policy ᎰᎰ Rulers, straightedges, and protractors (except as
previously noted).*
ᎰᎰ Completing exam booklets
ᎰᎰ Scratch paper (notes can be made on portions of the
ᎰᎰ Where to find information about the 2017 answer exam booklets or, for Chinese Language and Culture,
sheet and preadministration sessions and Japanese Language and Culture, on scratch paper
provided by the proctor).
ᎰᎰ Computers* or calculators (except as previously noted).
What Students Should and ᎰᎰ Reference guides, keyboard maps, or other typing
instructions.
Should Not Bring to the Exam ᎰᎰ Watches that beep or have an alarm.
Room ᎰᎰ Food or drink.*
ᎰᎰ Clothing with subject-related information.
Bring to the Exam Room ᎰᎰ Ear plugs.
ᎰᎰ Several sharpened No. 2 pencils (with erasers) for *Unless this has been preapproved as an accommodation by the College
completing multiple-choice answer sheets. Board Services for Students with Disabilities office prior to the exam date.
ᎰᎰ Pens, with black or dark blue ink only, for completing

areas on the exam booklet covers and for free-response
questions in most exams. Calculator Policy
ᎰᎰ Their own school’s code if they are testing at a school A graphing calculator is required if students are taking
different from the one they regularly attend. Home- the AP Calculus AB or Calculus BC Exam. A graphing
schooled students will be provided with their state’s or calculator with statistical capabilities is expected if
country’s home-school code at the time of the exam. they are taking the AP Statistics Exam. A four-function,
scientific, or graphing calculator is permitted for both
ᎰᎰ A watch (in case the exam room does not have a clock
Section I and Section II of the Physics 1, Physics 2, and
that can be easily seen).
both Physics C Exams. A four-function, scientific, or
ᎰᎰ Their Social Security number for identification graphing calculator is permitted for Section II only of
purposes. This is optional. If provided, it will appear on the AP Chemistry Exam. A simple four-function (with
their AP score reports. square root) calculator is allowed for the AP Biology
ᎰᎰ Up to two calculators with the necessary capabilities Exam. Students may bring up to two calculators to these
if they are taking an AP Biology, Calculus, Chemistry, exams, but they may not share calculators. For Calculus,
Physics, or Statistics Exam. Instruct students to visit Chemistry, Physics, or Statistics exams, if a student has a
apstudent.collegeboard.org/apcourse and click on the graphing calculator, it must be on the approved calculator
link for their course for the specific calculator policy. list. See the individual subject restrictions on the next
ᎰᎰ A ruler or straightedge if they are taking an AP Physics few pages for more information on which calculators are
Exam. (Protractors are not allowed.) allowed. Calculators are not allowed for any other AP
Exams, including Macroeconomics, Microeconomics, and
ᎰᎰ A government-issued or school-issued photo ID and
Environmental Science.
their AP Student Pack if they do not attend the school
where they are taking the exam.
ONLINE SCORE REPORTS FOR STUDENTS
ᎰᎰ Their College Board SSD Accommodations Letter
if they are taking an exam with approved testing Avoiding Delays in Accessing and Reporting Scores
accommodations. Scores will be available to students online at apscore.org
in early July. In order to access and send their scores as
Do NOT Bring to the Exam Room well as avoid any score reporting delays, students must:
ᎰᎰ Electronic equipment (cell phone, smartphone, ᎰᎰ Create a College Board account (students may
smartwatch or other wearable technology, laptop, already have an account if they registered for the
tablet computer, etc.), portable listening or recording SAT or participated in other College Board programs).
devices (MP3 player, iPod, etc.), cameras or other
photographic equipment, devices that can access the ᎰᎰ Use the email address that they provided on their AP
internet, or any other electronic or communication answer sheet when creating their account.
devices. ᎰᎰ Provide their AP number or student identifier (if they
Note: School-owned handheld digital recording devices entered one on their answer sheet) when creating
are allowed only for the AP French, German, Italian, their account.
and Spanish Language and Culture Exams and the AP ᎰᎰ Enter identifying information (particularly name,
Music Theory Exam. School-owned and controlled iPad date of birth, sex, and mailing address) carefully and
tablets are allowed only if a school decides to use the consistently on their answer sheets.
new Digital Audio Capture (DAC) app for AP Music Mismatched email addresses or incomplete/
Theory sight singing. inconsistent information on students’ answer sheets
can delay access to scores.
46
Ask the AP teachers to remind students several days supply. If the student is unable to use the offered
before the exam to bring the appropriate calculator calculator, or is unfamiliar with its operation, call
on exam day, to remind them of the features that are AP Services for Educators immediately.
required or are not permitted, and to check the batteries
Preparing Students
Calculators with built-in physical constants, metric
(fresh batteries are recommended). Teachers should refer conversions, and physics, chemistry, or mathematics
students to the AP Students site for the most current list formulas are permitted. Calculator memories do not
of approved graphing calculators (www.collegeboard.org/ need to be cleared before or after the exam. If you have
ap/calculators) for AP Calculus Exams. The specific makes to supply calculators to students who either have no
and models of graphing calculators listed there can also calculator or have an unacceptable calculator, and you
be used on the AP Statistics, Chemistry, Physics 1, Physics run out of spare calculators and still have students
2, and both Physics C Exams. However, nongraphing who need and want them, isolate the students needing
scientific calculators are prohibited for the AP Calculus calculators in an area where they cannot communicate
Exams. Scientific and graphing calculators are prohibited with the students taking the exam. When the students
for the AP Biology Exam. with calculators have finished the exam, reclaim your
The following list of unacceptable technology may not be calculators. For reasons of security, clear the calculator
used on any of the exams: memories of all programs and data, and give the
calculators to the waiting students. Test these students
NOT APPROVED: immediately following the regular administration.
Smartphones, smartwatches, or other wearable
technology, portable/handheld computers, tablets, Calculator Release Statement
laptops, electronic writing pads, pocket organizers; If the option of providing a calculator is not feasible, or
models with QWERTY (i.e., typewriter) keypads if a student does not want to use a calculator, he or she
as part of hardware or software (e.g., TI-92 Plus, can take an exam without one. However, if a student
Voyage 200); models with pen-input/stylus capability chooses to take an exam without a calculator, he or she
(e.g., Palm, PDAs, Casio ClassPad); models with must hand copy, date, and sign the Calculator Release
wireless or Bluetooth capability; models with paper Statement that follows and indicate the name of the exam
tapes; models that “talk” or make noise; models that being taken. Return the release statement in the Incident
require an electrical outlet; models that can access Report return envelope in the exam shipment.
the internet; models that have cell phone capability
or audio/video recording capability; models that It is my decision to take the AP [Biology] [Calculus]
have a digital audio/video player; models that have [Chemistry] [Physics] [Statistics] Exam without a
a camera or scanning capability. Some models with calculator. I will not use the absence of a calculator as
touch-screen capability are not permitted (e.g., a reason to challenge my score on this exam.
Casio ClassPad). In addition, the use of hardware Student Name: Date:
peripherals such as a stylus, keyboard, or wireless
adapter with an approved calculator is not permitted. Student Signature: AP #:
Biology
Anyone with Hewlett-Packard 48–50 Series and Casio
A four-function calculator (with square root) is
FX-9860 graphing calculators may use cards designed
permitted on both the multiple-choice and free-
for use with those calculators. The new Casio
response sections of the AP Biology Exam since
FX-CG500 calculator is permitted for use only without
both sections contain questions that require data
the use of the stylus. If a student has a calculator with
manipulation. No other types of calculators, including
a large display (characters one inch high or more) or a
scientific and graphing calculators, are permitted for
display raised from the horizontal (a tilted or hinged
use on the exam. Four-function calculators typically
screen) that may be visible to other examinees, that
have a one-line display and a simple layout of
student should be seated at the back of the testing
numeric keys (e.g., 0–9), arithmetic operation keys
room. Calculators with infrared communication
(e.g., +, -, ×, and ÷), and a limited number of special-use
capabilities are permitted. However, because data can
keys (e.g., %, +/-, C , and AC). Simple memory buttons
be exchanged between these calculators if they are
like MC, M+, M-, and MR may also be included on a
aligned and very close together, proctors should make
four-function calculator. Scientific calculators have a
sure that students keep their calculators sufficiently far
more complicated, multi-row layout that includes various
apart during the exam and that calculators’ infrared
special-use keys, including ones for trigonometric and
ports are not facing each other.
logarithmic functions such as SIN, COS, TAN, TRIG,
EXAM Since graphing calculators can be used to LOG, and LN. In contrast to scientific calculators,
SECURITY store data, including text, proctors should four-function calculators do not include trigonometric
monitor that students are using their calculators and logarithmic functions, statistical capabilities, or
appropriately. Attempts by students to use the graphing capabilities. See the pictures on page 48 for
calculator to remove exam questions and/or answers sample images of four-function, scientific, and graphing
from the room may result in the cancellation of AP calculators. Students may bring up to two four-function
Exam scores. calculators (with square root) to the exam.
It is advisable that schools have a supply of
appropriate calculators on hand. If a student does
not have a calculator, or arrives with an unacceptable
calculator, you may wish to provide a substitute.
If a student’s calculator malfunctions during the
administration, you can offer a calculator from your
47
Calculus Physics
Both the multiple-choice and free-response sections of Calculators are permitted on both the multiple-choice
the AP Calculus AB and Calculus BC Exams contain and free-response sections of the AP Physics 1,
questions that require a graphing calculator and Physics 2, and both Physics C Exams. Four-function
questions that do not allow the use of a graphing calculators may be used. Most types of scientific
calculator. A graphing calculator appropriate for use on (nongraphing) calculators may be used, provided that
the exams is expected to have the built-in capability to: they don’t have unapproved features or capabilities.
The graphing calculators listed on page 49 may also be
ᎰᎰ Plot the graph of a function within an arbitrary viewing
used. Calculator memories do not need to be cleared
window
before or after the exam.
ᎰᎰ Find the zeros of functions (solve equations
numerically)
Statistics
ᎰᎰ Numerically calculate the derivative of a function
Each student is expected to bring a graphing calculator
ᎰᎰ Numerically calculate the value of a definite integral with statistical capabilities to the AP Statistics Exam.
If these capabilities are not built into a student’s A student can bring a nongraphing scientific calculator
calculator, the student should enter appropriate instead, as long as it has the required computational
programs into the calculator prior to the exam. Students capabilities. The computational capabilities should
may bring up to two graphing calculators from the include standard statistical univariate and bivariate
approved list to the exam. No nongraphing/other types summaries, through linear regression. The required
of calculators are permitted, even as a second calculator. capabilities may be either built into the calculator or
Calculator memories do not need to be cleared before or programmed into the calculator prior to the exam.
after the AP Calculus Exam administration. Graphical capabilities should include common univariate
and bivariate displays such as histograms, boxplots, and
Chemistry scatterplots. It is up to the student to determine if the
calculator meets the criteria of required computational
Calculators are permitted only for the entire free-
and graphical capabilities. Enhancements other than
response section of the AP Chemistry Exam. Four-
those that improve the calculator’s computational
function calculators may be used but are not
and/or graphical functionalities are prohibited.
recommended. Most types of scientific (nongraphing)
Unacceptable enhancements include, but are not
calculators may be used, provided that they don’t have
limited to, keying or scanning text or response
unapproved features or capabilities. The graphing
templates into the calculator. Calculator memories do
calculators listed on page 49 may also be used.
not need to be cleared before or after the exam.
Calculator memories do not need to be cleared before or
after the exam.
Acceptable Graphing Calculators Unacceptable Model with QWERTY Keyboard
Acceptable Four-Function Calculator Typical Scientific Calculator Models
48
AP-APPROVED GRAPHING CALCULATORS

Casio Casio cont. Radio Shack Texas Instruments
FX-6000 Series FX 1.0 Series* EC-4033 TI-73
Preparing Students
FX-6200 Series Algebra FX 2.0 Series* EC-4034 TI-80
FX-6300 Series FX-CG-10 (PRIZM)* EC-4037 TI-81
FX-6500 Series FX-CG-20 Series* TI-82*
FX-7000 Series Graph35 Series* Sharp TI-83*
FX-7300 Series Graph75 Series* EL-5200 TI-83 Plus*
FX-7400 Series Graph95 Series* EL-9200 Series* TI-83 Plus Silver*
FX-7500 Series Graph100 Series* EL-9300 Series* TI-84 Plus*
FX-7700 Series FX-CG500*† EL-9600 Series*† TI-84 Plus CE*
FX-7800 Series EL-9900 Series* TI-84 Plus Silver*
FX-8000 Series Hewlett-Packard TI-84 Plus C Silver*
FX-8500 Series HP-9G Other TI-85*
FX-8700 Series HP-28 Series* Datexx DS-883 TI-86*
FX-8800 Series HP-38G* Micronta TI-89*
Graph25 Series HP-39 Series* Smart 2
TI-89 Titanium*
FX-9700 Series* HP-40 Series* TI-Nspire*
FX-9750 Series* HP-48 Series* TI-Nspire CX*
FX-9860 Series* HP-49 Series* TI-Nspire CAS*
CFX-9800 Series* HP-50 Series* TI-Nspire CX CAS*
CFX-9850 Series* HP Prime* TI-Nspire CM-C*
CFX-9950 Series* TI-Nspire CM-C CAS*
CFX-9970 Series* TI-Nspire CX-C CAS*
* Graphing calculators with the expected built-in capabilities for AP Calculus are indicated with an asterisk. See the AP Calculus AB and AP Calculus BC Course
and Exam Description, effective 2016-2017 for details. However, students may bring any calculator on the list to the exam; any model within each series is
acceptable. Only approved graphing calculators from the list are permitted for the AP Calculus Exams.
† The use of the stylus is not permitted.
This list will be updated at www.collegeboard.org/ap/calculators, as necessary, to include new approved calculators. Check this list periodically,
and prior to the administration of the exams, to ensure that students have the most up-to-date information.
This list only includes approved graphing calculators. There is not an approved list of scientific (nongraphing) calculators.
Completing Responses in the Answers for the free-response section must be written
in the Section II exam booklets, in the spaces provided
Appropriate Exam Booklets for responses. Directions on the exam booklet will
All answers for the multiple-choice sections of the exams indicate where notes and scratch work may be written
must be indicated on the students’ answer sheets by (e.g., on certain pages containing questions or reference
filling in the appropriate circles. Answers written in the material, in areas designated for that purpose, or in the
multiple-choice booklets will not be scored. Total scores additional orange Section II booklets for some exams);
on the multiple-choice section are based only on the however, these notes will not be scored. All responses
number of questions answered correctly. Points are not for the free-response section must be written in English
deducted for incorrect answers and no points will be with the exception of the AP Chinese, French, German,
awarded for unanswered questions. Italian, Japanese, and Spanish Language and Culture
and Spanish Literature and Culture Exams. In the case of
Note that for the AP European History, U.S. History, the AP Latin Exam, students must write their answers
and World History Exams, the Section I short-answer in English and cite the Latin passages as required. Any
response questions are printed in the multiple-choice responses not adhering to this policy will receive a score
booklet; however, students must write their responses in of 0 or will not be scored.
the separate response booklet.
49
Preadministration Sessions ᎰᎰ During a preadministration session or at their first

exam, students should write their name, AP number,
A preadministration session, in which students and school code on the front cover of their AP Student
complete identification information on their answer Pack, and indicate the AP Exams they will be taking.
sheets ahead of time, can save 30 minutes or more The AP Student Pack contains a removable card that
on exam day. A PowerPoint presentation designed students can use to retain their AP number from the
to assist coordinators or proctors with holding 2017 exam administration. Students will be directed to
a preadministration session will be available place an AP number label on the card, remove it from
at www.collegeboard.org/apcoordinator before the Student Pack, and keep it for future reference when
preadministration materials arrive at schools. (Note viewing scores in July or ordering score reports or other
that a preadministration session cannot be conducted services.
for AP Chinese, Japanese, or Studio Art.)
ᎰᎰ AP coordinators should provide Student Packs
immediately to students who are submitting
2017 ANSWER SHEET AND AP Studio Art portfolios. In order to submit their
PREADMINISTRATION INSTRUCTIONS portfolios to their teachers, students need their AP
You will receive a separate booklet about completing numbers and, if desired, a college code. As soon as
the AP answer sheet and holding a preadministration possible after exam materials arrive, arrange for these
session. We encourage you to review this booklet students to complete the information on their Student
carefully and share it with proctors. Packs, confirm that they have their correct AP numbers
and college codes recorded, and then retrieve their
A PDF copy of the booklet will be available at
Student Packs for safekeeping until needed for an
www.collegeboard.org/apcoordinator in early spring,
upcoming exam administration.
and printed copies will be included in shipments of
preadministration materials and regularly-scheduled ᎰᎰ AP coordinators also need to provide Student Packs
exam materials. immediately to AP Seminar, Research, and Computer
Science Principles students. These students need their
The booklet includes the following information AP numbers in order to submit their final performance
and resources: tasks on the AP Digital Portfolio for scoring by April 30.
ᎰᎰ Sample 2017 AP answer sheet ᎰᎰ AP Student Packs should be collected for safekeeping
ᎰᎰ How to complete the 2017 AP answer sheet at the end of each exam administration and returned
at the start of the next one. This ensures that the
ᎰᎰ Updated answer sheet fields, if applicable
students’ AP number labels are not misplaced and are
ᎰᎰ The importance of supplying consistent always used when necessary.
identification information
ᎰᎰ Students who are taking AP Exams at two different
ᎰᎰ How to hold a preadministration session schools will need their Student Packs with them at both
ᎰᎰ Preadministration instructions schools. After testing at one location, they should be
given their Student Packs to take to the other location.
It is very important that each student enters
identification information correctly on the answer ᎰᎰ Students should keep their Student Packs after their
sheet, as this information becomes the basis of his or last exam.
her AP record for the year. ᎰᎰ Students are strongly encouraged to keep their AP
numbers from year to year in the event they wish to
access scores from previous years.
AP Student Packs
The AP Student Pack contains students’ unique
AP number labels, survey questions, college codes,
Students Testing at Two Schools
online provider codes, country codes, important Students testing at more than one school will need to
information about the Office of Testing Integrity bring their AP Student Packs to all locations. If they
hotline, score reporting services, and contact are testing with accommodations, students should
information for the AP Program. also be reminded to bring a valid photo ID and their
Student Accommodations Letter to test at the school
Each AP Student Pack has a set of bar-coded AP they do not attend as further assurance that they
number labels stapled in the center of the booklet. The should receive the accommodations for which they
number on each set of labels is unique and serves as have been approved. After testing at one location, their
the student’s official AP number for the year. The AP Student Packs should be returned to them to test at the
number must be applied to each of the student’s exam other location.
materials — answer sheet, AP Student Pack and free-
response booklet. Once the labels are placed on each of All used exam materials and fees should be submitted
the exam materials, the identification is matched to the by the school administering each exam. For example,
student’s AP registration answer sheet. if a student takes the AP Statistics Exam at high
school A and the AP Biology Exam at high school B,
It is very important that students place AP number high school A should submit exam materials and fees
labels on their exam materials as directed to ensure relating to the AP Statistics Exam, and high school
rapid and accurate processing. If students run out of B should submit exam materials and fees for the
number labels, they can write in their AP number; AP Biology Exam.
they must not be given another AP Student Pack or
use anyone else’s labels.
50
Exam Day Activities
IN THIS SECTION: recording devices (MP3 player, iPod, etc.), cameras or

ᎰᎰ Seating plans other photographic equipment, devices that can access
the Internet, or any other electronic or communication
ᎰᎰ Accounting for materials during the exam and collecting devices with them to the testing room.
materials
Note: School-owned handheld recording devices are
ᎰᎰ Breaks
Exam Day Activities

allowed only for the AP French, German, Italian, and
ᎰᎰ Dismissing students Spanish Language and Culture Exams and the AP Music
Theory Exam. School-owned and controlled iPad tablets
are allowed only if a school decides to use the new
Digital Audio Capture (DAC) app for AP Music Theory
Mandatory Starting Times sight singing.
EXAM To preserve exam security, an AP Exam
SECURITY
may only be administered on its scheduled
date, at the set time. Early testing is not permitted Seating Policy
under any circumstances. All schools, except those in
Alaska, must begin the morning exam administration General Seating Requirements
between 8 and 9 a.m. local time, and the afternoon EXAM Failure to follow seating requirements
exam administration between noon and 1 p.m. local SECURITY could result in cancellation of exam scores.
time. Schools in Alaska must begin the morning exam
administration between 7 and 8 a.m. local time and the ᎰᎰ Allow no less than five feet (1.5 meters) between
afternoon exam administration between 11 a.m. and students. Distance between students should be
noon local time. measured from the center of one student to the
center of the next student. (See page 54 for seating
Note: The AP Physics C: Electricity and Magnetism Exam must policy requirements across all AP Exams.)
begin between 2 and 3 p.m. local time. In Alaska, the exam ᎰᎰ Everyone must face the same direction.
must begin between 1 and 2 p.m. local time.
ᎰᎰ Seat students directly behind but not directly beside
each other (in rooms with elevated seating, students
Proctors may seat students and allow them to must be seated no less than five feet behind one
complete the personal identification portion of their another).
answer sheet prior to the times listed above; under no
circumstances may the shrink wrap for the AP Exam ᎰᎰ Assign seats randomly (not alphabetically or following
booklets, AP Exams on CD, or master CDs be opened any other expected pattern) within the testing
prior to the set times. room. Under no circumstances should students be
permitted to select their own seats. Visit professionals
.collegeboard.com/testing/ap/coordinate/seatingcharts
for step-by-step directions to assign random seating
Admitting and Seating Students using Microsoft Excel.
EXAM Admit only the number of students to the ᎰᎰ You may seat more than one student at a table, but
SECURITY
exam room for whom you have complete only if all students face the same direction, are seated
sets of exam materials. No visitors, including teachers, on the same side of the table, and the five-foot distance
are permitted unless authorized by the AP Program between students can be maintained. To maintain
or Educational Testing Service (ETS). AP teachers are this distance, a table must be at least eight feet
not permitted in the exam room at any time during the (2.43 meters) in length to accommodate two students
exam administration for the subject that they teach. and at least 13 feet (3.96 meters) to accommodate
Photographing an AP Exam administration is strictly three students.
prohibited unless permission is granted by the
ᎰᎰ The use of partitions is prohibited except for the exams
College Board.
listed on page 54.
ᎰᎰ If you are administering an exam to a student you do ᎰᎰ Round tables are prohibited for testing.
not know, confirm his or her identity by requesting a
ᎰᎰ The desk or work surface should be an adequate size
photo ID. To be acceptable, the ID must be current and
for each student and must have a minimum writing
must include the student’s name and signature as well
surface of 12” x 15” (30.4 cm x 38.1 cm). If possible,
as a recognizable photograph. Examples of acceptable
seat left-handed students in left-handed armchairs.
ID include a driver’s license, school ID card with
Tablet armchairs designed specifically for right-
photograph, or current passport.
handed individuals provide an awkward and difficult
ᎰᎰ If you have one or more students from another school writing surface for left-handed students. If only right-
or any home-schooled students, collect exam fees from handed tablet armchairs are available, seat left-handed
these students. Provide students from other schools students behind one another in a separate row with a
with their school code if you have it; home-schooled vacant writing surface to their left, or in the last seat of
students should be given the home-school/self-study each row of right-handed students.
code from page 20.
See the next page for seating plans.
ᎰᎰ Students are prohibited from bringing electronic
equipment (cell phone, smartphone, smartwatch,
laptop, tablet computer, etc.), portable listening or
51
SEATING PLANS
APPROVED:
= ONE STUDENT
Plan I: elevated seating Plan IIA: level seating Plan IIB: level seating
Plan III: tables
8' or more 13' or more
All students must face the same direction.
NOT APPROVED:
Students should not be seated Round tables are prohibited. Students must not face
around the same table. one another.
Seating Students for Calculus and The multiple-choice sections are scrambled for students
taking Calculus AB, Calculus BC, and U.S. History
U.S. History Exams
exams at schools in the United States, Canada, Puerto
The AP Program provides schools in the United States, Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands, but the free-response
Canada, Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands sections are not; therefore, administrators and proctors
with scrambled multiple-choice sections for Calculus must continue to be vigilant about opportunities for
AB, Calculus BC, and U.S. History exams taken on cheating.
regularly scheduled testing dates. Scrambling the
sections reduces the risk of students copying from one Note: Students taking Calculus AB, Calculus BC, and
another, allowing schools to seat students no less than U.S. History exams at schools outside the United States,
four feet (1.2 meters) apart, therefore enabling schools Canada, Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands must
to test more students in fewer testing rooms. (Students be seated no less than five feet (1.5 meters) apart at
taking Calculus AB, Calculus BC, and U.S. History all exam administrations because these exams do not
exams during the late-testing period must be seated no have scrambled multiple-choice sections.
less than five feet apart.) Distance between students The sample seating plan on the next page for schools
should be measured from the center of one student to in the United States, Canada, Puerto Rico, and the U.S.
the center of the next student. Virgin Islands administering Calculus AB, Calculus BC,
and U.S. History exams includes sample form codes and
serial numbers that show how to distribute exams to
ensure that students seated next to each other are not
given the same form of the exam.
52
SEATING POLICY FOR CALCULUS AND U.S. HISTORY EXAMS
Exams Administered at Schools in the Exams Administered at Schools Outside

United States, Canada, Puerto Rico, and the United States, Canada, Puerto Rico,
Testing Window the U.S. Virgin Islands and the U.S. Virgin Islands
Regularly Scheduled All AP Exams (except for Calculus AB,
Exams Calculus BC, and U.S. History):
Students must be seated no less than five
feet apart.
Calculus AB, Calculus BC, and U.S. History Students must be seated no less than five
Exam Day Activities

exams only: feet apart.
Students must be seated no less than four
feet apart.
Late-Testing Exams Students must be seated no less than five
feet apart.
SAMPLE OF SEATING PLAN FOR SCRAMBLED MULTIPLE-CHOICE SECTIONS:

CALCULUS AB, CALCULUS BC, AND U.S. HISTORY*
* This sample seating plan only applies to schools in the United States, Canada, Puerto
Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands administering Calculus AB, Calculus BC, and U.S.
History exams on regularly scheduled testing dates.
* Directional arrows indicate the alternating distribution pattern (see below) that should be
followed when distributing exam materials to students. Note in the diagram below, the
alternating of Form Codes Q and R.
* After exams are distributed, confirm that students with the same multiple-choice
section are not seated directly next to, in front of, or in back of one another. For
example, a student with exam form code 4NBP-Q should not be seated directly next to
a student with that same form code. Rearrange students as needed.
REAR
Sample Form Code 4NBP-Q 4NBP-R 4NBP-Q 4NBP-R 4NBP-Q

#_112 #_113 #_118 #_119 #_124
Section I booklet
serial number
(last three digits
shown)
4NBP-R 4NBP-Q 4NBP-R 4NBP-Q 4NBP-R
#_111 #_114 #_117 #_120 #_123
Note that your
school’s exam form
codes may not end in
an “-R” suffix.
4NBP-Q 4NBP-R 4NBP-Q 4NBP-R 4NBP-Q
#_110 #_115 #_116 #_121 #_122
FRONT (students face this direction)
53
SEATING POLICIES FOR AP EXAMS
AP Exam Desks with Partitions Direction Students Minimum Distance Writing Surface
(Partitions are walls or Must Face Between Students
boards set up on the left (Distance should be
or right and/or behind measured from the center
each desk or testing of one student to the
space.) center of the next student.
In rooms with elevated
seating, students must be
seated no less than 5 feet
behind one another.)
French, Partitions are allowed for Students must face the same 5 feet (1.5 m) apart for
German, Section II: Part B, Speaking direction for the multiple multiple choice and writing.
Italian, and only. choice and writing parts. It is preferable to have
Spanish For Section II: Part B, students spaced at least
Language and Speaking: Students must 8 feet (2.4 m) apart for the
Culture Partitions must:
face either the same direction speaking part.
· conceal a student’s or outward toward the wall.
writing surface or testing In testing rooms where
computer from other computer tables/desks are at
students a 90-degree angle, students
· not obstruct proctor must not be seated next to
visibility of students each other in the connecting
corner.
Chinese and Partitions are allowed for Students must face either the 5 feet (1.5 m) apart.
Japanese the entire exam. same direction or outward
Language and toward the wall. If students
Culture face outward toward the wall,
Partitions must: the proctor/student ratio
· conceal a student’s must be increased to two
writing surface or testing proctors for 1–25 students
computer from other and an additional proctor for
students every additional 25 students.
In testing rooms where
· not obstruct proctor
computer tables/desks are at
visibility of students
a 90-degree angle, students
must not be seated next to
Minimum writing
each other in the connecting
surface of 12” x 15”
corner.
(30.4 cm x 38.1 cm)
Music Theory Partitions are allowed for Students must face the same 5 feet (1.5 m) for multiple
Section II: Part B, Sight- direction. choice and writing.
Singing only. The sight-singing part
must be administered
to one student at a time
where the student can
both practice and perform
in isolation from other
students.
Calculus AB/ Partitions are not allowed. Students must face the same For regularly scheduled
BC and direction. exams in the United States,
U.S. History Canada, Puerto Rico, and
the U.S. Virgin Islands
only, students may be
seated 4 feet (1.2 m) apart
because these exams have
scrambled multiple-choice
sections.
For all other schools, and
for all late-testing exams,
students must be seated
5 feet (1.5 m) apart.
All Other Partitions are not allowed. Students must face the same 5 feet (1.5 m) apart.
Exams direction.
Notes:
• See pages 94–104 for complete information about the AP world language and culture exams and the
AP Music Theory Exam.
• Assign seats randomly (not alphabetically or following any other expected pattern) within the testing room.
54
Distributing Materials Accounting for Materials During

EXAM
SECURITY
Before you distribute any exam materials,
check the exam title of each packet to
the Exam
confirm that no other AP Exams are included. For EXAM Within the first half hour of the exam,
SECURITY
example, if administering AP English Literature and make sure the number of students
Composition, confirm that there are no AP English taking the exam plus the number of undistributed
Language and Composition exams included with exam packets equals the number of exam packets you
the materials. Have the students place all personal received.
belongings under their chairs. Proctors should follow ᎰᎰ If the numbers don’t match, let students finish the
alternating distribution patterns when distributing section they were working on when you noted the
exam materials to students. (For example, if a proctor discrepancy. Then stop the exam and ask if anyone was
Exam Day Activities

distributes exam packets to the first row of students given an extra exam booklet. When the extra booklet is
by walking from the front of the classroom to the back, located, resume the exam.
the proctor should distribute exam packets from the ᎰᎰ If the exam booklet is not found, resume testing, put
back of the classroom to the front for the second row of another proctor in charge of the room, and call the Office
students, etc. See the sample seating chart on page 127 of Testing Integrity to report the circumstances. Do not
for an example.) Reference the directional arrows leave the exam room unattended. If you cannot locate
in the sample seating plan on page 53. The proctor a proctor to supervise the students in your absence,
should hand one shrink wrapped exam packet, one or you cannot reach the Office of Testing Integrity, be
answer sheet, and one AP Student Pack directly to sure to include the following additional information on
each student. Exam packets should be distributed in the required seating chart: each student’s name and
the order in which they were packed in the carton. AP number. The sample seating chart can be found on
Do not ask students to pass exam packets to others. pages 127–128. Do not return the exam booklets to the
Only the student is allowed to open the exam packet AP Program; hold them in secure storage until you are
or to examine the contents of an exam booklet, unless able to reach the Office of Testing Integrity by phone
you must check one to report a defect. See the and obtain instructions.
Administration Incidents table on pages 58–65 for
more information.
Once students have been seated, materials distributed, Using Restrooms During Testing
and the preliminary paperwork completed, announce Students may go alone to the restroom at
EXAM
the starting time and begin administering the exam. SECURITY any time. Two or more may go if a proctor
Students may not open the shrink wrapped exam accompanies them, but do not leave the exam room
packets before the mandatory starting times. Close unattended. A proctor must be in the exam room at all
the doors to the exam room promptly at the announced times. Be sure students do not take materials from the
starting time. room and that they leave their exam booklets closed on
You should not collect students’ free-response or their desks with their answer sheets inside. Do not give
short-answer response booklets during the multiple- extra testing time to students who use the restroom
choice section and then redistribute them during the during the timed testing periods.
free-response section. Each exam packet has been
individually serialized for test security purposes, so it is
important that each student tests using the multiple- Breaks During the Exam
choice booklet, free-response booklet, and short-answer Students should be given a monitored
EXAM
response booklet specific to his or her exam packet. SECURITY 10-minute break between Sections I and
II of an exam. During the break, students may move
about, talk, go to the restroom, or get a drink of water
Closing the Exam Room/ or a snack. You and other exam proctors should decide
in advance whether you will allow students to leave
Latecomers the room. Students may not leave the designated area
EXAM In general, students should not be without permission. All materials should be placed
SECURITY admitted after the start of the exam. where students will not have access to them during the
However, if a student arrives to the exam room late break. You or a proctor should ensure that the testing
but before the other exam takers have finished filling room is always supervised and that the restrooms and
out identification information on their answer sheets, halls are monitored.
and the school considers the cause of the student’s
late arrival to be beyond the student’s control, then Students may not consult textbooks, notes, teachers,
the school may admit and test the student. A proctor or other students regarding the exam materials
should sit with the student after the exam to supervise during the break. They may not access any electronic
the completion of any outstanding identification fields or communication devices. They may not make phone
on the answer sheet. Note: Schools are not required to calls, read/send emails or text messages, or access the
admit or test latecomers. Students who arrive late must Internet. They must not discuss the multiple-choice
follow the directions of testing site personnel. section of the exam with anyone at any time. Failure
to adhere to these policies may result in cancellation
of scores.
Supervising the Exam Room

EXAM Refer to the section on proctor duties on
SECURITY page 31.
55
Providing Extra Paper Discussing Exam Content

The short-answer response and free-response booklets EXAM Students and educators may discuss only
are designed to include sufficient space for student SECURITY the specific free-response content that is
responses. However, if students require additional released on the College Board website two days after
space to complete their responses, provide lined the exam administration. Discussion of these questions
paper. They must print only their AP number, the title may not begin until that time. Exam content that is not
of the exam, and the question number at the top of released may never be discussed.
each extra sheet of paper. Students should not include
their names. After the exam, have students staple
the extra paper to the page corresponding to that Dismissing Students
question. Students are not permitted to keep any extra All students must be dismissed from the
EXAM
paper that is provided during the exam. Consult the SECURITY exam room at the same time. No one may
Administration Incidents table to complete an Incident leave early (except in cases of illness or misconduct). If
Report for students who used extra paper. Note: Do a student finishes before the end of the testing time, he
not provide extra paper for students to write drafts of or she must sit quietly until all students are dismissed.
responses or notes.
Exceptions:
ᎰᎰ For Music Theory, each student may be dismissed
Collecting Exam Materials individually after his or her sight-singing performance.
EXAM At the end of each exam, collect the exam As each student is dismissed, make sure there is no
SECURITY materials directly from each student in the contact between students who are waiting to take the
order in which they were distributed. Verify a complete sight-singing part of the exam and students who have
count of all multiple-choice booklets, short-answer already taken it.
response booklets (if applicable), free-response ᎰᎰ For French, German, Italian, and Spanish Language and
booklets, orange Section II booklets (if applicable) and Culture Exams, students may be dismissed in groups if
answer sheets before dismissal. Place these materials multiple recording sessions are required to capture all
where students will not have access to them as they students’ speaking responses. However, if all students
leave the exam room. can be recorded in a single session, dismiss students
The Section I and Section II booklets are confidential from the exam room at the same time.
and must remain secure. No copies are to be made,
and no one but the students — as they take the exam
— should see the contents. All* used and unused exam
booklets, including the orange booklets included with
some exams, are to be returned to secure storage until
they are sent to the AP Program after the last exam
administration.
Be sure you have a complete exam for each student.
Call AP Services for Educators regarding any
discrepancy. This discrepancy must be noted on the
Packing List, and you should explain the circumstances
when generating your invoice. After the students have
been dismissed and the necessary forms have been
completed, make a final check of the exam room to be
sure nothing has been left behind. Then return the
exam materials to secure storage.
Note: For AP U.S. History and AP European History only,

you must insert all of the short-answer response booklets inside
the U.S. History and European History short-answer response
booklet return envelope(s) before leaving the testing room.
Be sure to keep these short-answer response booklets separate
from the multiple-choice answer sheets, which will be placed
for shipment.
56
Administration Incidents
Administrators and proctors have the authority to take ᎰᎰ Disturbing other students
appropriate measures to maintain order and security ᎰᎰ Working on the wrong section of an exam
in the exam room. It is not necessary to complete an
ᎰᎰ Working longer than the time permitted for the exam
Incident Report (IR) for all situations. The incidents
table on the following pages provide information on ᎰᎰ Refusing to adhere to testing regulations
responding to two types of testing incidents: ᎰᎰ Attempting to change, add, or utilize any options,
settings, and/or programs within their workstations
ᎰᎰ You must complete an Incident Report (IR) for the
that are not authorized as part of the AP Chinese and
incidents listed on pages 58–64. Follow the procedures
Japanese Exams on CD delivery system
as described in the columns for the testing room and/or
other action. If a student’s behavior during the exam disturbs
others (e.g., the student exhibits rude, belligerent, or
ᎰᎰ Do not complete an IR for the incidents described on
disruptive behavior), warn the student that he or she
page 65. Follow the procedures as described in the
will be dismissed if the disruptive behavior persists.
columns for the testing room and/or other action.
After issuing a warning, you may dismiss anyone who
All incidents of misconduct require an Incident Report. persists in violating instructions or procedures.
In suspected cases of misconduct, even if you do not
dismiss the students, include the exam materials in In certain cases, you may be reluctant to dismiss a
question with an Incident Report and describe, in student for fear of embarrassment, disturbance to
detail, the specific circumstances. Note the names of others, or physical reprisal. You should dismiss when
those who are suspected of misconduct. In the case of warranted, but use your best judgment in handling
suspected copying, enter the names of the suspected each situation.
copier and the person whose work is suspected of
having been copied, the test section in which the
copying was observed, and include a seating chart. Completing the Incident Report
A sample seating chart can be found at the back of The AP Coordinator’s Incident Report (IR) form is
this manual on pages 127–128. The completed Incident included on pages 131–132 of this manual and in the
Report and related exam materials should be returned 2016-17 AP Exam Instructions book. Please download
in the Incident Report return envelope. this form from www.collegeboard.org/apdownloads.
Examples of administration incidents involving Refer to the appropriate table for information on
misconduct include: responding to specific incidents.
ᎰᎰ Opening or looking through the exam booklet before The Incident Report should be completed and returned
the exam begins with the affected exam materials in the Incident Report
ᎰᎰ Removing a page or pages from the exam book return envelope, which should be put in the first carton
of exam materials going back to AP Services.
ᎰᎰ Attempting to remove exam booklets or exam content
from the room ᎰᎰ An Incident Report involving a student’s Studio Art
ᎰᎰ Giving or receiving assistance of any kind, including Drawing or 2-D Design portfolio should be placed in the
access to books, notes, or exam materials during portfolio envelope, not in the IR return envelope. An IR
testing or breaks for 3-D Design can either be included in the IR return
envelope or be faxed to AP Services.
ᎰᎰ Using aids, such as a dictionary or calculator, when
they are not permitted ᎰᎰ For an incident related to testing accommodations for a
student with disabilities, complete the Incident Report
ᎰᎰ Using electronic equipment (cell phone, smartphone, and the Nonstandard Administration Report (NAR) and
smartwatch, laptop, tablet computer, etc.), portable return them together in the IR envelope.
listening or recording devices (MP3 player, iPod, etc.),
cameras or other photographic equipment, devices ᎰᎰ If you need to complete an Incident Report in
that can access the internet, or any other electronic or conjunction with a late-testing administration in which
communication device. an alternate form of the exam was used, place it in
the IR return envelope provided in the alternate exam
Note: School-owned handheld recording devices are Coordinator’s Packet.
allowed only for the AP French, German, Italian, and
Spanish Language and Culture Exams and the AP
Music Theory Exam. School-owned iPads are allowed
only if schools choose to use the DAC app for Music
Theory sight singing.
57
YOU MUST COMPLETE AN INCIDENT REPORT FOR THE FOLLOWING
Incident Report Information/

Incidents Procedure in Testing Room Other Action
Defective materials
Multiple-choice booklet If you have extra exams in the subject, provide the On the IR, grid Defective Materials and Multiple
or short-answer student with the appropriate booklet from an unused Choice or Short Answer Response. Identify the
response booklet packet. Use the extra exam booklet seals from the nature of the defect, including the page number
Coordinator’s Packet to secure the incomplete exam where the defect was found. Include defective
packet, and return it with all other exams. materials with the IR and return them in the IR
If you have no extra exams available, call AP return envelope.
Services for Educators immediately. After calling AP Services for Educators, note the AP
Services Case Number on the IR.
Free-response booklet If you have extra exams in the subject, provide the On the IR, grid Defective Materials and Free
or orange booklet student with the free-response booklet or orange Response. Identify the nature of the defect,
booklet from an unused packet. Use the extra exam including the page number where the defect was
booklet seals from the Coordinator's Packet to found. Include defective materials with the IR and
secure the incomplete exam packet, and return it return them in the IR return envelope.
with all other exams. After calling AP Services, note the AP Services Case
If you have no extra exams available, call AP Number on the IR.
Services for Educators immediately.
Master audio CDs Call AP Services for Educators immediately. On the IR, grid Defective Materials and Master
Audio CDs. Identify the nature of the defect and the
actions you took to resolve the problem. Include
defective materials with the IR and return them in
the IR return envelope.
After calling AP Services for Educators, note the AP
Missing exam materials
Missing master CDs or Call the Office of Testing Integrity (OTI) immediately On the IR, grid Missing Exam Materials. Identify
exams on CD for instructions if you discover that master audio the missing materials and the actions you took
CDs for the exams for French, German, Italian, or to resolve the problem. Include the IR in the
Spanish Language and Culture, Spanish Literature IR return envelope.
and Culture, or Music Theory or Chinese and Complete an IR as instructed by the Office of
Japanese Exams on CD are missing. You must not Testing Integrity.
administer exams in the affected subjects until
receiving instructions from OTI.
Missing exam packet, Call the Office of Testing Integrity (OTI) immediately On the IR, grid Missing Exam Materials. Identify
multiple-choice, short- for instructions. You must not administer exams the missing materials and the actions you took
answer response, free- in the affected subjects until receiving instructions to resolve the problem. Include the IR in the
response booklet, or from OTI. IR return envelope.
orange booklet Complete an IR as instructed by the Office of
Testing Integrity.
Disturbance If possible, reduce or eliminate the source of the On the IR, grid Disturbance. Report the nature of
Uninterrupted exam disturbance (loud noise, excessive heat/cold, etc.). the disturbance and the section affected. Report
Tell students that an appropriate message only severe disturbances on the IR, unless there
such as “School reports distraction during the are many student complaints. Include the IR and
administration of the exam” may appear on their seating chart in the IR return envelope.
score reports.
Interruption Provide clear instructions for the safety of the On the IR, grid Interruption. Note the affected
students if a fire drill, power failure, etc. occurs. section(s); report the source, length, and impact
Note the time; ask students to close their exam of the interruption, and the corrective action taken
booklets and leave them on their desks. Direct (including time adjustments). Include the IR and
students not to talk and not to access prohibited seating chart and all affected exam materials in the
items, and monitor them at all times if they must IR return envelope.
leave the testing room. After calling AP Services for Educators, note the AP
Please be aware that proper monitoring during an Services Case Number on the IR.
interruption requires that students were never left
unattended and were closely monitored at all times
to prevent discussion of test questions, access to
unauthorized aids, and usage of mobile phones and
other electronic devices. Failure to adhere to this
policy may result in cancellation of scores.
If it is possible to return to the exam room in a
reasonable amount of time (as in the case of a
fire drill), and you are certain all students were
monitored properly during the entire time testing
was stopped, follow procedures to resume each
exam and allow students to continue testing.
Call AP Services for Educators immediately if testing
cannot be resumed.
58

Equipment problems
Group incident If the equipment problem involves the Master On the IR, grid Equipment Problems. Note the
French, German, Italian, Listening CD and/or the Master Persuasive Essay CD: affected parts or sections, and explain the nature of
and Spanish Language Retest the students immediately. Report even if the equipment problem and, if applicable, whether
and Culture retesting occurs before dismissal. any portions of the recorded speaking responses
are missing.
If retesting is not possible before dismissal, contact AP
Services for Educators immediately for instructions. After calling AP Services for Educators, note the AP
If the equipment problem isn’t discovered until after Services Case Number on the IR.
students are dismissed, do not retest until you have
contacted AP Services for Educators.
If the equipment problem involves the Master
Speaking CD:
Ask students affected to close their booklets.
Remove these students from the room to a secure,
monitored area and have them sit quietly without
accessing any unauthorized aids until the end of the
session. Do not stop any of the equipment being
used by other students. Retest at the conclusion of
the session, if possible.
Report even if retesting occurs before dismissal. If
the equipment problem isn’t discovered until after
Group incident Retest the students immediately. Report even if On the IR, grid Equipment Problems. Note the
Spanish Literature and retesting occurs before dismissal. affected parts or sections, and explain the nature of
Culture If retesting is not possible before dismissal, contact AP the equipment problem.
Services for Educators immediately for instructions. After calling AP Services for Educators, note the AP
If the equipment problem isn’t discovered until after Services Case Number on the IR.
Individual incident Do not stop any of the equipment being used by To report: On the IR, grid Equipment Problems.
French, German, Italian, other students. Retest the student immediately. Note the student’s name and AP number in the
and Spanish Language Do not report if retesting occurs before dismissal. space provided at the bottom of the page. Note
and Culture the affected sections, and explain the nature of the
If retesting is not possible before dismissal, contact AP equipment problem and whether any portions of
Services for Educators immediately for instructions. the recorded speaking responses are missing.
If the equipment problem isn’t discovered until after
students are dismissed, do not retest until you have After calling AP Services for Educators, note the AP
contacted AP Services for Educators. Services Case Number on the IR.
Individual incident Retest the student immediately. Do not report if To report: On the IR, grid Equipment Problems.
Music Theory retesting occurs before dismissal. Note the student’s name and AP number in the
If the equipment problem isn’t discovered until after space provided at the bottom of the page. Note
students are dismissed, do not retest until you have the affected sections, and explain the nature of the
contacted AP Services for Educators. equipment problem and whether any portions of
the recorded sight-singing responses are missing.
After calling AP Services for Educators, note the AP
Illness during the exam
Student unable to return Contact AP Services for Educators as soon as possible On the IR, grid Illness. Note the student’s name and
to order a full or partial alternate exam, as appropriate. AP number in the space provided at the bottom of
Advise the student that unless a full or partial the page. Return the student’s exam materials with
alternate exam is taken or cancellation is requested, a the IR in the IR return envelope.
score will be reported based on what was completed. After calling AP Services for Educators, note the AP
Make sure that the student’s AP number appears on Services Case Number on the IR.
all exam sections and the answer sheet.
Accommodations-related incidents
Accommodations given Stop testing and collect the student’s exam materials. On the IR, grid Other. Note the student’s name and
that were not approved Advise the student that he or she received AP number in the space provided at the bottom
accommodations that were not approved. of the page. Note the accommodations given and
actions taken.
Dismiss the student.
After calling the College Board SSD Office, note the
Contact the College Board SSD Office immediately case number on the IR.
for instructions.
59

Approved Advise the student that he or she did not receive On the IR, grid Other. Note the student’s name and
accommodations not accommodations for which he or she was approved. AP number in the space provided at the bottom
given Offer the student the option to continue testing of the page. Note the accommodations given and
without the approved accommodations or to stop actions taken.
(Note: This does not testing. After calling the College Board SSD Office, note the
apply to students who If the student chooses to stop testing, collect his or case number on the IR.
opt out of their approved her exam materials. After completing an Incident
accommodations by Report form, re-order late testing materials for the
submitting a letter to student.
the school signed by a Dismiss the student.
parent.)
Unsure if student Pause testing and have the AP or SSD coordinator No IR needed.
is approved for check SSD Online for the student’s approved
accommodations accommodations.
If the question regarding the approved
accommodations is resolved, resume testing.
If you are unable to verify a student’s
accommodations or you are testing a home-schooled
student or a student from another school who does
not have an SSD accommodations letter, contact the
College Board SSD Office immediately.
Misconduct
Disruptive behavior You have the authority to dismiss a student for On the IR, grid Misconduct, and if necessary,
misconduct. If a student’s behavior during the exam Student Dismissed. Note the student’s name and
disturbs others (e.g., the student exhibits rude, AP number in the space provided at the bottom
belligerent, or disruptive behavior), warn the student of the page. Describe all events in detail, even if
that he or she will be dismissed if the disruptive you do not dismiss the student. If other students
behavior persists. Isolate the offender, if necessary, in complained about the disturbance, document their
a minimally disturbing way. You may dismiss anyone names and complaints. Explain the situation, length
who continues to be disruptive. Take steps to ensure of disturbance, and affected section(s).
dismissed students are not provided the opportunity Include the student’s exam materials with the IR and
to transmit information about the exam to other seating chart and return in the IR return envelope.
students. Inform the student that a report will be sent
to AP Services for Educators.
In certain cases, you may be reluctant to dismiss
a student for fear of embarrassment, disturbance
to other examinees, or physical reprisal. You
should dismiss when warranted, but use your own
judgment in handling each situation.
Student leaving the Collect the student’s exam materials and ensure that On the IR, grid Misconduct and Student Dismissed.
designated break area no exam materials are missing before immediately Note the student’s name and AP number in the space
or building without dismissing the student if the student is still present. provided at the bottom of the page. Describe all
permission Do not readmit the student to the testing room. events in detail.
Using electronic Confiscate the device and dismiss the student from Review the device for calls, text messages, and
equipment (cell phone, the testing room. pictures to determine if there was a breach in
smartphone, security. If anything suspicious is detected, contact
smartwatch, laptop, the Office of Testing Integrity for further instructions.
tablet computer, etc.), On the IR, grid Misconduct and Student Dismissed.
portable listening or Note the student’s name and AP number in the space
recording devices provided at the bottom of the page. Describe all
(MP3 player, iPod, events in detail.
etc.), cameras or other
photographic equipment,
devices that can access
the internet, or any
other electronic or
communication device
during testing or during
a break
Prohibited aid Advise the student that failure to adhere to the testing Same as “Disruptive behavior.” If the prohibited aid
procedures after receiving a warning may result in consists of notes, scratch paper, or both, retrieve
cancellation of scores and that you are required to them from the student and attach them to the IR.
report the matter to AP Services for Educators.
60

Copying Change seating. Take no further action toward On the IR, grid Misconduct and, if necessary,
dismissal until you are sure information has been Student Dismissed. If individual, note the student’s
shared. Have an assistant witness any suspected name and AP number in the space provided at the
misconduct. bottom of the page. Describe specific circumstances,
If the situation persists after a warning from you or including the exam section when the copying was
a proctor, collect exam materials and dismiss the observed, and list the names and AP numbers of
students involved, explaining that these actions are those suspected (copier and person copied).
necessitated by the students’ failure to abide by Include the affected exam materials with the IR and
testing regulations. seating chart and return in the IR return envelope.
Giving or receiving Advise the student(s) that failure to adhere to the On the IR, grid Misconduct. If individual, note
assistance of any kind testing procedures after receiving a warning may the student’s name and AP number in the space
result in cancellation of scores and that you are provided at the bottom of the page. Describe
required to report the matter to AP Services for specific circumstances, including the exam section
Educators. when the assistance was observed, and list the
names and AP numbers of those involved.
Include the affected exam materials with the IR and
seating chart and return in the IR return envelope.
Opening the exam Ask the student to close the exam booklet. On the IR, grid Misconduct. Note the student’s name
booklet before the start If student opened the Multiple Choice booklet prior to and AP number in the space provided at the bottom
of the particular section the start of the Multiple Choice section: no action is of the page. Describe all events in detail even if you
necessary other than filling out an IR. do not dismiss the student. Note the affected exam
and section.
If student opened the Free Response booklet prior to
the start of the Free Response section: immediately Include the affected exam materials with the IR and
collect the exam booklet. Call the Office of Testing seating chart and return in the IR return envelope.
Integrity (OTI) immediately for instructions. Do not
allow the student to resume testing until you have
received instructions from OTI. Do not allow the
student to go on break with the other students.
Tell the student that a report will be submitted.
Warn the student that a subsequent violation will be
grounds for dismissal from the exam.
Working on the wrong Direct the student to the proper exam booklet. Tell On the IR, grid Misconduct. Note the student’s name
section the student that a report will be submitted. Warn the and AP number in the space provided at the bottom
student that a subsequent violation will be grounds of the page. Describe all events in detail even if you
for dismissal from the exam. do not dismiss the student. Note the affected exam
and section.
Include the affected exam materials with the IR and
seating chart and return in the IR return envelope.
Misplaced answers
Answers marked in the Inform the student that credit will only be given for On the IR, grid Misplaced Answers. Note the
multiple-choice exam answers marked on the AP answer sheet. student’s name and AP number in the space
booklet Under no circumstances should you transcribe provided at the bottom of the page. Explain the
student responses on the answer sheet (unless the situation and include the shrink wrapped Section I
student has an approved accommodation by the exam booklet and answer sheet with the IR and
College Board). return in the IR return envelope.
Answers in an orange Inform the student that credit will only be given for On the IR, grid Misplaced Answers. Note the
booklet instead of in the answers written in the free-response booklet. student’s name and AP number in the space
free-response booklet Under no circumstances should you transcribe provided at the bottom of the page. Explain the
student responses on the correct page(s) of the free- situation and include the Section II exam booklet
response booklet (unless the student has an approved with the IR and return in the IR return envelope.
accommodation by the College Board).
Answers on the wrong Inform the student that the Readers who score the On the IR, grid Misplaced Answers. Note the
page of the free- exams will be directed to the responses on the correct student’s name and AP number in the space
response booklet or pages of the free-response booklet or short-answer provided at the bottom of the page. Explain the
short-answer response response booklet. situation and include the exam booklet with the IR
booklet Under no circumstances should you transcribe and return in the IR return envelope.
student responses on the correct page(s) of the free-
response booklet or short-answer response booklet
(unless the student has an approved accommodation
by the College Board).
Answers misgridded on Under no circumstances should you transcribe On the IR, grid Misplaced Answers. Note the
the answer sheet student responses on the correct area(s) of the student’s name and AP number in the space
answer sheet. provided at the bottom of the page. Provide as
much information as possible about the misgridded
answers (e.g., where the misgridding begins) and
include the answer sheet with the IR and return in the
IR return envelope. 61

Mistiming
Undertiming If possible, correct the undertiming before students If undertiming cannot be corrected or is discovered
are dismissed. You can correct the undertiming only after students have been dismissed, complete an IR.
if it does not require students to go back and break On the IR, grid Undertiming and note the number of
open the seals of part or all of the Section I booklet. If minutes. Report the sections affected and amount of
successful, there is no need to report the incident. undertiming for those sections. If the undertiming is
However, any undertiming that cannot be corrected five minutes or less on the multiple-choice section,
or is discovered after students have been dismissed the exam may be scored as usual. If the undertiming
must be reported. Contact AP Services for Educators is 10 minutes or less on the free-response section,
immediately. the exam may be scored as usual. Include all affected
exam materials with the IR and return in the IR return
envelope. After calling AP Services for Educators,
note the AP Services Case Number on the IR.
Overtiming Make no adjustment if too much time is allowed on On the IR, grid Overtiming and note the number of
any section of the exam. Tell students that a report minutes. Report the sections affected and amount
will be filed and that overtiming may result in the of overtiming for those sections. Include all affected
cancellation of students’ scores. Contact AP Services exam materials with the IR and return in the IR return
for Educators immediately. envelope. After calling AP Services for Educators,
note the AP Services Case Number on the IR.
Students shared same Students must not share AP numbers. If you discover On the IR, grid Students Shared Same AP Number.
AP number the problem prior to the exam, call AP Services to List all students who shared the same AP number.
get AP numbers for the students. If you discover the Include all affected exam materials with the IR and
problem during the exam, have another proctor call return in the IR return envelope.
AP Services to get AP numbers for the students.
However, if it is discovered after testing is complete,
submit an IR.
Student used ink on Advise the student that the multiple-choice section On the IR, grid Student Used Ink on Answer Sheet.
answer sheet will have to be hand-scored, but scoring will not be Note the student’s name and AP number in the
affected. space provided at the bottom of the page. Include all
affected exam materials with the IR and return in the
IR return envelope.
Student used extra If students require additional space to complete their On the IR, grid Student Used Extra Paper.
paper responses, provide lined paper. They must print If only one student used extra paper: grid Individual
only their AP number, the title of the exam, and the student incident and note the student’s name and
question number at the top of each extra sheet of AP number in the space provided. Include the IR with
paper. After the exam, have students staple the extra the short-answer response and/or free-response
paper to the page corresponding to that question. booklet(s) with extra paper stapled inside and return
in the IR return envelope.
If more than one student used extra paper, you
may submit a single IR per exam subject per
administration (regular or late testing): grid Group
incident and note the number of students involved
in the space provided. On a separate piece of paper,
provide the exam title, the school code(s), and the
names and AP numbers of all students who used
extra paper. Include the IR with the short-answer
response and/or free-response booklets with extra
paper stapled inside and return in the IR return
envelope.
Unscheduled departure Collect the student’s exam materials. Advise On the IR, grid Other. Note the student’s name
from the testing site the student that unless a score cancellation is and AP number in the space provided at the bottom
requested, his or her score will be reported based of the page. Explain the event and indicate time
on what was completed. A full or partial alternate away from the exam room. Include the affected
exam will not be offered. exam materials with the IR and return in the
IR return envelope.
Testing Off-Schedule
Administering an exam Call the Office of Testing Integrity (OTI) immediately On the IR, grid Testing Off-Schedule. Identify the
at the wrong time or on for instructions if you discover that you administered exam administered at the wrong time or on the
the wrong date an exam at the wrong time or on the wrong date. You wrong date, and the actions you took immediately
must not order a replacement exam(s) until receiving following the discovery. Complete an IR as
instructions from OTI. instructed by the Office of Testing Integrity.
Administering the wrong Call the Office of Testing Integrity (OTI) immediately On the IR, grid Testing Off-Schedule. Identify the
exam for instructions if you discover that the wrong exam wrong exam that was given to the student(s) and
was given to a student(s). You must not administer the actions you took immediately following the
the exam distributed in error to any student(s) discovery. Complete an IR as instructed by the
or order a replacement exam(s) until receiving Office of Testing Integrity. Include the IR in the
instructions from OTI. IR return envelope.
62
ADMINISTRATION INCIDENTS INVOLVING CHINESE AND JAPANESE EXAMS ON CD ONLY

Defective exams on CD Call AP Services for Educators immediately. On the IR, grid Defective Materials and Chinese
and Japanese Exams on CD. Identify the nature of
the defect and the actions you took to resolve the
problem. Include defective materials with the IR
and return in the IR return envelope with all other
materials.
After calling AP Services for Educators, note the
AP Services Case Number on the IR.
Missing exams on CD Call the Office of Testing Integrity (OTI) immediately On the IR, grid Missing Exam Materials. Identify
for instructions if you discover that Chinese or the missing materials and the actions you took
Japanese Exams on CD are missing. You must not to resolve the problem. Include the IR in the
administer exams in the affected subjects until IR return envelope.
receiving instructions from OTI. Complete an IR as instructed by the Office of
Testing Integrity.
Software or hardware If there is a delay in starting an exam or an On the IR, grid Equipment Problems. Note the
problems interruption during a student’s exam and the exam student’s name and AP number in the space
Exam will not launch: cannot be completed, ask the student to leave the provided at the bottom of the page. Explain the
student has difficulty testing room and wait for further instructions. nature of the problem and whether Technical
moving from question Call Technical Support immediately. Support was able to help. If the exam cannot be
to question; warning restarted, and no other computer is available,
messages appear on contact AP Services to order late-testing exams.
the screen; keyboard is Include affected exam materials with the IR and
locked; monitor goes return in the IR return envelope. After calling AP
dark; equipment failure, Services, note the AP Services Case Number on
etc. the IR.
Exam stops and restart Restart the exam; it will resume from the last On the IR, grid Equipment Problems. Note the
is necessary question the student was working on. student’s name and AP number in the space
provided at the bottom of the page. Explain
the nature of the problem. Include affected
exam materials with the IR and return in the
IR return envelope.
Power outage Keep students monitored and quiet until power is On the IR, grid Equipment Problems. Note the
restored, and resume testing. student’s name and AP number in the space
If power is immediately restored, the proctor must provided at the bottom of the page. Explain
Power goes out in the the nature of the problem. Include affected
testing site or at a single restart each student’s exam. To restart an exam,
reinsert the CD, enter the same AP name and exam materials with the IR and return in the
workstation — power IR return envelope.
immediately restored. number of the student testing at that computer, and
follow the instructions on the screens to relaunch
the exam. The exam will resume from where the
exam stopped.
Power goes out in If the power is not immediately restored, power On the IR, grid Equipment Problems. Note the
the testing site or at a off each workstation and other equipment until the student’s name and AP number in the space
single workstation — power is again available. provided at the bottom of the page. Explain the
power not immediately If testing cannot be resumed, contact AP Services nature of the problem. Contact AP Services to
restored. for Educators to order late-testing exams. order late-testing materials. Include affected
exam materials with the IR and return in the
IR return envelope.
After calling AP Services for Educators, note the
AP Services Case Number on the IR.
Unscheduled departure Collect student’s scratch paper. Terminate the exam On the IR, grid Other. Note the student’s name
from the testing site by using the administrator override; choose the and AP number in the space provided at the
option to end the exam. You will be prompted to bottom of the page. Explain the event. Include
ensure that the exam responses are either uploaded affected exam materials with the IR and return
over the internet or copied to the USB drive in the IR return envelope.
provided by the AP Program. Advise the student
that unless a score cancellation is requested, his
or her score will be reported based on what was
completed. A full or partial alternate exam will not
be offered.
63
ADMINISTRATION INCIDENTS INVOLVING CHINESE AND JAPANESE EXAMS ON CD ONLY

Emergencies In an emergency, the primary concern should On the IR, grid Interruption. Note the affected
be the safety of everyone present. If necessary, section(s); report the source, length, and impact
evacuate everyone immediately. of the interruption, and the corrective action
Storms, floods, fires, taken (including time adjustments). Include
fire drills, bomb ᎰᎰ If there is sufficient time, interrupt the exam
by ejecting the Exam CD. the IR and seating chart and all affected exam
scares, or other materials in the IR return envelope.
unusual activities ᎰᎰ Lock the testing room door after everyone
that disrupt exam has exited. After calling AP Services for Educators, note the
administration and AP Services Case Number on the IR.
If the CDs were ejected, and it is possible to
are beyond the return to the exam room in a reasonable amount
control of testing site of time (as in the case of a fire drill), and you are
staff certain all students were monitored properly
during the entire time testing was stopped,
follow procedures to resume each exam and
allow students to continue testing. If you
are unable to resume the exam, follow the
procedure on page 118 for terminating
an interrupted exam.
Please be aware that proper monitoring during
an interruption requires that students were never
left unattended and were closely monitored at
all times to prevent discussion of test questions,
access to unauthorized aids, and usage of mobile
phones and other electronic devices. Failure to
adhere to this policy may result in cancellation
of scores.
Call AP Services for Educators immediately if
testing cannot be resumed.
64
DO NOT COMPLETE AN INCIDENT REPORT FOR THE FOLLOWING

Illness Day of exam No IR needed. Order alternate exam
Student unable materials online.
to test The student should submit a written
statement from a doctor or parent
verifying illness. Keep the document in
your files for 60 days.
Insufficient answer Photocopy answer sheets for students to enter responses. No IR needed.
sheets
Insufficient AP If you discover the problem prior to the exam, call AP Services No IR needed.
Student Packs for Educators.
If you discover the problem during the exam, have another
proctor call AP Services for Educators to get an AP number for
each of the students requiring an AP number.
Student without Instruct student to write his or her AP number on the No IR needed.
AP Student Pack answer sheet.
who knows his or
her AP number
Student without If this is the first AP Exam the student is taking this year, provide No IR needed.
AP Student Pack the student with a new AP Student Pack. Instruct the student
who does not to use the AP number from the Student Pack he or she was just
know his or her provided for all AP Exams he or she takes this year.
AP number If this is not the first AP Exam the student has taken this year,
leave the AP number field blank.
Exam If a storm, flood, power failure, or other event necessitates File IR only if instructed by AP Services
cancellation— the cancellation of the exam, call AP Services for for Educators.
Group Educators immediately.
Score Student should fill out Score Cancellation
cancellation— Form and return it to AP Services
Individual for Educators.
Latecomers If a latecomer arrives to the exam room before the other exam No IR needed.
takers have finished filling out the identification information on
their answer sheets, and the school considers the cause of the
student’s late arrival to be beyond the student’s control, the
latecomer may be admitted and tested.
Sealing answer Open the booklet, remove the answer sheet, and reseal it using No IR needed.
sheet inside extra seals from the Coordinator’s Packet.
multiple-choice
exam booklet
Student declines Student hand writes, signs, and dates release statement Place signed release statement in the
use of calculator appropriate to exam. IR return envelope.
Exam question Instruct student to answer the question to the best of his or No IR needed.
ambiguities and her ability.
errors If student feels that a question has an error or is unclear, advise
student to fill out the AP Exam Question Ambiguity and Error
Form on the AP Students website and to follow the directions
there for sending it to AP Assessment Development.
Student neglects Tell student no action is necessary. No IR needed.
to complete survey
questions
Discrepancies in Note discrepancy on Packing List and
exam materials explain circumstances when generating
being returned your invoice.
Pencil or Advise student that scoring of the free-response section will not No IR needed.
inappropriate be affected.
ink color on free-
response section
Student did not No action is necessary. No IR needed.
sign answer sheet
AP number label or This will not impact the scoring of the answer document or No IR needed.
AP Exam label was Section II booklet.
placed in wrong No action is necessary.
area
65
Post-Exam Activities
Exams on CD, you must complete the Fee Reduction/

Checking Free-Response Section Designation Form on page 129. For Studio Art,
Booklets, Answer Sheets, and you can designate fee reductions using the AP Studio
Art Digital Submission Web application. (Refer to the
Audio Student Responses instructions on page 106.)
For the first AP Exam that each student takes, make
sure they have correctly completed all pages of the first
(or registration) answer sheet. Designating Class Sections
ᎰᎰ Students submitting Studio Art portfolios complete If your school has AP teachers with multiple class
their registration information online in the AP Studio sections or multiple teachers teaching the same AP
Art Digital Submission application. Because this subject, you and your teachers can get subject score
information is captured in the Web application, Studio rosters and AP Instructional Planning Reports at the
Art students should not complete a paper registration class section or teacher level. This view of the data
answer sheet. gives your teachers a direct view into the performance
ᎰᎰ Students taking only AP Chinese or AP Japanese of their individual classes, enabling them to analyze the
complete their registration during computer- strengths and weaknesses of their curricula. To enable
based testing, so they should not complete a paper this feature, your school must designate section
registration answer sheet if these are the only exams numbers on students’ answer sheets during the exam
they are taking. administration.
For all subsequent exams, make sure each student has Follow the instructions below to request separate
correctly completed all of the fields on the answer sheet AP Instructional Planning Reports and subject score
that need to be completed at each administration. rosters for individual class sections.
Consult the General Instructions in the 2016-17 AP
1. Assign each section a different number from 1 to 9.
Exam Instructions book for more information.
2. Afterthe exam administration, fill in the circle
Check that an AP Exam label has been affixed to each corresponding to each student’s class number in the
answer sheet, and that an AP number label has been “School Use Only” section on the answer sheet.
affixed to each answer sheet, to the appropriate box
3. Besure to inform teachers of their designated section
on the front cover of each free-response booklet and
numbers before school lets out. Teachers will indicate
short-answer response booklet (for European History,
their section numbers the first time they sign in to view
U.S. History, and World History).
their reports online.
Once you have completed checking these materials, For Chinese and Japanese Exams on CD, you must
they should be returned to secure storage. Note: For complete the Fee Reduction/Section Designation Form
AP U.S. History and AP European History, you must on page 129. For Studio Art, you may designate separate
insert all of the short-answer response booklets inside class sections using the AP Studio Art Digital Submission
the U.S. History and European History short-answer Web application. (See page 106 for instructions.)
response booklet return envelope(s) before leaving
the testing room. Be sure to keep these short-answer
response booklets separate from the multiple-choice
answer sheets, which will be placed in the answer
Send Us Your Comments
sheet return envelope(s) before being packed for and Best Practices
shipment. See page 26 for information about
We welcome your suggestions and comments to help
secure storage.
us improve the AP Coordinator’s Manual and exam
Login to the DAS portal and upload and submit all procedures, and make the AP Program more effective.
student audio response files for each world language Please complete the AP Coordinator’s Comment Form
and culture and Music Theory exam that was at www.collegeboard.org/apcoordinatorcomment.
administered. Files must be uploaded and submitted
We also welcome your best practices for organizing
before the close of the next business day after the
and administering AP Exams at your school. If you have
school’s last scheduled exam of a particular AP
ideas that you would like to share with us and other AP
Exam period.
coordinators, please note them on this form. If selected,
we’ll include your best practices in the 2017-18 edition
of the AP Coordinator’s Manual along with your name,
Filling in the Fee Reduction school, city, state, and country.
Circle on Answer Sheets
A fee reduction circle (Option 1 or Option 2) must
be filled in for all students who qualify for a College
Board, federal, and/or state fee reduction. See page 24
for detailed instructions. For AP Chinese and Japanese
66
Returning Exam Materials
When to Return Exam Materials Preparing Materials for Return

All AP Exam materials must be shipped before the
close of the next business day after the school’s Create a Packing List
last scheduled exam of a particular AP Exam To return exam shipments, you must go to
administration period (i.e., regular or late). For www.collegeboard.org/school, sign in to the AP Exam
example, a school that administers its last regularly Ordering Site, and create a Packing List. You will be
scheduled exam on a Friday may return its exams on able to type the necessary information. You may also
the following Monday. If you have any issues with edit and save Packing Lists.
the pickup of your return shipment, please call AP
Services for Educators for assistance. For each shipment (whether one carton or more), you
must submit your Packing List electronically. Please
Login to the DAS portal to upload and submit all make sure that you enter your package counts
student audio response files for AP French, German, correctly, and that you hit SUBMIT prior to printing
Italian, and Spanish Language and Culture and AP your packing list. Print copies of your Packing List:
Music Theory exams. Files must be uploaded and
1. one for inclusion in your exam shipment,
submitted before the close of the next business day
after the school’s last scheduled exam of a particular 2. onefor your reference when generating an invoice
AP Exam administration period. online,
3. and, if applicable, one for your Studio Art shipment.
Exam materials must be repacked in the special
carton(s) in which they were received. Using other Place Packing List #1 on top of all materials in the
cartons may delay receipt or result in a damaged carton you have identified as carton 1 of X cartons you
shipment. If your cartons have been discarded are returning to the AP Program (see instructions for
or damaged, contact AP Services for Educators. labeling your shipment on page 71). Each returned
AP coordinators should retain proof of shipping exam shipment or Studio Art portfolio shipment must
information. include a completed copy of the Packing List.

Schools should return shipments as follows:
WHAT NOT TO PACK
Returning Regularly Scheduled Exams Administered
May 1–5 or May 8–12 Please do not return these items to the AP
Program:
ᎰᎰ Exams administered on the regularly scheduled exam
dates should be returned in one shipment, except if ᎰᎰ 2016-17 AP Coordinator’s Manual
you have elected the split shipment option. (Schools ᎰᎰ 2016-17 AP Exam Instructions books
ordering more than 150 exams may use the split ᎰᎰ Used and unused Student Packs
shipment option, which allows them to return all of
ᎰᎰ Exam booklet seals
their first week’s AP Exam materials at the beginning
of the second week of testing, rather than storing the ᎰᎰ Unused return envelopes
exams for the entire two weeks of testing.) ᎰᎰ Unused answer sheets
ᎰᎰ Braille and large-type exam materials administered Do not return unused answer sheets. However,
on the regularly scheduled exam dates are shipped to avoid any possibility of inadvertent error, or
to schools separately from the regular exam materials mishandling, we ask that you retain all unused
and should be returned separately. answer sheets until the end of September 2017.
You may not use unused answer sheets for the
ᎰᎰ The Selected Works (Quality) sections of the Studio
following year’s administration. The AP Program
Art 2-D Design and Drawing portfolios should be
may contact schools until then in the event that a
returned as a separate shipment from the exams, with
school mistakenly fails to return a used answer sheet
its own completed Packing List.
because it was accidentally stored with the unused
Returning Alternate Exams for Late Testing answer sheets.
Administered May 17–19
ᎰᎰ Chinese and Japanese scratch paper
ᎰᎰ Exams administered on the late-testing dates should (used scratch paper must be destroyed)
be returned in one shipment. ᎰᎰ Chinese and Japanese Setup CDs
ᎰᎰ Braille and large-type exam materials administered on
the late-testing dates are shipped to schools
separately from the regular exam materials and should
be returned separately.
Thursday, June 1, is the deadline for AP Services
to receive all exam materials. Schools are billed
twice the fee for each exam in shipments received
after this date.
67
Returning Exams for Students with 3. The AP coordinator generates a Packing List for all the
braille and large-type exams. When returning these
Disabilities
exams, select the option to print a Packing List for
Regular-format exams ordered online: these items.
1. Theexam proctor completes the Nonstandard 4. The AP coordinator and SSD coordinator prepare the
Administration Report (provided by the SSD coordinator). following materials for return to AP Services:
2. The AP coordinator checks the number of exams ፊፊ Completed NARs with corresponding answer sheets
being returned against the AP Shipping Notice, and (large-block answer sheets, or scannable answer
generates a Packing List. (When generating the invoice sheets when used with braille and large-type exams)
online, AP coordinators will be asked to explain any attached with paper clips and inserted in the NAR
discrepancies, e.g., reader copies.) return envelope. Include only the NARs and answer
3. The AP coordinator prepares materials for return to sheets in the envelope.
AP Services and returns completed NARs, attaching ፊፊ Braille or large-type exams and master CDs.
(with paper clips) corresponding scannable answer 5. Place blue and white SSD labels on all sides of the
sheets used for nonstandard exam administrations, carton or envelope returning to AP Services. SSD labels
and regular-format exam booklets. Staple typed essays are included in the shipment of these materials.
inside Free Response booklets for students approved
for use of computer. 6. Return all braille or large-type exam materials together,
along with the Packing List, in the carton in which
4. The items listed above should be placed in the NAR they were shipped to you. Use the return shipping
return envelope in the first carton returned to AP labels and materials enclosed with the original exam
Services. If all regular-format exams, answer sheets, shipment.
and NARs do not fit in the envelope, wrap the envelope
7. Retain proof of the return shipment for tracking
around the materials and secure them with a rubber
band. purposes.
5. Ifthere is an incident with an SSD administration, place Studio Art Portfolios

the NAR, exam materials, and the Incident Report in
the IR envelope. Ship the physical portfolios to the AP Program before
the close of the next business day after the school’s last
6. Indicate any reader copies used with a nonstandard
regularly scheduled AP Exam. Do not ship portfolios
administration directly on the reader copy and follow
to AP before the start of the regularly scheduled exam
directions noted on page 77.
administration. All Studio Art portfolios should be
7. Remember to include your Packing List and place it in returned in the cartons in which they were shipped
carton 1 of X of the return shipment. to you. Do not return materials for other exams in the
8. Place blue and white SSD labels on all four outer sides Studio Art portfolio cartons. Remember to create and
of the first carton returning to AP Services. SSD labels include a separate Packing List for returning the Studio
are included in the AP Coordinator’s Packet. Art portfolios.
9. Retainproof of the return shipment for tracking Studio Art cartons have been prelabeled to ship to
purposes. schools, and prelabeled for return to the AP Program.
Braille and large-type exams ordered online, but The address label for return of the Studio Art cartons
shipped separately: can be found on the large inside flap of the carton. When
you are ready to return materials, simply fold the flap
1. The exam proctor completes the NAR (provided
with the return address over the flap containing your
by the SSD coordinator).
school’s address. (See figure below.) Indicate on the pre-
2. The AP and SSD coordinators check the number of applied label the number of Studio Art cartons you are
braille and large-type exams being returned against the returning. Cartons should be marked “1 of 2,” “2 of 2,”
Shipping Notice sent with those exams. etc. Please note that Studio Art portfolios have a different
destination address than other AP Exam materials and
should be returned separately from your regular exam
shipment. Studio Art portfolios will be evaluated in Salt
Lake City, Utah.
RETURNING STUDIO ART PORTFOLIOS

Returning Studio Art 2-D Design and Drawing portfolios
1 The cartons are delivered 2 The return address to AP 3 When returning used portfolios,
to you with the outside flap has been pre-labeled on make sure that the flap with the
featuring your school’s address. the inside flap. AP Program’s address is now
showing on the outside.
Sc
ho
To ddre
ol
A
: ss
68
Packing Cartons Packing Exams in One Carton

Return exam materials in the original shipping cartons. If you are returning exams in one carton only, stack
Follow the packing sequence below. Pack all cartons the materials in the carton in the sequence listed
tightly so materials cannot shift during shipping. Double- below, placing the first item on the list — unused exam
check all cartons to make sure the exam materials are packets — at the bottom of the carton and the last
packaged correctly. Use crumpled newspapers or bubble items on the list — Packing List and packaging material
wrap as packing material if there is any space at all at the or bubble wrap — at the top of the box contents.
top of the carton, and seal the cartons securely. If packing
material is not used, the package could be damaged in Packing Exams in Multiple Cartons
transit, resulting in exam materials that can’t be scored. When there is no space left in the first carton, you
Do not use tape to wrap any exam materials — especially should continue with a new carton, keeping the
the answer sheets and exam booklets. Use tape only materials in the sequence indicated in the list below.
to secure the outside of the cartons (see figure on When you have completed packing the unused exam
page 71) and wrap the tape all the way around the packets, the used multiple-choice booklets, used orange
carton. Be sure to affix all appropriate labels after you booklets (if applicable), used free-response booklets, the
have securely taped each carton. used World History short-answer response booklets (if
Returning Used Answer Sheets: Do not staple or applicable), and the used U.S. History and/or European
tape anything to any used answer sheets. The answer History short-answer response booklets inside the U.S.
sheets are scannable documents — be careful not to History and European History short-answer response
fold or bend the edges. The answer sheets should be booklet return envelope(s) (if applicable), continue
placed in the return envelopes with all folds facing the packing in additional cartons until you have completed
same direction. Do not seal the answer sheet return packing the balance of the exam materials (items #7
envelope(s). Do not return unused answer sheets. through #15).
IMPORTANT REMINDER
ᎰᎰ Do not insert any exam booklet inside another booklet. ᎰᎰ Return any unused European History, U.S. History, and
World History short-answer response booklets.
RETURN PACKING SEQUENCE

For a small carton of the used World History short-answer response booklets
1. If possible, place all the unused exam packets in the in the other column in the carton.

bottom of the carton. Note: Stack so the spines meet in the center of the carton.
2. Place all used multiple-choice booklets on top of the
unused exam packets. Continue to layer the remaining exam materials,
3. Place all used orange booklets (if applicable) on top of the if applicable, into the carton in the following order:
used multiple-choice booklets. 7. Answer Sheet Return Envelope(s) containing used
4. Place all used free-response booklets on top of the used answer sheets only. Insert the answer sheets in the
orange booklets. envelope so that the folds all face the same direction. You
5. Place all used World History short-answer response do not need to group answer sheets by subject.
booklets (if applicable) on top of the used free-response 8. Used and unused master audio CDs for the listening,
booklets. Persuasive Essay task, and speaking parts of the
6. Place all U.S. History and European History short-answer French, German, Italian, and Spanish Language and
response booklet return envelope(s) (if applicable) on top Culture Exams; the listening and sight-singing parts of
of the used World History short-answer response booklets. the Music Theory Exam; as well as for the listening part
of the Spanish Literature and Culture Exam.
Note: Spines of each type of booklet should face in the same
9. Used and unused Chinese and Japanese Exams on CD.
direction, but you can alternate layering of the types of
booklets so they stack evenly. 10. Chinese and Japanese Student Response return
envelope containing used USB drives with Chinese and
For a large (18-inch) carton Japanese student responses, and/or unused USB drives,
as well as any Fee Reduction/Section Designation forms.
1. If possible, place all unused exam packets in one
column in the bottom of the carton. With multiple exam 11. NAR return envelopes, including NARs and
administrations, you may pack the unused exam packets corresponding answer sheets. For regular format exams,
after each administration. also include exam booklets.
2. Place all used multiple-choice booklets on top of the 12. Incident Report return envelope containing
unused exam packets. completed individual or group Incident Reports and
affected exam materials. If required, also include
3. Place all used orange booklets (if applicable) next to the
completed seating charts. If there is an incident with an
used multiple-choice booklets and unused exam packets in
SSD administration, place the NAR, exam materials, and
the other column in the carton.
the Incident Report in the IR envelope.
4. Place all used free-response booklets on top of the used
13. AP Score Cancellation Form(s).
orange booklets (if applicable) in the other column in
the carton. 14. Copy of the Packing List.
5. Place all used World History short-answer response 15. Packaging material or bubble wrap.
booklets (if applicable) on top of the used free-response Note: For incidents and NARs, if the materials do not fit into the
booklets in the other column in the carton. envelope, you may wrap the envelope around the materials and
6. Place all U.S. History and European History short-answer secure with a rubber band.
response booklet return envelope(s) (if applicable) on top
69

Assemble and pack materials in the sequence shown.

Assemble and pack materials in the sequence shown.
Note: This illustration may show material that does not apply to your school.
Note: This illustration may show material that does not apply to your school.
15 Packaging Material or Bubble Wrap
14 Packing List (copy)
Note the following:

13 Score Cancellation Forms
(If supplied by students INCLUDE ONLY:
prior to packing cartons) ■ Individual or group IRs and
affected exam materials
12 Incident Report (IR) 12 ■ Completed seating charts
Return Envelope (Red & White)
INCLUDE:
■ NARs and corresponding answer
11 Nonstandard Administration 11 sheets for braille, photo-enlarged
and large-type exams. For regular
Report (NAR) Return Envelope format exams, also include exam
(Blue & White) booklets.
10 Chinese and Japanese

Student Response Return Envelope 10 INCLUDE ONLY:
■ ALL used and unused USB
(Green & White)
drives and Fee Reduction/
Section Designation forms
9 Used & Unused Exam CDs 9 INCLUDE ONLY: Exam CDs.

for Chinese and Japanese Do NOT return the
Chinese/Japanese Setup CDs
8 Used & Unused Master CDs 8 RETURN ALL Master CDs

Music Theory, Spanish Literature and
Culture, French, German, Italian and
7 INCLUDE ONLY:
7 Answer Sheet Return Envelope(s)
■ USED answer sheets, with
folds all facing the same
direction
6 U.S. History and European History
Short-Answer Response Booklet
6
Return Envelope(s) (if applicable) INCLUDE ONLY:
■ USED U.S. History and
5 World History Short-Answer Response European History short-
Booklets (if applicable) answer response booklets
4 Free-Response Booklets
3 Orange Booklets
(if applicable) Each type of booklet should be stacked
with spines facing the same direction.
U.S. History and European

2 Multiple-Choice Booklets
Layer by subject, History Short-Answer
after each exam Response Booklet Return
Envelope(s) on top of World
History Short-Answer
1 Unused Exam Packets Response Booklets
FOR 18-INCH CARTONS: (if applicable)
Booklets should be stacked
so spines meet in center.
World History
Short-Answer
Response Booklets
on top of Free-Response
Booklets (if applicable)
Multiple-Choice
Booklets Free-Response Booklets
on top of Orange Booklets
Unused Exam Packets (if applicable)
70
Shipping Your Cartons Generate Your Invoice

Sealing Shipping Cartons All schools must generate and submit an invoice
After the administration, once the exam materials online and mail the completed invoice and
have been packed, use the three-inch packaging tape payment by June 15, 2017, to the AP Program using
that was included in your exam shipment to seal all the envelope that was provided with your exam
cartons for return shipping. Note: Packing tape is only shipment. If you lose the envelope that came
supplied in shipments with large (18”) cartons. Use at with the exam shipment, refer to the address that
least two layers of tape, making sure to wrap the tape appears on the invoice.
all the way around the carton. This will help prevent
Any questions related to invoicing and payment
these large, heavy cartons from breaking in transit.
should be directed to AP Services for Educators
(contact information on inside front cover).
Labeling Your Shipment
The appropriate courier label goes on carton #1 and all
subsequent cartons in your shipment. See the figure How to Generate an Invoice
for placement. Schools must use the return labels You create your invoice by signing in to the AP Exam
that were shipped to them. Only use current return Ordering website at www.collegeboard.org/school.
labels; discard any leftovers. You should have enough You cannot generate an accurate invoice until you have
courier return labels to put one return label on each completed administering all of your school’s exams,
box (do not put more than one on a box and do not including late testing. Specific instructions appear below.
use photocopies of the labels). Each label has a unique
tracking number. Failure to do so may result in lost or 1. Before you begin, gather copies of the Packing Lists
delayed return shipments and late-return charges. you submitted. You can print out additional copies of
your Packing Lists by going to Create/View Packing
Number the cartons (“1 of 2,” “2 of 2,” etc.) in the List in the AP Exam Ordering website and then clicking
reverse order in which you packed them; i.e., the last “Print All Packing Lists.” Additionally, you must have
box you packed should be marked 1 of X. The Packing on hand information about the number of exams taken
List should always be placed in carton 1 of X. by students who qualify for fee reductions.
ᎰᎰ If you have enclosed any Incident Reports in the IR 2. Inthe AP Exam Ordering website, click the
return envelope, carton 1 of X should have red and “Generate Invoice” button and answer each of the

white Incident (IR) labels on all four outer sides. questions posed to you. (See page 77 of this manual
ᎰᎰ If you have enclosed any NARs and answer sheets for instructions on accounting for reader copies for
in the Nonstandard Administration Report return students with disabilities.)
envelope, carton 1 of X should have blue and white 3. Upon completing the questions, you will be brought to
SSD labels on all four outer sides. your invoice. Review it for accuracy.
Retain proof of your return shipment for tracking ፊፊ If it is accurate, click “Submit Invoice.”
purposes. ፊፊ If it is inaccurate, click “Edit Invoice” and revise
as needed.
Courier Return Label
4. Click“Print Invoice.” When you print, multiple copies
of the invoice will print out. Keep the school copy
for your records and mail* additional copies to the
addresses indicated on the top of each invoice. Please
note that the final amount due in the invoice should
be considered preliminary and is subject to change
based upon validation of quantities of returned
materials.
The postmark deadline for invoices and payments
submitted to the AP Program is June 15, 2017. Late
payments incur a $225 late fee.
3” Packaging Tape *Note: Invoices are submitted electronically. You are required
SSD labels
(on all 4 sides, to print your invoice and mail it to the AP Program, even if
if applicable) your district or state pays for your exams, or if your school
Incident Report does not have a balance due. If your invoice indicates that your
labels (on all 4
sides, if applicable) school owes a balance, attach a check to the invoice when you
mail it in. Some states also require schools claiming state fee
reductions to supply them with a copy of the invoice. Check
Returning Your Shipment professionals.collegeboard.org/testing/ap/coordinate/
details-state in Spring 2017 or with your state directly to
Schools must return materials via the courier determine whether or not you need to supply them with the
selected by the AP Program. Enclosed in your exam “State Copy” of the invoice.
shipment will be information on the courier you must
use, return address labels, and detailed instructions.
You will be able to track your shipment. If your school
has difficulties with courier pickup, or if you are
missing the return address labels, call AP Services for
Educators immediately for further instructions. Do not
arrange return shipping on your own.
71
Score Reporting Services
Overview of AP Exam Scores choose not to indicate a score report recipient on their
registration answer sheets, but want to send a score
Each AP Exam score is a weighted combination of report to a college at a later time, they can do so for a fee.
the student’s score on the multiple-choice section
and on the free-response section. While colleges and The fee for ordering additional score reports is $15
universities are responsible for setting their own credit per report for standard processing. The fee for rush
and placement policies, AP scores signify how qualified processing of additional score reports is $25 per report.
students are to receive college credit or placement. The
final score is reported on a 5-point scale:
5 = extremely well qualified
Additional Score Reporting
4 = well qualified Services
Students can request the following services by visiting
3 = qualified
apstudent.collegeboard.org/services, printing and
2 = possibly qualified completing the appropriate form, and sending it to
AP Services by mail or fax. A signature from the
1 = no recommendation
student or the student’s parent/guardian is required
The AP Program periodically conducts studies to on all forms.
compare the performance of AP students with the
performance of college students in parallel courses. Score Withholding
For most AP subjects, results indicate that: For $10 per score, per college, a student may request
that one or more scores be withheld from a score report.
ᎰᎰ AP Exam scores of 5 are equivalent to grades of A+ and
To withhold a score from the college indicated on a
A in the corresponding college course.
student’s registration answer sheet, AP Services must
ᎰᎰ AP Exam scores of 4 are equivalent to grades of A-, receive the student’s form, with payment, by June 15,
B+, and B in college. 2017, to withhold scores from the 2017 administration.
ᎰᎰ AP Exam scores of 3 are equivalent to grades of B-, To withhold a score from a college other than the one
C+, and C in college. indicated on the registration answer sheet, there is no
deadline, but the student must include payment to send
the score report to the school from which he or she is
AP Score Reporting withholding the score.
AP score reports are available in July to the college Once a withhold is requested, the score will be
designated on the student’s registration answer sheet, to withheld from any future score reports sent to that
the student, and to the student’s secondary school and college. A request to withhold a score does not
district. Individual student score reports are cumulative permanently delete a student’s score; all exam scores,
and include scores for all the AP Exams a student has even those withheld from score reports sent to
ever taken, unless the student has requested that one or colleges, are sent to the student and his or her high
more scores be withheld from a college or canceled. The school. A student can later release the score to the
AP Program does not provide a breakdown of any scores, college indicated on the score withholding form by
including the number of correct and incorrect responses sending AP Services a signed written request. There is
for the multiple-choice section or scores for the individual no charge to release scores, but the student must pay
questions of the free-response section. the fee to have the score sent.
Most AP score reports are available in July. Some
reports take longer to process because of issues with Score Cancellation
identification information or the late arrival of materials If a student requests cancellation of an AP Exam score,
from the testing location. Students whose score reports that score is deleted permanently from the student’s
are not available by Sept. 1 should contact AP Services record and can never be retrieved. There is no fee for
for Students by email or phone. score cancellation, and the exam fee is not refunded.
Scores may be canceled at any time. However, for
scores not to appear on the score report that will be
Reports and Services for sent to the college indicated on the registration answer
sheet, AP Services must receive the student’s form by
Students June 15, 2017. As an alternative to mailing or faxing
Students can view their AP scores online beginning in the Score Cancellation form to AP Services, a student
early July. At that time they are able to view and send may provide his or her completed form to you, the
scores from the current year and previous years’ exams. AP coordinator, to include in your exam shipment (if
supplied prior to packing cartons).
On the first AP answer sheet students fill out (their
registration answer sheet), they can indicate a college or
university to receive their score report for free. If students
72
Free-Response Booklets Multiple-Choice Rescore Service

For a fee of $10 per booklet, a student can obtain For a fee of $30 per exam, a student may request to
his or her free-response booklets from the 2017 exam have his or her multiple-choice answer sheet rescored
administration. Note: For European History, U.S. by hand. This score and the free-response score are
History, and World History the fee of $10 will obtain then appropriately weighted and combined. The
both the free-response booklet and short-answer resulting score is converted to an AP score and
response booklet. No comments, corrections, or scores compared with the originally reported score. In the
are included. A student’s request must be received event of a difference, the new score will prevail, and
by Sept. 15 of the year in which the student took the all score recipients will be notified. The free-response
exam. If requested, typed student responses from section is not rescored. Studio Art portfolios are not
the free-response portions of the AP Chinese and reevaluated. Because AP scores of 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5
Japanese Exams will be reproduced on paper and represent the composite of a student’s performance on
mailed to students for a fee of $10 per exam. Note: the two exam sections, raw scores for the individual
Booklets for exams whose free-response questions multiple-choice or free-response sections are not
are not released on the College Board website two available. A student’s request must be received by
days after the exam (e.g., late-testing exams) are Oct. 31 of the year in which the student took the exam.
not available.
ONLINE SCORE REPORTS FOR SCHOOLS
Report Name and Description Who can see it?

Administrator AP Teacher
AP Instructional Planning Report: Compares students’ performance in the Yes* Yes*
multiple-choice and free-response sections and on specific topics in each AP Exam to
the performance of all students, helping teachers target areas for increased attention
and focus in the curriculum.
Subject Score Roster: Available for each AP subject at your school, listing all Yes* Yes*
students and their AP scores in that subject.
School Score Roster: Lists all AP students at your school who tested during a Yes N/A
specific administration and their AP scores.
School Scholar Roster: Shows all AP students at your school who earned an AP Yes N/A
Scholar Award, and their AP Exam scores.
Student Score Report: Contains individual, cumulative reports for all AP students at Yes N/A
your school, listing scores for each AP Exam taken.
Score Reporting Services

Student Datafile: A downloadable file that contains student score report data for each Yes N/A
AP student who tested during a specific exam administration. This information can be
uploaded to other systems, for internal analysis and planning. Instructions for formatting
the files for MS Excel are available at www.collegeboard.org/apdatafile.
Current Year Score Summary: Shows the total number of each AP score (1 to 5) for Yes N/A
each AP subject offered at a school.
Five-Year School Score Summary: Contains five years of data at the school, state, Yes N/A
and global levels. It also provides subject-specific summaries of total exams, scores,
and mean scores.
School Summary by Student Demographics: Summarizes AP Exams at your Yes N/A
school by students’ grade level, race/ethnicity, gender, and fee reduction status.
Comparisons include number of exams, score, mean score, and standard deviation.
School Summary with Comparable Groups: Compares AP Exams at your school Yes N/A
to those of comparable groups (i.e., state, nation, global). Comparisons include
number of exams, score, mean score, and standard deviation.
AP Equity and Excellence Report: Displays the percentages of your school’s entire Yes N/A
10th-, 11th-, and 12th-grade classes who scored a 3 or higher on at least one AP
Exam, and the percentage of the senior class that scored a 3 or higher on at least one
AP Exam during high school.
College and University Totals: Lists which colleges and universities received your Yes N/A
students’ AP scores.
*If your school has AP teachers with multiple class sections or multiple teachers teaching the same AP subject, you and your teachers can view subject score
rosters and AP Instructional Planning Reports at the class section or teacher level. For more information, see “Viewing Data by Class Section” on the next page.
73
Reports and Services minus those requested by students; schools cannot limit
their order to booklets of certain students or certain
for Schools exams. Note: Booklets for exams whose free-response
content is not released on the College Board website
Online Score Reports two days after the exam (e.g., late-testing exams) are
not available.
The table on the previous page lists the reports and
rosters available through the Online Reports for The fee is based on the number of booklets received
Educators website (scores.collegeboard.org), and the by the school: $60 for 1–20 booklets, $120 for 21–50
authorized staff members at schools who have access booklets, $180 for 51–100 booklets, and $300 for more
to each of them. Authorized school administrators can than 100 booklets.
access all the reports for their schools. AP teachers
The deadline for ordering booklets is Sept. 15. Schools
have access to score reports for the subjects they are
will be billed in late September, when the orders are
authorized through the AP Course Audit to teach.
processed. The booklets are sent to schools between
For more information about online score reports, visit October and January.
www.collegeboard.org/apeducatorscores. Tips on using
the Online Reports for Educators website are available Viewing Data by Class Section
at www.collegeboard.org/apscorestips.
If your school has AP teachers with multiple class
sections or multiple teachers teaching the same
Additional Score Reporting Services AP subject, you and your teachers can get subject
In addition to the score reports available automatically score rosters and AP Instructional Planning Reports
online, schools can order score report labels and free- at the class section or teacher level. This view of
response booklets at www.collegeboard.org/school. the data gives your teachers a direct view into the
performance of their individual classes, enabling
Score Labels them to analyze the strengths and weaknesses of
Individual schools may order their students’ scores on their curricula. To enable this feature, your school
pressure-sensitive labels that attach easily to student must designate section numbers on students’
records. Each label contains the student’s name, answer sheets during the exam administration.
Social Security number (if provided by the student) or
This feature helps your school control who sees
birth date, the AP Exams taken, the years in which
student scores when more than one teacher teaches
the exams were taken, and the scores received. The
an AP subject. If your school does not designate
deadline for ordering labels is June 1 and the cost is
sections, all data will be grouped by AP subject
$100 per set. The labels are sent in mid-July.
only. This means that if your school has two AP U.S.
Maintaining Student Privacy and History teachers and you do not designate sections,
the Confidentiality of AP Scores students in both classes will be combined into a
Only students have the right to forward their AP scores single subject roster and a single AP Instructional
to colleges and universities. Therefore, schools should Planning Report, which both of your AP U.S.
use caution in affixing AP score labels to transcripts History teachers will be able to view online.
or other records that will be sent to these institutions. For more information, visit www.collegeboard.org/
Affixing score labels to transcripts can result in a apsections. For instructions on how to designate class
violation of students’ rights and may expose schools sections, see page 66 of this manual.
to potential lawsuits. To avoid this possibility, the AP
Program strongly suggests that schools institute one of
the following procedures:
Online Reporting Information
ᎰᎰ Affix the AP score label to the back of the transcript Online Reports for Educators Website:
and copy only the front of the transcript when sending scores.collegeboard.org
it to colleges.
ᎰᎰ Have students sign a release permitting the school to About Online Score Reports for Educators:
put the score report label on the front of the transcript. www.collegeboard.org/apeducatorscores
Keep the signed releases with students’ files. Tips for Using the Reports Website:
www.collegeboard.org/apscorestips
Free-Response Booklets
Schools may request their students’ free-response Downloading and Formatting the Student Datafile:
booklets, along with typed student responses from the www.collegeboard.org/apdatafile
free-response portions of the AP Chinese and Japanese Designating Class Sections:
Exams. No comments, corrections, or scores are www.collegeboard.org/apsections
included. Schools that plan to make this request should
note that their order includes the entire school’s booklets
74
Exams that Require Special Preparation
Exams that Require Special Preparation

Some AP Exams require special equipment, planning, 76 Exams for Students with Disabilities
and preparation. Everyone involved in administering 92 AP Computer Science Principles
the exams (AP coordinators, proctors, etc.) should read
the information in this manual, the subject-specific 94 AP French, German, Italian, and Spanish
Language and Culture Exams
instructions in the 2016-17 AP Exam Instructions
book, and the instructions that accompany any other 100 AP Spanish Literature and Culture Exam
exam materials prior to the exam administration. 101 AP Music Theory Exam
Proctors and teachers should practice the procedures
105 AP Studio Art Exams
with students before the actual exam. This will
help proctors and students become familiar with 109 AP Chinese and Japanese Exams on CD
the format of the exam and the equipment that
will be used. Practice materials are available on
AP Central and in the College Board Store.
Although AP teachers may not proctor these exams,
they should meet with proctors ahead of time to
familiarize them with the exam format and the
operation of special equipment.
75
Exams for Students with Disabilities
IN THIS SECTION: approved accommodations. The new school must

ᎰᎰ Requesting accommodations and ordering exams for verify that the student continues to receive the
students with disabilities same accommodations. The student and parent
are responsible for apprising the new school of the
ᎰᎰ Types of accommodations student’s previous eligibility.
ᎰᎰ Extended timing
If a student requests additional or different
ᎰᎰ Completing the Nonstandard Administration Report accommodations, the school must submit an
(NAR) Accommodations Change Request Form to SSD with
supporting documentation and wait for approval of
the request. For example, a student whose disability
Submitting Requests requires an accommodation of extended time for
for Accommodations speaking (Section II, Part B of the AP world language
and culture exams) or sight-singing (Section II, Part B
Students with documented disabilities may be eligible
of the AP Music Theory Exam) may need to request
for accommodations on AP Exams. However, in order
this accommodation for the first time or in addition
to take an AP Exam with accommodations, a student
to previously requested extended time for reading,
must be approved for accommodations by the College
writing, or math. SSD coordinators can use SSD Online
Board’s Services for Students with Disabilities (SSD)
to submit an Accommodations Change Request.
office. Providing accommodations to students without
College Board approval will result in cancellation of If a student under age 18 wishes to forgo College
these students’ scores. Board–approved accommodations on AP Exams,
schools should obtain, prior to exam day, a signed
All students, including those with IEPs and 504 plans,
statement from the student’s parent or guardian
must submit an accommodations request. Most
acknowledging this waiver. This statement should be
accommodations that are included in a student’s IEP
kept on file at the school.
or 504 plan are approved upon request; some may
require documentation to be submitted. Because of For complete information on SSD eligibility,
administration differences between AP Exams and contact SSD or go to www.collegeboard.org/ssd.
classroom tests, some requested accommodations may AP-specific information is available at
need to be modified. www.collegeboard.org/apssd.
SSD ONLINE
Disabilities Accommodations Management System Submission Deadline
SSD coordinators submit, track, and manage Requests for accommodations and, when required,
requests for accommodations through SSD Online. complete documentation, should be submitted by
For information on how to access and use SSD February 17. Requests should be submitted as early as
Online, visit www.collegeboard.org/ssdonline. possible so that they can be reviewed and processed
before the exam ordering deadlines.
Once approved for accommodations, with some
exceptions, a student remains approved across
all College Board programs (AP, PSAT 10, PSAT/ Assistance for Temporary
NMSQT, and SAT®) and does not need to submit Physical or Medical Conditions
another accommodations request. However, it is
A student who has a temporary medical or physical
critical that students and schools clearly identify
condition (e.g., a broken hand) may request temporary
the accommodations needed for the AP, PSAT 10,
assistance if it is needed in order to complete the exam.
PSAT/NMSQT, and SAT. These tests have different
This process should be used only for students who do
components and testing conditions, and what may be
not have a disability but who need temporary support
appropriate for one test may not apply to another test.
in order to test. Follow these procedures to request
(For example, a student who is approved for extended
temporary support:
time for math only would not receive extended time for
AP English Literature and Composition.) Additionally, 1. Iftemporary support is needed, a school representative
some accommodations are administered differently should navigate to www.collegeboard.org/ssd, select the
across College Board programs. For example, for AP, link for Forms and then print out the Temporary Support
a student who is approved for extended time will not Request Form. This should be done as soon as it is known
automatically be provided extra breaks. A student that temporary assistance is needed.
requiring extra breaks must apply for that specific 2. Information must be completed by:
accommodation for AP Exams. ፊፊ The school
Note: If a student who was previously approved ፊፊ The parents or guardians
for accommodations by the College Board changes ፊፊ The student’s physician
schools, the SSD coordinator at the new school can
use SSD Online to submit a request to continue the
76
3. The
form must then be faxed to the College Board at
973-735-1900 for review and determination of the
Types of Accommodations
appropriate temporary support for the student. Proctors administering exams for students with
disabilities must be knowledgeable about the

4. TheCollege Board will make a determination as to what
specific accommodations for which the students have
assistance is appropriate, if any, and notify the school
been approved. Coordinators and proctors should
as to whether assistance may be provided. Assistance
discuss total exam time, lunch arrangements, and
approved under the temporary support process is valid
any special concerns with the students prior to the
only for the specific exams for which it is approved.
start of the exam.
Readers, Sign Language Interpreters,

Ordering Exams for Students and Writers
with Disabilities A trained reader or writer may assist in the exam
Students with documented disabilities may require administration if a student requires it and if the College
exams in nonstandard formats, such as braille or large- Board SSD office has approved the accommodation.
type. For every braille exam ordered, a corresponding
Students who are deaf or hard of hearing may be
print version will be included in the braille exam
approved for a written copy of the spoken test directions
package.
and, for students taking an AP Exam in world languages
Guidelines for readers and writers and for and cultures, a copy of the script for the audio parts.
administering other testing accommodations are If approved, they may also have a sign language
available in the AP SSD Guidelines booklet, included in interpreter translate test directions from spoken English.
your shipment of nonstandard format exams. Contact The reader, interpreter, or writer must not be a relative
SSD for a copy of this document or download a PDF of or a close friend of the student, anyone involved in
the Guidelines at www.collegeboard.org/apdownloads. tutoring or preparing the student for the AP Exam, a
prospective candidate for the exam, or the AP course
ᎰᎰ If a student has been approved for accommodations but
teacher. A sign language interpreter may assist only in
will still be using a regular-format exam, order that
translating spoken directions and may not sign the exam.
student’s exam online, as you would any other
AP Exam. Assistants may assist only one student at a time;
ᎰᎰ Braille, 14- or 20-point large-type exams, and large block assisted students must be tested in separate rooms.
answer sheets must be ordered online. The reader, sign language interpreter, or writer should
be instructed on exam security and how to proceed
ᎰᎰ If you order large-type exams, large-block answer sheets
during the exam administration. Prior to the exam,
will be included in your shipment. Order large-block
the student should also discuss with his or her reader,
answer sheets separately only if your students require
sign language interpreter, or writer how best to work
them for use with regular-format exams.
together. A reader and writer for the AP Music Theory
ᎰᎰ Master CDs for the Music Theory, Spanish Literature Exam must be fluent in describing and writing music
and Culture, and French, German, Italian, and Spanish notation but may not be the AP teacher. A reader and
Language and Culture Exams should be ordered writer for the exams in AP Chinese, French, German,
for each student testing with extended time, or for Italian, Japanese, or Spanish Language and Culture
accommodations that require testing in a separate or Spanish Literature and Culture must be fluent in
setting. Consult the Audio Materials table on page 28. English as well as in the appropriate language but may
SSD coordinators should work with AP coordinators to not be the AP teacher.
ensure that these materials are included in the online
order for regular-format exams. ORDERING/RETURNING READER COPIES
ᎰᎰ If a student has been approved to have a printed copy Important: The additional copy of an exam needed
of the listening, writing, or speaking scripts for the AP for a reader during an exam administration must be
world language and culture exams or large-type exams ordered online at the time of the school’s regular
other than 14- or 20-point, or is approved for limited-time exam order. The unused exam fee will not be
(multiple-day) testing, order these materials using the charged for this copy. To waive the charge, you need
order form for these formats available on the AP Exam to simply note the use of a reader copy as “unused”
Ordering website. These materials can only be ordered on the Packing List when returning the exam to AP
with this order form. To ensure the timely delivery of Services. When generating your invoice, you will
these exams, please order these formats as early as see a request to note how many reader copies you
possible. The preferred date to order these materials is used; the unused exam credit will automatically be
February 17. applied to your invoice.
ᎰᎰ Practice materials in braille are available for exams.
Students should ask their AP coordinator to contact SSD if
Braille is needed. Use of Aids — Approved/Not Approved
Note: Schools must notify SSD immediately if there May Be Approved:
are any students approved for accommodations who
plan to take the AP Chinese or Japanese Exams. Refer ᎰᎰ If a student is approved for accommodations that would
to pages 116–117 for information on AP Chinese or permit the student to bring an item into the exam room
Japanese testing accommodations. (e.g., food/medication, magnifier, colored overlay), the
object/device should be inspected prior to the exam to
ensure that no prohibited information is brought into the
exam room. It should also be inspected after the exam to
ensure that no exam questions leave the exam room.
77
ᎰᎰ A computer or other software or hardware accommodation his or her own computer, or that of a family member. Only
may be approved in certain instances. The use of a school-owned laptops are allowed.
computer must be approved by the College Board SSD
ᎰᎰ The use of books, compasses, dictionaries, and notes
Office. The student must submit documentation of his or
is prohibited.
her need for the computer to the College Board SSD Office
by Feb. 17. ᎰᎰ Please note that the fact that English is a student’s
ፊፊ When students are approved for the use of a computer, second language is not considered a disability, nor is it an
they are approved only for the use of a word processor, exception to the prohibited use of a dictionary.
for essays only. Other applications, software,
or assistive technology may not be used unless Exam Rooms for Students with Disabilities
specifically approved by the College Board. Students Students approved for accommodations that include
should be monitored to ensure that a computer is not a reader, a writer, or equipment that might disturb
being used to access information or to remove exam others, or students taking the same exam with varying
questions from the room. Students are not allowed to
amounts of extended time, must be seated in separate
bring in or use any reference material for any exam.
rooms. Try to designate several rooms for this purpose.
ፊፊ Students approved for testing with a computer A proctor must be in each room at all times. Rooms
for world language and culture exams must use an should be checked for proper lighting, suitable desks
English language keyboard. or tables, and noise level. All the requested equipment
ፊፊ Students may use the keyboard commands for (CD players, computers, etc.) should be pretested and
accents that they have been using all year for working. The examinee should be seated in view of the
their schoolwork. Alternatively, the student must proctor and not in the flow of traffic or noisy doorways.
handwrite accent marks on a paper printout after
Students who request large-type exams should be
the exam.
placed in the back of the testing room to minimize
ፊፊ Students requesting accommodations for computer use opportunities for cheating.
for science or math exams should be using a computer
currently for these courses.
Transcribing Student Responses Written in
ᎰᎰ Calculators are required or permitted for some parts Braille, on Computer, or for Students
of the AP Biology, Calculus, Chemistry, Physics, and
Approved to Circle Answers in the
Statistics Exams. See pages 46–49 for more information
Exam Booklet
on the calculator policies for these exams. Students
taking a Braille AP Calculus AB or AP Calculus BC Exam Unless otherwise approved, electronic Braille writers/
are expected to have a nongraphing scientific calculator notetakers, such as a Braille Note, may be used for
available for use. They will not need a graphing calculator essay writing and math calculations only (manual braille
although a graphing calculator is permitted. writers may be used for all test sections). An electronic
braille writer may not be connected to any network (i.e.,
ᎰᎰ Rulers and straightedges may be used on AP Physics 1,
you must disable all network connections, including
Physics 2, and both Physics C Exams (protractors
ethernet); however, it must be connected to a monitor
are not allowed); students who wish to use rulers
so that the proctor can see what the student is typing.
and straightedges on other exams must have this
The electronic Braille writer may not be the student’s
accommodation approved by the College Board
personal computer or a computer of any member of his
prior to testing.
or her family. All unapproved aids, such as the spell
ᎰᎰ Magnifiers/magnifying machines must not have any check/grammar check, are not allowed and must be
capabilities for recording, storage, snapshot, and/or disabled. All essays must be printed out according
transmission of data, picture, text, or other information. to the guidelines outlined in the AP SSD Guidelines
The magnifier/magnifying machine may not be connected booklet. All written responses must be deleted from
to any network (i.e., you must disable all network the equipment following successful printout.
connections, including ethernet), and must not be used
to remove test questions from the room. Any computer or If a student cannot record responses directly onto
monitor connected to the magnifier/magnifying machine the AP answer sheet or free-response booklet, a
cannot copy, store, or print the magnified images. All Perkins brailler or a computer may be used, and/
unapproved aids and/or assists are not allowed and must or responses may be dictated to a writer who will
be disabled. record the student’s comments verbatim as he or
she takes the exam. These accommodations must
Not Approved:
be approved by SSD prior to the exams, and only
ᎰᎰ Computer functionality and software: The spell check, answer sheets provided by the AP Program will
grammar check, word prediction, and cut and paste be scored.
features generally are not approved accommodations
It is critical that each student’s multiple-choice
and, therefore, are not to be used for College Board
answers are legibly transcribed onto the answer
tests. Students should be advised that they may not use
sheet, regardless of the method initially used to
these functions, and students using computers should
record the student’s responses. If a student is
be monitored to prevent their use. Computers may
approved to write answers in the multiple-choice
not be connected to any network (disable all network
booklet, the proctor must transcribe the student’s
connections, including ethernet). A student may not use
answers onto an answer sheet. Multiple-choice
booklets with circled responses will not be scored.
78
Make sure that each student has completed all of the ᎰᎰ Determining Scheduled Breaks in Exam Sections.
identification information fields on the answer sheet. Multiple-choice sections are generally not more than
1 hour and 30 minutes (standard time). If the multiple-
If a student completed the free-response section using a

choice section includes parts (generally two), the break
computer or Perkins brailler, be sure that each response
can be set between the parts. If there are no designated
begins on a new page, and that the following appears at
parts, advise the student when he or she has completed
the top of each page:
half of the total time, including extended time for the
ᎰᎰ The title of the exam multiple-choice section; allow the student to decide if he
ᎰᎰ The question number or she would like to complete the question before taking a
ᎰᎰ One of the student’s AP number labels (or written AP break. Break time is not included in the total testing time.
number). Important: No other identifying information, Free-response sections are divided into parts or
such as teacher name, student name, or high school questions for which breaks can be determined quite
name, is to be placed on these pages. easily. For example, Comparative Government and
Politics includes eight questions, in which Questions
ᎰᎰ If the student chooses not to provide a response to a free- 1–5, Question 6, and Questions 7–8 could be separated
response question, this should be indicated with the text by a series of breaks.
“No Response” at the top of the corresponding page.
ᎰᎰ Breaks “As Needed.” Some students’ medical conditions
Also:
require unscheduled breaks. When a student is approved
ᎰᎰ Transcribe all essays produced in Braille into a computer for breaks “as needed,” they may break during any
and print them out. section of the exam. Most students’ needs are met
ᎰᎰ Securely staple all the responses to the first page in the with a 10-minute break. However, if a student requests
student’s free-response booklet. Failure to do so may lead additional time, grant the request, within reason. This
to the loss of responses. time does not count toward testing time.
ᎰᎰ Do not send disks with the exams. Taking Exams with Extended Time Only
ᎰᎰ Delete all responses written in Braille or on computer AP Exams for students taking regular-format AP exams
from the equipment immediately following successful with extended time only must be ordered through the
transcription and printout. online ordering system. Students must be preapproved by
ᎰᎰ Return these materials in the Nonstandard Administration the College Board before test day. The roster available on
Report return envelope. SSD Online and the individual letters to students indicate
the percentage of extended time the student is allowed
Rest Breaks for the exam. Use the tables on pages 81–88 to determine
Unless approved as an accommodation by the College the appropriate 50 percent or 100 percent extended
Board, students with disabilities receive breaks of the testing time for each part of an AP Exam. Unlike other
same number and duration as other students. Follow College Board programs, AP allows students to self-pace
these guidelines for scheduled and unscheduled breaks during individual parts of an exam.
during testing.
Determining Extended Time
Accommodated Breaks Students can be approved for up to five types of
ᎰᎰ Additional Scheduled Break Time. Students with extended time:
disabilities may be approved for extra and/or extended
ᎰᎰ Reading
breaks. Scheduled breaks are to be given between
designated exam parts, sets of multiple-choice questions, ᎰᎰ Writing
or individual free-response questions or problems. Since ᎰᎰ Listening (can only be used with the AP Music Theory;
each AP Exam is different, the AP coordinator and Spanish Literature and Culture; Chinese, French, German,
SSD coordinator should consult the 2016-17 AP Exam Italian, Japanese, and Spanish Language and Culture
Instructions book for more information. Exams; see following for details)
Students approved for extra breaks are to be given ᎰᎰ Speaking or Sight-Singing (can only be used with the
5 minutes between the parts that do not already have AP Music Theory; French, German, Italian, and Spanish
scheduled breaks. Students approved for extended Language and Culture Exams; see following for details)
breaks should be given twice the time of regularly
ᎰᎰ Mathematical Calculations
scheduled breaks. Students approved for extra and
extended breaks should be given 10 minutes between Extended testing time is allowed only for the part(s) or
each exam part. If students ask to resume testing sooner, section(s) of the exam for which the student has been
they may, but proctors should not prompt students to approved based on his or her disability. After a student
end their breaks early. has been approved by the College Board’s SSD Office, the
approved status will appear in the student roster on SSD
Online; the student will also receive a letter specifying
the exact accommodations granted. This roster and the
student’s letter each indicate the percentage of extended
time the student is allowed. Students are expected
to bring their Accommodations Letters to each exam
administration to verify their accommodations.
79
SSD coordinators, proctors, and students should Determining Extended Time for the
discuss the administration of the exam in advance so AP Exams in French, German, Italian, or Spanish
that students are clear about the parts or sections for Language and Culture, Spanish Literature and
which they may use extended time. By the date of the Culture, or Music Theory
AP administration, students should be familiar with all
Note that the world language exams (French, German,
aspects of the exam and, optimally, will have taken an AP
Italian, and Spanish Language & Culture, and Spanish
Released Exam or AP Practice Exam under extended time
Literature and Culture) and the Music Theory exam do
conditions. Note that more than one proctor per testing
not offer master CDs with embedded extended time
room may be required to aid students in tracking time
due to the varied needs of students with disabilities.
and to help administer the speaking part of an exam.
The Chinese and Japanese Language and Culture
Extended Time for Reading Periods exams do have 50 percent and 100 percent extended
time embedded in the exam CDs since the entire exam
When determining extended time for AP Exams
is administered on computer.
with reading periods, it is important for AP and SSD
coordinators and proctors to understand that the Determining the right amount of extended time for the
reading period must be included as part of the overall AP Exams in certain AP world language and culture
Section II exam timing, but it is not required that exams (French, German, Italian, Spanish), Spanish
students use it to the fullest extent. Literature and Culture, or Music Theory is additionally
complex because these exams are composed of several
Students are advised to take advantage of the reading
parts that test different skills.
period to plan what they will write, but they may begin
writing their responses before the reading period is It is important for AP and SSD coordinators and
over. proctors to understand that the formats of each
of the AP Exams in world languages and cultures
As students are working through the exam, proctors
vary. Extended testing time should be administered
should signal students when the extended time is nearing
according to the tables on pages 81–84 and the
the end. If a student chooses to move on to the next
instructions for that exam.
part before the end, no additional time will be allowed
for that part or section. Students should be cautioned to
Note: Master audio CDs should be ordered for each student
use time appropriately based on the time needed and testing with extended time. Consult the Audio Materials
the weighting of the parts of the exam. Students need to table on page 28. SSD coordinators should work with AP
practice good time management to prevent running coordinators to order these materials when they order
out of time to answer questions. regular-format exams online. The following steps and the
accompanying tables will help determine how much extended
Note: The SSD coordinator should contact SSD by phone or time to give a student on each part of an AP Exam in world
email if there are any questions about testing with extended languages and cultures, Spanish Literature and Culture, or
time. Music Theory.
Limited-Time (Multiple-Day) Testing Step 1: Ask your school’s SSD coordinator to sign in to
SSD Online and print a Nonstandard Administration
For cases in which students are approved for
Report (NAR) for each student who has received
limited-time (multiple-day) testing, the school’s SSD
approval for extended time. The NAR indicates which
coordinator must contact the SSD office to make
of the four types of extended time (reading, writing,
arrangements and obtain instructions for proper
listening, and sight-singing or speaking) have been
exam administration. See page 19 for information on
approved and the percentage of extended time
ordering exams for limited-time (multiple-day) testing.
approved for each type.
Generally, in these cases, the free-response section is
administered the first day. The multiple-choice section, Step 2: Following this page are separate tables for AP
which will be an alternate form of the exam, will be French, German, Italian, and Spanish Language and
administered on the second day. However, requests Culture, Spanish Literature and Culture, and Music
must be received by the deadline date of Feb. 17, and Theory. Use the appropriate table to determine the
approval must be granted prior to testing. At that time, amount of extended time to grant to a student on each
testing arrangements should be finalized, and the exam part of that specific exam. Note that the extended time
forms should be ordered. tables for AP Chinese and Japanese Exams reflect
timing that is embedded in the Exam CD. The timing
Note: The SSD coordinator should contact SSD by phone or cannot be altered by part or section.
email if students who are approved for limited-time (multiple-
day) testing choose not to test. Step 3: To help your proctors know how much time
to give each student, the NAR has spaces for you to
enter the amount of time approved for each part of
the exam. A NAR must be completed for each exam a
student takes with extended time. If needed, a blank
form can be downloaded from www.collegeboard.org/
apdownloads. A NAR must be completed and returned
for all students approved for accommodations, but
the timing record is required only for students
approved for extended time.
80
Extended Time Guidelines for AP Exams in French, for Part A of Section I, but should receive 50 percent
German, Italian, and Spanish Language and Culture, extended time, approximately 1 hour and
Spanish Literature and Culture, and Music Theory: 23 minutes, for Part B of Section I. Jane may self-
pace and the proctor may pause between tracks

ᎰᎰ If a student has approval for two or three types of
throughout the section. In all, her available testing
extended time within a single part of the exam, the
time on Section I may not exceed 2 hours and
student simply receives one of the amounts of approved
3 minutes (40 minutes for Part A and 1 hour and
extended time, whichever is greatest.
23 minutes for Part B). In Section II of the exam, Jane
Example: Robert has been approved for 50 percent should receive approximately 1 hour and 45 minutes
extended time for reading and 100 percent extended for Part A and approximately 27 minutes for Part B,
time for listening. He is taking AP German Language since both parts involve listening. This extended time
and Culture. Since both reading and listening can be applied in Section II by pausing the CDs after
accommodations apply to Part A of Section I, Robert the audio stimulus is played.
should received 100 percent extended time on that part
ᎰᎰ A student is not required to use all of the extended time
since it is the greater of the two approved extended
allowed for one part. However, once the student begins
times.
the next part of the exam, any remaining time from the
ᎰᎰ A student does not need approval for all of the types of previous part cannot be used.
extended time associated with a part in order to receive
Example: Using the example above, suppose Jane
extended time on that part. So long as the student has
completes Part A in 20 minutes. Jane can begin
been approved for one of the types of extended time
Part B immediately if she chooses, but she will not be
associated with a part, that student should be given
allowed to add the unused 20 minutes from Part A to
extended time in that part.
Part B.
ᎰᎰ Master audio CDs do not include extended time. Proctors
ᎰᎰ A student who is approved for extended time is not also
can apply extended time to master CDs by pausing
approved for repetition of aural stimuli unless the student
between tracks or after the audio stimulus is played.
has a documented disability that requires the repetition
Including pauses, extended time may not exceed the
of aural stimuli and has been approved by the College
student’s authorized time for the part. Proctors must
Board for this accommodation. Note: The option to repeat
allow students to pace themselves.
stimuli is NOT available for AP Chinese and Japanese
Example: Jane’s only approved accommodation is Exams on CD.
50 percent extended listening time. If she is taking the
AP French Language and Culture Exam, she should
receive the standard time, 40 minutes,
Extended Time Tables for the AP Exams in French, German, Italian, or Spanish Language and
Culture, Spanish Literature and Culture, or Music Theory
AP FRENCH LANGUAGE AND CULTURE EXAM (EXAM CODE 48)

Type of Approved Extended Time Standard Total Time 50% Extended Time 100% Extended Time
Section I: Multiple Choice
Part A Reading 40 min. 1 hr. 1 hr. 20 min.
Part B Listening; Reading  Approx. 55 min. Approx. 1 hr. 23 min. Approx. 1 hr. 50 min. 
Section II: Free Response
Part A Listening; Reading; Writing Approx. 1 hr. 10 min. Approx. 1 hr. 45 min. Approx. 2 hr. 20 min. 
Part B Listening; Reading; Speaking Approx. 18 min. Approx. 27 min. Approx. 36 min.
TOTAL Approx. 3 hr. 3 min.
Note: For French Language and Culture, questions in Section II, Part B require students to provide oral responses.
In this part, students are limited to short responses that should not exceed the time allotted on the master CD
(20 seconds or two minutes, depending on the task). If a student is approved for extended time for this part, the
extended time should be used for preparing responses, not for creating responses that are longer than requested.
81
AP GERMAN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE EXAM (EXAM CODE 55)

Note: For German Language and Culture, questions in Section II, Part B require students to provide oral responses.
AP ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE EXAM (EXAM CODE 62)

Section I: Multiple Choice      
Part A Reading; Listening Approx. 25 min. Approx. 38 min. Approx. 50 min.
Part B Reading  55 min. 1 hr. 23 min. 1 hr. 50 min. 
Section II: Free Response      
Note: For Italian Language and Culture, questions in Section II, Part B require students to provide oral responses.
AP SPANISH LANGUAGE AND CULTURE EXAM (EXAM CODE 87)

Part B Listening; Reading Approx. 55 min. Approx. 1 hr. 23 min. Approx. 1 hr. 50 min.
Part A Listening; Reading; Writing Approx. 1 hr. 10 min. Approx. 1 hr. 45 min. Approx. 2 hr. 20 min.
Note: For Spanish Language and Culture, questions in Section II, Part B require students to respond to recorded
stimuli. In this part, students are limited to short responses that should not exceed the time allotted on the master
CD (20 seconds or two minutes, depending on the task). If a student is approved for extended time for this part, the
82
AP SPANISH LITERATURE AND CULTURE EXAM (EXAM CODE 89)


Part A Listening; Reading Approx. 20 min. Approx. 30 min. Approx. 40 min.
Part B Reading 1 hr. 1 hr. 30 min. 2 hr.
Reading; Writing 1 hr. 40 min. 2 hr. 30 min. 3 hr. 20 min.
TOTAL Approx. 3 hr.
AP MUSIC THEORY EXAM (EXAM CODE 75)
Part A Listening; Reading Approx. 45 min. Approx. 1 hr. 7 min. Approx. 1 hr. 29 min.
Part B Reading  35 min. 53 min. 1 hr. 10 min. 
Part A Listening; Reading; Writing Approx. 24 min. Approx. 36 min. Approx. 48 min.
Reading; Writing 45 min. 1 hr. 8 min. 1 hr. 30 min.
Part B Reading; Sight-Singing Approx. 10 min. 15 min. per student 20 min. per student
per student
TOTAL Approx. 2 hr. 39 min.*
*Depending on number of students testing sight-singing.
Extended Time Tables for the AP Exams in Chinese or Japanese Language and Culture
AP CHINESE LANGUAGE AND CULTURE EXAM (EXAM CODE 28)

Part A Listening; Reading 20 min. 30 min. 40 min.
Part B Reading  1 hr. 1 hr. 30 min. 2 hr.
Part A Reading; Writing 30 min. 45 min. 1 hr. 
Part B Listening; Reading; 11 min. *see below *see below

Speaking
TOTAL Approx. 2 hr.
Times listed are approximate; they estimate the total administration time for each part, taking into account time for reading
directions, moving from question to question, etc.
*Contact SSD for information on testing a student approved for extended time for speaking.
83
AP JAPANESE LANGUAGE AND CULTURE EXAM (EXAM CODE 64)

Part A Listening; Reading 20 min. 30 min. 40 min.
Part B Reading  1 hr. 1 hr. 30 min. 2 hr.
Part A Reading; Writing 30 min. 45 min. 1 hr. 
Part B Listening; Reading; Speaking 10 min. *see below *see below
TOTAL Approx. 2 hr.
Times listed are approximate; they estimate the total administration time for each part, taking into account time for
reading directions, moving from question to question, etc.
*Contact SSD for information on testing a student approved for extended time for speaking.
Extended Time Tables for Other AP Exams (reading, writing, mathematical calculations) have been
approved, and the percentage of extended time approved
The tables that follow should be consulted for
for each type.
determining extended testing time for all other AP
Exams, except Studio Art. Again, you will need to Step 2: Use the appropriate exam table to determine
follow these steps: the amount of extended time to grant to a student on
each part of that specific exam.
Step 1: Ask your school’s SSD coordinator to sign in to
SSD Online and print a Nonstandard Administration Step 3: Enter the amount of time approved for each
Report (NAR) for each student who has received part of the exam. A blank NAR form, if needed, may be
approval for extended time. The NAR indicates which of downloaded from www.collegeboard.org/apdownloads.
the types of extended time appropriate for these exams
AP ART HISTORY EXAM (EXAM CODE 13)

Reading 1 hr. 1 hr. 30 min. 2 hr.
Reading; Writing 2 hr. 3 hr. 4 hr.
TOTAL 3 hr.
AP BIOLOGY EXAM (EXAM CODE 20)

Reading; Mathematical Calculations 1 hr. 30 min. 2 hr. 15 min. 3 hr.
Reading; Mathematical Calculations; Writing 10 min. 15 min. 20 min.
Reading; Mathematical Calculations; Writing 1 hr. 20 min. 2 hr. 2 hr. 40 min.
TOTAL 3 hr.
84
AP CALCULUS AB EXAM (EXAM CODE 66), AP CALCULUS BC EXAM (EXAM CODE 68)

Part A Reading; Mathematical 1 hr. 1 hr. 30 min. 2 hr.

Calculations
Part B Reading; Mathematical 45 min. 1 hr. 8 min. 1 hr. 30 min.

Calculations
Part A Reading; Mathematical 30 min. 45 min. 1 hr.

Calculations; Writing
Part B Reading; Mathematical 1 hr. 1 hr. 30 min. 2 hr.

Calculations; Writing
TOTAL 3 hr. 15 min.
AP CHEMISTRY EXAM (EXAM CODE 25)

Reading; Mathematical Calculations; Writing 1 hr. 45 min. 2 hr. 38 min. 3 hr. 30 min.
TOTAL 3 hr. 15 min.
AP COMPUTER SCIENCE A EXAM (EXAM CODE 31)

Reading 1 hr. 30 min. 2 hr. 15 min. 3 hr.
Reading; Writing 1 hr. 30 min. 2 hr. 15 min. 3 hr.
TOTAL 3 hr.
AP COMPUTER SCIENCE PRINCIPLES (EXAM CODE 32)

Multiple Choice  
Reading 2 hr. 3 hr.  4 hr.
TOTAL 2 hr.
85
AP MACROECONOMICS EXAM (EXAM CODE 35), AP MICROECONOMICS EXAM (EXAM CODE 34)
Reading 1 hr. 10 min. 1 hr. 45 min. 2 hr. 20 min.
Reading; Writing 10 min. 15 min. 20 min.
TOTAL 2 hr. 10 min.
AP ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND COMPOSITION EXAM (EXAM CODE 36)

TOTAL 3 hr. 15 min.
AP ENGLISH LITERATURE AND COMPOSITION EXAM (EXAM CODE 37)

TOTAL 3 hr.
AP ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE EXAM (EXAM CODE 40)

Reading; Writing; Mathematical Calculations 1 hr. 30 min. 2 hr. 15 min. 3 hr.
TOTAL 3 hr.
AP GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS: COMPARATIVE EXAM (EXAM CODE 58),

AP GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS: UNITED STATES EXAM (EXAM CODE 57)
Reading 45 min. 1 hr. 8 min. 1 hr. 30 min.
TOTAL 2 hr. 25 min.
86
AP EUROPEAN HISTORY EXAM (EXAM CODE 43)


Section I, Part A: Multiple Choice      
Reading Period (Optional) 15 min. 23 min. 30 min.
TOTAL 3 hr. 15 min.
AP UNITED STATES HISTORY EXAM (EXAM CODE 07)

Section I, Part A: Multiple Choice      
TOTAL 3 hr. 15 min.
AP WORLD HISTORY EXAM (EXAM CODE 93)

TOTAL 3 hr. 15 min.
AP HUMAN GEOGRAPHY EXAM (EXAM CODE 53)

TOTAL 2 hr. 15 min.
87
AP LATIN EXAM (EXAM CODE 60)

TOTAL 3 hr.
AP PHYSICS 1 EXAM (EXAM CODE 83), AP PHYSICS 2 EXAM (EXAM CODE 84)
Reading; Mathematical Calculations; Writing 1 hr. 30 min. 2 hr. 15 min. 3 hr.
TOTAL 3 hr.
AP PHYSICS C: MECHANICS EXAM (EXAM CODE 80),

AP PHYSICS C: ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM EXAM (EXAM CODE 82)
Reading; Mathematical Calculations 45 min. 1 hr. 8 min. 1 hr. 30 min.
Reading; Mathematical Calculations; Writing 45 min. 1 hr. 8 min. 1 hr. 30 min.
TOTAL 1 hr. 30 min.
AP PSYCHOLOGY EXAM (EXAM CODE 85)

Reading 1 hr. 10 min. 1 hr. 45 min. 2 hr. 20 min.
TOTAL 2 hr.
AP STATISTICS EXAM (EXAM CODE 90)

Reading; Mathematical Calculations; Writing 1 hr. 30 min. 2 hr. 15 min. 3 hr.
TOTAL 3 hr.
88
Completing the Nonstandard 2. The

SSD coordinator reviews each NAR. For students
approved for extended time:
Administration Report Form ፊፊ Review which types of extended time (i.e., reading,

The Nonstandard Administration Report form is writing, mathematical calculations, listening, speaking,
provided for two reasons. Prior to the exam, SSD and/or sight-singing) have been approved, and the
coordinators can note the exact amount of time percentage of extended time approved for each type.
approved for each part or section, by subject and See pages 81–88 for tables listing the standard time as
by type of extended time (this is particularly useful well as 50% and 100% extended testing time for each
for the AP Exams in world languages and cultures, exam.
Spanish Literature and Culture, or Music Theory). ፊፊ Write in the total amount of testing time approved, and
During the exam, proctors should record the actual in the “Approved” column write the approved testing
time that students spend on each part or section time for each part and each section.
of the exam. This information is used for research 3. TheSSD coordinator provides the NARs to the AP
purposes only; the amount of testing time does coordinator. The AP coordinator completes the following
not affect scores — assuming that it is not more fields: Exam Date, AP Number, Exam Code, and Exam
time than approved — and will not be reported. Title.
The Section I Time and Section II Time portions Students approved for accommodations must notify
of the NAR must be completed during the the proctor before the exam if they want to test
administration for students who are approved for without these accommodations. Students under 18
extended time. These timing portions do not need must provide the school with a signed parental waiver
to be completed for students who are not approved accepting this change.
for extended time. If a student is approved for a
break accommodation, the Extra or Extended Break
During the Exam
Time portion of the NAR should be completed.
1. Forstudents approved for extended time and/or extra
A completed NAR form is required for each exam and/or extended breaks, the proctor should record in the
taken with accommodations. If NAR is not returned, “Used” column of each student’s NAR the exact amount
the student’s exam score will be placed on hold. of time used per part, the total time used for each section,
and any additional break times.
Before the Exam 2. The proctor should sign and date where indicated.
1. TheSSD coordinator logs in to SSD Online and generates
an AP NAR for each student taking an AP Exam this After the Exam
year by clicking the “Create Nonstandard Administration
The AP coordinator places completed NARs in the
Report” link on the Dashboard and selecting the “AP”
Nonstandard Administration Report Return Envelope
option.
and includes the envelope in the return exam shipment.
ፊፊ Print extra copies or make photocopies for students See page 68.
taking multiple AP Exams.
ፊፊ If needed, a blank NAR may be downloaded at
www.collegeboard.org/apdownloads.
89
How to Complete the NAR

Example: A student taking the AP German Language and
Culture Exam has been approved by the College Board to test
with 50% extended time for Listening.
Before the administration: Consult the Extended Time Table for German Language and
Culture to identify where the 50% extended time applies. Since Section I: Part B and Section II:
Parts A and B include Listening, the 50% extended time applies to these three parts.
AP GERMAN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE EXAM (EXAM CODE 55)

Part B Listening; Reading; Approx. 18 min.
Approx. 27 min. Approx. 36 min.
Speaking per group
Use this information to fill out the approved testing time in the NAR. You should also fill out the
information on the lines in the form below at this time. Before the administration begins, your
NAR should be completed as shown below.
Timing Record College Board–Approved Total Testing Time 4 hr. 15 min.
Extra or Extended
Section I Time Section II Time Break Time
(in hours and minutes) (in hours and minutes) (in minutes)
Approved Used Approved Used Approved Used

Reading
Period*
Part A 40 min. Part A 1 hr. 45 min. Extra 1:

Part B 1 hr. 23 min. Part B 27 min. Extra 2:
Extra 3:
Total: 2 hr. 3 min. Total: 2 hr. 12 min. Total:
*if applicable
Proctor Signature Date
90
During the administration: As the student is taking the exam, make sure to fill out the actual
used testing time for each part of the exam in which the extended time accommodation applies.

Extra or Extended
Section I Time Section II Time Break Time
(in hours and minutes) (in hours and minutes) (in minutes)
Approved Used Approved Used Approved Used

Reading
Period*
Part A 40 min. 40 min. Part A 1 hr. 45 min. 1 hr. 20 min. Extra 1:

Part B 1 hr. 23 min. 1 hr. 20 min. Part B 27 min. 27 min. Extra 2:
Extra 3:
Total: 2 hr. 3 min. 2 hr. Total: 2 hr. 12 min. 1 hr. 47 min. Total:
*if applicable
Proctor Signature Date
After the administration: Make sure to sign and date the NAR before returning it to AP Services.
See page 68–69 for instructions on returning completed NAR forms.
91
AP Computer Science Principles
The new AP Computer Science Principles (CSP) Performance tasks will be sent for scoring only if the
course and exam launches in 2016-17. The information student has completed all required tasks for final
in this section provides a general overview of the submission in the digital portfolio by April 30th: (1)
responsibilities of the AP coordinator for AP CSP. submit the performance tasks as final, (2) indicate they
are taking the end-of-course exam, and (3) enter their
AP CSP is unique from other courses and exams in
AP number in the digital portfolio.
several ways:
1. The AP CSP assessment consists of two parts: Supporting Independent Study and Home-
ፊፊ Through-course assessment comprised of two Schooled CSP Students
performance tasks that students complete in class,
Students who plan to study independently for the AP
with 20 hours of in-class instruction time.
CSP end-of-course exam without participating in an AP
ፊፊ End-of-course paper and pencil exam with 74 multiple- CSP class at a high school, as well as home-schooled
choice questions that will be administered in May. students, may want to take the end-of-course exam
2. Studentssubmit their performance tasks in the AP at your high school. Coordinators supporting these
Digital Portfolio system, a web-based platform. As an AP students need to perform these additional tasks:
coordinator, you have the ability to monitor the activity in
ᎰᎰ Confirm the number of home-schooled or independent
the digital portfolio, and will need to perform a few tasks
study students by filling out and returning the AP
connected to the digital portfolio prior to the performance
Participation Survey in November.
tasks submission deadline of April 30th, 2017.
ᎰᎰ Create an AP Computer Science Principles class in
Note: Since April 30th, 2017 is a Sunday, students have until the AP Digital Portfolio to enroll students. Coordinators
May 1st, 11:59 pm ET to submit performance tasks in the AP will be given access in November. Contact
Digital Portfolio. apcsp@collegeboard.org for more information.
ᎰᎰ Provide students with all the necessary information and
To learn more about AP CSP, go to www.collegeboard
directions for enrollment and submission of work in the
.org/apcsp. Planning is the key to a successful exam
AP Digital Portfolio.
administration. Contact AP Services for Educators
early in 2017 if you need assistance with any ᎰᎰ Order and administer the end-of-course exam.
aspect of administering the AP Computer Science
Principles Exam. Supporting Students Taking AP CSP Online
Some students may be taking an AP CSP class through
Special Instructions for AP Coordinators an online provider. The teacher of the online class is
responsible for creating CSP classroom(s) on the AP
If you are an AP coordinator in a school that is offering
Digital Portfolio where students will upload and submit
AP Computer Science Principles, you need to take
final performance tasks.
the following steps to ensure that students are
set up to submit performance tasks and take the If these students want to take an AP CSP end-of-course
end-of-course exam. exam at your high school, as an AP coordinator you
need to:
ᎰᎰ Review Student Indicator in the AP Digital Portfolio:
Students must indicate in the AP Digital Portfolio platform ᎰᎰ Order the end-of-course exam for the students in the
that they are planning to take the end-of-course exam for online class.
their performance tasks to be scored. You must review ᎰᎰ Provide students with the AP number for final submission
this indicator before ordering the end-of-course exams to (the AP number will be available in the AP Student Pack).
ensure all students are accounted for. If students have
ᎰᎰ Administer the end-of-course exam.
not indicated in the digital portfolio that they are taking
the end-of-course exam, talk to those students as soon as Students will have to temporarily change their
possible and ensure that the correct indicator is selected school code to enroll in the online course. For more
in the digital portfolio. information, see the AP Digital Portfolio Student
ᎰᎰ Order Preadministration Materials: You must Guide for AP Computer Science Principles at www
order preadministration materials by the March 29 .collegeboard.org/ap-digital-portfolio-students, which
ordering deadline, even if you’re not planning to offer outlines the steps students take to enroll in an AP CSP
preadministration sessions. This will ensure that class at a school other than their primary school.
students receive their Student Packs in time to enter
their AP numbers to the AP Digital Portfolio before Supporting Students with Disabilities
April 30th, 2017. Accommodations are available for the AP CSP end-of-
Orders for preadministration materials can only be course exam for students who have been approved
placed with the initial exam order, so make sure to for testing accommodations by the College Board
have all of your AP CSP exams included in your initial Services for Students with Disabilities (SSD) office. AP
order. You can place additional exam orders, if needed, and SSD coordinators are responsible for ensuring that
after March 29. See page 18 for ordering policies and the correct accommodations are in place every time
deadlines. students with approved accommodations take a College
92
Board exam, including AP CSP. See pages 76–91 in April 2017

the 2016-17 AP Coordinator’s Manual for details about
ᎰᎰ AP coordinators provide students with the AP number
exams for students with disabilities.
and college code list from the AP Student Pack found in
The AP Digital Portfolio conforms to the Web Content the preadministration materials.
Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.0 (Level A and AA ᎰᎰ AP coordinators designate a time for students to add their
success criteria) and is compatible with screen readers AP numbers to their portfolio accounts.
like JAWS in browsers like IE and Firefox.
ᎰᎰ April 30th is the deadline for students to complete all
required tasks for final submission in their AP Digital
Technical Requirements and Portfolio account: (1) submit the two performance tasks as
Recommendations final (2) indicate they are taking the end-of-course exam,
To navigate the AP Digital Portfolio, you will need and (3) enter their AP number in the AP Digital Portfolio.
to use a computer with internet connection. System May 2017
AP Computer Science Principles

requirements include:
ᎰᎰ Administer the end-of-course exam for each
ᎰᎰ Browsers: Latest version of Internet Explorer, Chrome, student enrolled.
Firefox, or Safari
ᎰᎰ Operating systems: Windows 7, 8.1, Mac OS X, iOS 9 Important Links
ᎰᎰ Devices: Desktop, Tablet, Mobile ᎰᎰ AP CSP site for Coordinators:
www.collegeboard.org/ap-csp-coordinators
Important Tasks and Timelines ᎰᎰ AP Digital Portfolio site for Teachers:
September 2016 www.collegeboard.org/ap-digital-portfolio-teachers
ᎰᎰ AP Digital Portfolio site for Students:
ᎰᎰ The AP Digital Portfolio system opens this month.
www.collegeboard.org/ap-digital-portfolio-students
Teachers who complete the AP Course Audit for AP
CSP will have access to the AP Digital Portfolio to create ᎰᎰ Frequently Asked Questions:
online classrooms and enroll their students. www.collegeboard.org/ap-csp-faq
November 2016 ᎰᎰ AP Computer Science Principles site:

www.collegeboard.org/apcsp
ᎰᎰ AP coordinators who need to create a classroom to
support independent study and home-schooled students
will be given access to the AP Digital Portfolio.
March 2017
ᎰᎰ AP coordinators ensure that students have correctly
indicated their plans to take the end-of-course exam in
the AP Digital Portfolio.
ᎰᎰ March 29: On or before this date, AP coordinators order
preadministration materials and end-of-course exams for
students who plan to take the end-of-course exam. Orders
for preadministration materials placed by March 8 will be
delivered by March 31. Orders placed between March 9
and 29 will be delivered by April 10.
93
AP French, German, Italian, and Spanish

Language and Culture Exams
IN THIS SECTION: ᎰᎰ Digital recording devices or equipment: At each

ᎰᎰ Equipment, exam room setup, and exam materials recording location you will need enough digital recording
equipment (handheld digital recorder, computer with
ᎰᎰ Options for administering the free-response section MP3 recording software, or digital language lab) to record
ᎰᎰ Recording and saving students’ spoken responses as student spoken responses.
MP3 files ᎰᎰ Use only school-owned devices and equipment that
ᎰᎰ Submitting students’ MP3 files via the Digital Audio meet AP Program criteria for digital recording. Visit
Submission (DAS) portal www.collegeboard.org/ap-audio-record for information
and specifications on recording options.
ᎰᎰ If you use a testing computer or handheld digital
REMINDER: recording device that has a camera or webcam, disable
Beginning with the May 2017 Exam administration, the camera or webcam prior to the administration.
all audio responses for AP French, German, Italian, ᎰᎰ Assemble and test the devices and any supporting
and Spanish Language and Culture Exams must be peripherals (e.g., headset or microphones) before exam day.
recorded digitally as MP3 files. All audio responses will
Note: School-owned laptops may be used by proctors to play
be submitted online via the Digital Audio Submission
the master CDs for these exams, and by students to take the
(DAS) portal. Student-response cassette tapes and CDs
speaking sections of these exams, only if the laptops remain
will no longer be submitted for these exams. Only the in the school at all times and are not assigned or issued to
approved recording devices and equipment listed in individual students. Student-owned laptops may not be
this section may be used to record student responses. used under any circumstances.
Tablets, including iPads, cannot be used for recording.
Exam Room
Administering French, German, ᎰᎰ These AP world language and culture exams may be
administered in a regular classroom provided that your
Italian, and Spanish Language room has all of the necessary staffing and equipment.
and Culture Exams ᎰᎰ If you set up more than one classroom so that you can
These exams require special equipment and exam test multiple groups of students at a time, you will need
procedures, so be sure to plan ahead. Make sure all this equipment and a proctor in each room. Remember
students are familiar with the operation of the to order additional master listening and/or double CD
digital audio recording equipment prior to the exam sets for additional rooms you plan to set up.
administration day. In the following pages, you will find ᎰᎰ Each exam room must have a proctor to read the exam
information that will help you to determine the optimal instructions and operate the CD player; if you have a
administration setup based upon your school’s facilities, waiting room, a proctor must be in attendance to
equipment, and staffing resources. Follow all policies and supervise students.
procedures closely to help ensure a fair and comfortable ᎰᎰ If possible, exam rooms should be soundproof. Students
testing experience for your students. Contact AP Services must be able to hear the aural stimuli clearly. 
for Educators early in 2017 if you need assistance with any
ᎰᎰ The speaking part of the exam may be administered in a
aspect of administering these exams.
classroom, temporary testing room, a dedicated computer
lab, or a digital language lab.
Equipment
ᎰᎰ CD player: One player is needed for each testing room to Exam Materials
play the master listening, writing, and speaking CDs (see ᎰᎰ Consult the 2017 Exam Forms and Audio Materials
the Audio Materials table on page 28), which contain tables on page 28 to ensure that you have the proper
exam content and instructions. To help ensure that exam booklets and master CDs for the exams you are
students can hear the CDs clearly, the player should have administering.
external high-fidelity speakers or headphones for each
ᎰᎰ The master CDs have separate tracks. This is intended to
student.
help proctors only in cases where an unforeseeable event
ፊፊ If you are recording the speaking part in more than one — a fire drill or other interruption — requires the proctor
room, you will need a CD player at each of to replay a portion of the exam material. It may also be
these locations. used for certain College Board–approved administrations
ፊፊ Consider having a battery-operated CD player on hand for students with disabilities (see pages 80–81 for details).
in the event of a power outage. See the 2016-17 AP Exam Instructions book for a listing of
ፊፊ Test the equipment by playing a CD (not the master the tracks following the instructions for each exam.
CD) in the room where it will be used, and check ᎰᎰ Do not play the master audio CDs prior to
that the sound is clear and undistorted in all parts the administration.
of the room.
94
ᎰᎰ The orange Section II: Part B, Speaking booklets are not advisable; they distract students when they are
sealed and may not be opened until the student is ready recording their responses and make these recordings
to record. The orange booklets must be returned to the very difficult or impossible to evaluate.
AP French, German, Italian, and Spanish Language and Culture Exams

AP Program.
Suggested Seating Arrangement for Section II:
Part B, Speaking
Exam Administration
ᎰᎰ You must administer the multiple-choice section students face the wall
before beginning the free-response section; under no
circumstances may schools begin testing with the free-
response section.
ᎰᎰ For the multiple choice and writing parts, students must
face the same direction and be seated at least 5 feet
(1.5 meters) apart. The distance should be measured
from the center of one student to the center of the next
student. students face the wall
ᎰᎰ For the speaking part, it is preferable to have students In a Digital Language Lab
seated at least 8 feet (2.4 meters) apart. Seating
Optimally, the exam will be conducted in a language
arrangements may vary depending on the location
lab. If your school does not have a language lab,
where the section is administered. See below for details.
investigate whether a neighboring school or college
ᎰᎰ You may choose to administer the Section II writing will let your students test there, or if listening stations
tasks in the same room in which the multiple-choice and headphones are available to set up a temporary
section was administered. The speaking part may be language lab in a classroom. If the students can
administered in the same room or in a separate room. test at an off-site lab, all parts of the exam must be
Choose the appropriate option for administering the administered in that location as well.
speaking part of the language you are testing from the
options shown on pages 97–99. Since language labs may not have partitions between
stations, proctors need to test as few students
ᎰᎰ You may not administer one section of the exam in one
as possible in a room so that students’ responses
location and then have students travel off-site to another
are not heard by others testing. Following these
location for another section. This violates exam security.
procedures will ensure exam security as well as
ᎰᎰ Proctors should closely monitor students during the prevent any incidents due to background noise from
speaking part to ensure that students are only recording other students. If the lab does not have partitions,
their responses and are not using the recording devices or students must be seated in every other booth in the
equipment to communicate with others about the exam language lab. Students must either face the same
or to access any unauthorized features, programs, or direction or outward toward the wall. In testing rooms
content. where computer tables are at a 90-degree angle,
ᎰᎰ If a group of students must wait to record their students must not be seated next to each other in the
responses, they must wait together in a waiting connecting corner.
room with a proctor present; only restroom breaks
Make sure that all of the stations that are being used
are permitted.
are channeled in properly to the master recording. Do
Remember: The AP world language and culture not play any master CDs before the start of the exam.
teacher cannot listen to or have any access to the You may test everyone at once in one session or, if the
recorded student responses. language lab will not accommodate all of your students
at once, you may administer the speaking portion in
Exam Room Options for the Speaking Part multiple sessions, using one of the options shown on
the following pages.
In a Classroom
Schools administering the speaking part in a classroom If the digital language lab workstations have a camera
commonly use handheld digital recorders or laptop or webcam, the camera or webcam must be disabled.
computers equipped with MP3 recording software to Computer Lab with MP3 Recording Software
record students’ responses. Students must be seated at
desks or tables (but not round tables) and either facing If the computer lab does not have partitions, students
the same direction or facing away from each other. must be seated in every other booth in the computer
You should try to test as few students as possible in lab. Students must either face the same direction or
a room so that students’ responses are not heard by outward toward the wall. In testing rooms where
others testing. Following these procedures will ensure computer tables are at a 90-degree angle, students
exam security as well as prevent any incidents due to must not be seated next to each other in the connecting
background noise from other students. It is preferable corner. Make sure that all of the stations that are being
to have students positioned at the perimeter of the used are channeled in properly to the master recording.
room, facing the walls, with students spaced at least Do not play any master CDs before the start of the
eight feet (2.43 meters) apart. Distance between exam. You may test everyone at once in one session
students should be measured from the center of one or, if the language lab will not accommodate all of your
student to the center of the next student. This will students at once, you may administer the speaking
minimize students hearing other students’ responses. portion in multiple sessions, using one of the options
(See suggested seating arrangement diagram.) shown on the following pages. If the testing computer
Closer spacing or large-group recording sessions are has a camera or webcam, the camera or webcam must
be disabled.
95
Check your software well before the exam student station number. If this is the case, you must
administration to be sure it is capable of recording rename each file.
and saving in MP3 format. If it is not capable, please ᎰᎰ Computer with MP3 Recording Software: Follow your
use the software program that will be available software manufacturer’s directions for exporting and
on www.collegeboard.org/ap-audio-record. If you saving each student’s file in MP3 format onto your network
experience technical problems during installation drive or a local computer.
or configuration of the Audacity® software program
ᎰᎰ Handheld Digital Recorder: Follow your device
only, you may contact AP-MP3Recordertech@ets.org
manufacturer’s directions for exporting and saving each
for assistance.
student’s file in MP3 format onto your network drive or a
local computer.
Recording the Speaking Part
IMPORTANT: The entire student response (spoken AP number
All speaking part responses for AP French, German,
and both spoken responses) must be saved as a single MP3
Italian, and Spanish Language and Culture Exams must file. Contact AP Services for Educators if you experience any
be recorded using digital audio recording equipment and technical issues with the recording or saving process, including
saved in the MP3 file format. All audio responses will be if the responses were recorded and saved as separate files.
submitted online via the Digital Audio Submission (DAS)
portal. Student-response cassette tapes and CDs may no You must name each file with:
longer be submitted for these exams.
1. Thestudent’s AP number (found by playing the beginning
Here’s an overview of the process: of the recording or referencing the AP number that is
indicated on the student’s orange booklet), and
1 Record speaking part responses using one of the 2. The
exam form — O, A, or Z (found at the bottom right-
supported digital recording methods. hand corner of the orange booklet)
For example, if a student’s AP number is 87654321, and
the exam form is “O,” that student’s digital file must be
named and saved as 87654321_O.mp3. The file name
should include only the student’s 8-digit AP number, an
Handheld Computers with Digital underscore, the exam form, and the file extension .mp3.
digital MP3 recording language
Do not save any other student identification on the file.
recorders software labs
Note that some devices automatically name the files. If
this is the case, you must rename each file following the
instructions above.
2 Save student
files to network 87654321_O.mp3
Uploading and Submitting Files
folders or local
You must upload and submit the spoken responses as
computer, following
the required soon as possible, preferably directly following the exam,
naming convention but no later than the close of the next business day after
(i.e., 87654321_O.mp3). your school’s last scheduled exam of a particular AP
Exam administration period (i.e., regular or late).
3 Upload files online
For detailed, step-by-step instructions on this process,
via the Digital
Audio Submission
please consult the “Help” document on the DAS portal,
Portal. which will be available in April: https://apaudio.ets.org
4 Submit files online Create a DAS Portal Account
via the Digital Audio
Submission Portal. IMPORTANT: Before beginning the upload and
submission process, you will need to create an account
on the DAS portal. All accounts on the DAS portal
Saving and Naming MP3 Files are school specific and controlled by the school AP
For all recording methods, schools must adhere to coordinator. In April 2017, the AP coordinator at the
the administration and file-saving instructions in the school will be notified and provided the necessary
2016-17 AP Exam Instructions book and online in the information to create a DAS portal account. Once the
“Exams Requiring Special Preparation” section at AP coordinator creates an account, the coordinator will
www.collegeboard.org/apcoordinator. It is strongly receive a confirmation email that includes a school-
suggested that a school’s information technology specific code for creating additional accounts at the
technician be involved in all aspects of audio school. With this code and the six-digit school code,
recording, file saving, file naming, and file upload/ school staff can create individual accounts on the system
submission to ensure that student responses have been tied to their school by going to https://apaudio.ets.org.
recorded and submitted to the AP Program properly.
Confirm Your Readiness to Upload Student Files
MP3 is the only acceptable file format for recorded You are ready to begin the online upload and submission
student responses. process once you have the following:
When students have been dismissed, you may begin the 1. The entire student response (spoken AP number and both
process of saving the files for return to the AP Program: spoken responses) for each student is saved as a single
ᎰᎰ Digital Language Lab: Follow the lab manufacturer’s file in MP3 format and named as the student’s AP number,
directions for collecting and saving each student’s file. an underscore, the form, and the file extension .mp3
Some labs automatically name the files according to the (e.g., 87654321_O.mp3).
96
2. A
computer with access to the folder where the student following options for administering the free-response
response files are saved (e.g. hard drive of the computer section of the AP French, German, Italian, and Spanish
or a network folder) and with a reliable connection to the Language and Culture Exams will work best for you.

Internet. Any type of testing room is allowed for these options
3. An account on the DAS Portal. — classroom, language lab, or digital or computer lab.
Regardless of the order in which your students take
4. Students’
orange booklets. (You will need these to flag
the free-response section of this exam, always begin
any students who did not grant permission to the College
the exam administration with the multiple-choice
Board to use their recorded responses for educational
section.
research and instructional purposes.)
Note that the times in these charts refer to testing
Upload and Submit Student Files
time only. Total time of an AP Exam administration
To begin the upload and submission process: can vary considerably, depending on the number
the DAS portal (https://apaudio.ets.org) and log in
1. Access of students taking the exam, and the time needed
with the username and password you created earlier. for tasks such as distributing materials, completing
identification information on free-response booklets,
2. Select
the name of the exam, and click the upload button
reading instructions aloud, and collecting materials.
to begin the process.
3. Thesystem will prompt you to select the correct form (O, Option 1 (“Standard”): Administer the free-
A, or Z) to upload. Open the folder on the computer where response section in its standard sequence
you saved the digital files in MP3 format, select the files, in one or more rooms.
and upload.
4. Revieweach student’s orange booklet to identify any In this scenario, students take all parts of the exam
students who did not grant permission to the College in order. You can follow this standard sequence in
Board to reproduce the recorded response. Students who multiple rooms if you have enough rooms and proctors
did not wish to grant permission were instructed to write to do so.
“NO” on the orange booklet. Indicate the AP numbers of Use this option if:
any students who did not grant permission.
ᎰᎰ You have sufficient equipment and proctors to record all
5. Once
you are satisfied that the correct files have been students at the same time.
uploaded and that those for which students did not grant
permission have been marked, click the submit button to Students will complete the free-response section in
submit the files for scoring. the following order:
All exam materials must be placed in secure storage 1. The Email Reply task (no master CD required)
until they are returned to the AP Program after your 2. The
Persuasive Essay task (master persuasive essay
school’s last administration CD required)
3. The speaking tasks (master speaking CD required)
Note: The AP Program does not endorse any particular brand
of lab equipment, and regardless of the lab being used, AP Tips:
Exams must be administered according to the standardized
ᎰᎰ If your testing room can accommodate everyone
exam procedures detailed in the 2016-17 AP Exam Instructions
who is testing, you will need only one master
book and on www.collegeboard.org/apcoordinator.
double CD set.
ᎰᎰ If you are using more than one room (for example, if you
are testing students with accommodations requiring
Free-Response Administration extended time), make sure to order as many of the double
Options CD sets (master CD for Persuasive Essay task and master
speaking CD) as you have rooms.
Depending on your school’s individual resources and
proctor availability, you should consider which of the
OPTION 1 (“STANDARD”):
FRENCH, GERMAN, ITALIAN, AND SPANISH LANGUAGE AND CULTURE
Testing/Recording Room(s)
Email Reply Task
15 min.
Persuasive Essay Task

Approx. 55 min.
Speaking
Approx. 18 min.
Students dismissed
97
Option 2 (“Staggered”): Administer the Students will complete the free-response section in
the following order:
free-response section in its standard
sequence, then stagger the speaking part. 1. The Email Reply task (no master CD required)
In this scenario, students take all parts of the exam in 2. The
Persuasive Essay task (master persuasive essay
order, and then take turns recording their responses CD required)
for the speaking part. If you choose this option, you 3. The speaking tasks (master speaking CD required)
will need a room that is separate from the recording Tips:
room to use as a waiting room for one group. One
or more groups of students stay in the waiting room ᎰᎰ It is essential to plan who will comprise each group. For
while the first group uses the recording room. As soon example, if there are students who plan to take an AP
as the recording room is free, the second group will Exam in the afternoon session, these students should be
take the speaking part. If a third group is needed, the tested in the first group so that they have adequate time
same sequence applies. Students may be dismissed as to have lunch or a break before starting the afternoon
they complete the speaking part, but you must ensure exam.
that there is no interaction with the group still waiting ᎰᎰ To maintain exam security, make sure that students from
to test. different groups do not communicate with one another
when switching rooms.
Use this option if:
ᎰᎰ Students must be monitored by a proctor and may
ᎰᎰ You do not have sufficient equipment and proctors to not leave the waiting room; only restroom breaks
record all students at the same time. are permitted.
ᎰᎰ You have time to allow some students to wait for ᎰᎰ Do not allow students to carry exam materials
recording facilities to become available. between rooms. Exam materials must be collected by the
proctors and redistributed in the new room.
OPTION 2 (“STAGGERED”):
Recording Room Waiting Room

Groups 1, 2, and 3
Email Reply Task

15 min.
Groups 1, 2, and 3
Persuasive Essay Task

Approx. 55 min.
2 3
Group 1 Group 2 Group 3
1 Speaking Wait Wait

Approx. 18 min. Approx. 18 min. Approx. 36 min.
Group 1 dismissed
Group 2
Speaking 2
Approx. 18 min.
Group 2 dismissed
Group 3
Speaking 3
Approx. 18 min.
Group 3 dismissed
98
Option 3 (“Shifts”): Rotate your students Separate groups of students will complete the parts of
the free-response section in different sequences:
into a single recording room so that the
speaking part of the free-response section

While one or two groups of students are working on
happens in shifts. the writing parts in one or two rooms, another group
records its responses to the speaking portion in a
In this scenario, groups of students take the speaking recording room. The groups then switch locations.
part in shifts, so that the speaking part can be the first,
middle, or last part taken. This option may work well Tips:
if you have a limited number of recording devices. You ᎰᎰ To maintain exam security, make sure that students from
may use this option using two or three testing rooms. different groups do not communicate with one another
However, if used with only two groups, the speaking when switching rooms.
part should be administered after the Email Reply
task, as shown in testing rooms 2 and 3. ᎰᎰ Do not allow students to carry exam materials between
rooms. Exam materials must be collected by the proctors
Use this option if: and redistributed in the new room.
ᎰᎰ You have only one location where students can record ᎰᎰ This arrangement requires careful monitoring of time.
speaking responses. Allow enough time per group for completing the speaking
ᎰᎰ You do not have enough time to allow groups of students part, including seating and dismissing students and
to wait for recording facilities to become available. collecting the responses.
ᎰᎰ You have a sufficient number of CD players to play ᎰᎰ Students must be monitored by a proctor and may
the Persuasive Essay task CD in a room other than the not leave the waiting room; only restroom breaks
recording room. are permitted.
OPTION 3 (“SHIFTS”):
Testing Room 1 Recording Room 1 Testing Room 2 Testing Room 3

Group 1 Group 2 Group 3
Speaking Email Reply Task Email Reply Task
Approx. 18 min. 15 min. 15 min.
1 2 3
Group 1 Group 2 Group 2 Group 3
Email Reply Task Speaking 2 Wait Persuasive Essay Task

15 min. Approx. 18 min. Approx. 3 min. Approx. 55 min.
1 2
Group 1 Group 2
Persuasive Essay Task Persuasive Essay Task

Approx. 55 min. Approx. 55 min.
Group 3
Speaking 3
Approx. 18 min.
Group 1 dismissed Group 3 dismissed Group 2 dismissed
99
AP Spanish Literature and Culture Exam
The AP Spanish Literature and Culture Exam includes a Exam Administration

master listening CD for Section I, Part A. Students will
ᎰᎰ The proctor must not pause or stop the master recording
listen to the recorded material on the master listening
unless the equipment fails.
CD and, after each selection, will be asked to answer a
series of multiple-choice questions. ᎰᎰ It is prohibited to test students on one section of the
exam in one location and then have students travel off-
site to another location for another section. This violates
Necessary Equipment exam security.
You will need a high-quality CD player with speakers Planning is the key to a successful exam administration.
to play the master listening CD. Consult the Audio Contact AP Services for Educators early in 2017 if you
Materials table on page 28. need assistance with any aspect of administering the
ፊፊ Consider having a battery-operated CD player on hand Spanish Literature and Culture Exam.
in the event of a power outage.
ፊፊ Test the equipment by playing a CD (not the master
CD) in the room where it will be used, and check
that the sound is clear and undistorted in all parts
of the room.
Exam Room
ᎰᎰ Each exam room must have a proctor to read the exam
instructions and operate the CD player.
ᎰᎰ If possible, exam rooms should be soundproof. Students
must be able to hear the aural stimuli clearly.
Exam Materials
ᎰᎰ Consult the 2017 Exam Forms table on page 28 to confirm
that you have the proper materials for the
AP Spanish Literature and Culture Exam.
ᎰᎰ The CD shown in the Audio Materials table on page 28
is included with the AP Spanish Literature and Culture
Exam materials.
ᎰᎰ The master listening CD for the AP Spanish Literature
and Culture Exam has separate tracks. This is intended to
help proctors only in cases where an unforeseeable event
— a fire drill or other interruption — requires the proctor
to replay a portion of the exam material. It may also be
used for certain College Board–approved administrations
for students with disabilities (see pages 79–81 for details).
See the 2016-17 AP Exam Instructions book for a listing of
the tracks following the instructions for the AP Spanish
Literature and Culture Exam.
ᎰᎰ Do not play the master listening CD prior to
the administration.
100
AP Music Theory Exam
REMINDER: Beginning with the May 2017 exam ᎰᎰ Master Sight-Singing CD: Used for the sight-singing
administration, students’ sight-singing responses must part of the exam (Section II, Part B). It also includes
be recorded digitally as MP3 files. All audio responses the general directions for sight-singing. If you are
will be submitted online via the Digital Audio administering the sight-singing part in more than one
Submission (DAS) portal. Student-response cassette room, you should order the same number of copies of the
tapes and CDs will no longer be used. master sight-singing CD as recording locations you plan
to set up.
Additionally, in 2017 a new Digital Audio Capture Students’ sight-singing responses, recorded as MP3
(DAC) app is available only for the AP Music Theory files, must be submitted using the Digital Audio
Exam to be installed on school-owned iPad tablets and Submission (DAS) portal. Student response CDs and
used to record students’ sight-singing responses. See cassette tapes are no longer used for AP Music Theory.
page 104 for details.
No microcassettes or any other media are allowed.
Here’s an overview of the recording options and process:
Equipment
1 Record sight-singing responses using one ᎰᎰ CD Player: You will need a high-quality CD player with
of the supported digital recording methods. speakers for each testing location to play the master
recordings. Consider having a battery-operated CD
player on hand in the event of a power outage. Test the
equipment by playing a CD (not a master CD) in the room
where it will be used, and check that the sound is clear
Handheld Computers with Digital Digital and undistorted in all parts of the room. Do not play the
digital MP3 recording language Audio
Capture
master CDs prior to the administration.
recorders software labs
(DAC) app ᎰᎰ Digital recording devices or equipment: At each
(for use sight-singing testing location, you need digital audio
with iPads) recording equipment (computer with MP3 recording
software and microphone or handheld digital recorder,
2 Save student
or digital language lab) to record student sight-singing
files to network 87654321_O.mp3
folders or local
responses. See page 103 for details about digital
computer, following recording. If the digital recording equipment has a
the required camera or webcam, disable the camera or webcam prior
naming convention to the administration.
Record and directly upload

(i.e., 87654321_O.mp3).
Note: Use only school-owned devices and equipment
to the DAS portal
that meet AP Program criteria for digital recording. Visit

3 Upload files online
www.collegeboard.org/ap-audio-record for information and
via the Digital
Audio Submission specifications on handheld digital recording devices.
Portal.
Exam Room for Written Part

4 Submit files online
ᎰᎰ The music room or a regular classroom can be used for
via the Digital Audio
Submission Portal. this part of the exam. If your school does not have an
appropriate exam room, consider using another facility.
This exam requires special equipment and exam ᎰᎰ Students must be seated at least 5 feet (1.5 meters) apart
procedures, so be sure to plan ahead. In the following and must face the same direction.
pages, you will find information that will help you to ᎰᎰ Make sure students seated in any part of the room can
determine the optimal administration setup based clearly hear the music played on the equipment that will
upon your school’s facilities, equipment, and staffing be used during the administration.
resources. Follow all policies and procedures closely to
help ensure a fair and comfortable testing experience Exam Room for Sight-Singing Part
for your students. Contact AP Services for Educators ᎰᎰ The sight-singing part must be administered to one
early in 2017 if you need assistance with any aspect of student at a time in a room where the student can both
administering this exam. practice and perform in isolation from other students.
Audio Materials ᎰᎰ The room may be a classroom, small office, or any other
comfortable enclosed space where the appropriate
Consult the 2017 Audio Materials table on page 28 to equipment can be set up and where the student can
ensure that you have proper master CDs for the exam both practice and perform without distraction and
administration. The following CDs are included with without being heard by the other students waiting to
the AP Music Theory Exam materials: take this part of the exam.
ᎰᎰ Master Listening CD: Used for Section I, Part A (listening ᎰᎰ The student and the exam proctor should be the only
multiple choice) and Section II, Part A (written free ones in this recording room during the testing.
response). It also includes the general directions for the
sight-singing (Section II, Part B) part of the exam.
101
ᎰᎰ Because students are performing one at a time, if you Five or Fewer Students
are testing more than 10 students, it is recommended If you have five or fewer students or you cannot equip
that you set up another exam room for each additional or staff more than one recording location:
five students. You will need to order one extra master
sight-singing CD for each additional room. ᎰᎰ After completing the multiple-choice section and Part A
ᎰᎰ If it is not possible to test all students in one day, of the free-response section, collect and secure all exam
contact AP Services for Educators before the exam materials, including the orange sight-singing booklets.
administration for instructions. ᎰᎰ Keep students in the testing room and play the general
sight-singing directions to all of them at once, or play the
directions one at a time in the recording room.
ᎰᎰ After playing the general directions, have students
remain seated. Call them one at a time to the recording
room, returning their orange sight-singing booklets as
they are called.
ᎰᎰ Dismiss students as they complete their performances.
Six or More Students
If you have six or more students and you have staff and
equipment to set up multiple recording rooms:
AP Music Theory Exam room set up for digital recording of
Use the procedure described above, and then call all
sight-singing using a computer with MP3 recording software
students into their individual recording rooms.
ፊፊ Remember that if you choose this option, you must
Exam Administration order an additional copy of the sight-singing CD for
each additional recording room.
ᎰᎰ Proctors should closely monitor students during the sight-
singing part to ensure that students are only recording
ፊፊ Dismiss students as they complete their performances.
their responses and are not using the recording devices or If you have staff and rooms available, but for some
equipment to communicate with others about the exam reason you can’t set up multiple recording rooms:
or to access any unauthorized features, programs, or
Separate students into two groups and administer the
content.
sight-singing part simultaneously with Part A of the
free-response section (after they have completed the
Options for Playing the Sight-Singing multiple-choice section as one group).
General Directions
ፊፊ Set up four separate areas. You need a room for
You will need to decide when students will hear the students to take the multiple-choice section and Part
general directions for the sight-singing part of the exam. A of the free-response section, a recording room for
ᎰᎰ Option 1: If you have five or fewer students taking the the sight-singing part, and two waiting areas. One
exam, you might choose to play the general directions waiting area is for students who have taken Part A
to them individually in the room where the sight-singing and are waiting to take the sight-singing part, and
part is administered (Track 2 on the master sight-singing the other is for students who have already taken the
CD). This option increases the time it takes to test each sight-singing part but are waiting to take Part A.
student. See below for details about administering to five ፊፊ After the multiple-choice section has been completed
or fewer students. and all exam materials, including the orange sight-
ᎰᎰ Option 2: If you have six or more students taking the singing booklets, have been collected, Group 1 will go
exam, play the general directions to everyone at one time to the recording room. Play the general sight-singing
in the room where the written part is administered (Track directions, and then send these students to the first
3 on the master listening CD). See below for details about waiting room. Call them one at a time to the recording
administering to six or more students. room, returning their orange sight-singing booklets
as they are called. After completing the recording and
Sight-Singing Administration Options collecting the orange booklets, these students should
Students must perform the sight-singing part of the then be sent to the second room to wait for the other
exam individually and out of the hearing range of other students in their group, so that they can all take
students. If you are testing more than one student, you Part A together.
must collect the orange sight-singing booklets from each ፊፊ Keep Group 2 assembled in the room where the
individual and then return them as each student is called multiple-choice section was given. Return the free-
for the sight-singing practice and performance. It should response booklets to them; these students will take
take about 10 minutes for each student to practice and Part A of the free-response section. When Part A
perform. The student will be instructed to record only his has been completed, play the general sight-singing
or her performance, not the practice period. Students can directions.
be dismissed after they finish. Make sure that those who ፊፊ When both groups have finished, they will switch
have been dismissed do not communicate with anyone locations. Group 2 will go to the waiting room for the
waiting to take the exam. Students who communicate sight-singing part, and Group 1 will go to the room
any exam material during this waiting period will where Group 2 took Part A. Group 2 students may
automatically have their exam scores canceled. be dismissed individually at the conclusion of their
sight-singing performances. Group 1 students should
be dismissed all at one time after the completion of
Part A.
102
Exam Security exam form — O, A, or Z (found at the bottom right-

2. The
Students are not allowed to disclose any of the exam hand corner of the orange booklet)
content — including audio excerpts — unless that For example, if a student’s AP number is 87654321,
content is released on the College Board website two and the exam form is “O,” that student’s digital file
days after the exam. If a student discusses or shares must be named and saved as 87654321_O.mp3. The
unreleased exam content through any means, including file name should include only the student’s 8-digit
social media, his or her exam score will be cancelled. AP number, an underscore, the exam form, and the
file extension .mp3. Do not save any other student
identification on the file.
Recording Sight-Singing Performances Note that some devices automatically name the files.
IMPORTANT: Students’ sight-singing responses must If this is the case, you must rename each file following
be recorded digitally. Cassette recorders may no longer the instructions above.
be used.
Uploading and Submitting Files
Using a Handheld Digital Recording Device,
Computer with MP3 Recording Software and You must upload and submit the sight-singing
Microphone, or Digital Language Lab responses as soon as possible, preferably directly
following the exam, but no later than the close of the
When recording using a computer with recording next business day after your school’s last scheduled
software and microphone or a handheld digital exam of a particular AP Exam administration period
recorder: (i.e., regular or late).
ᎰᎰ The recording must be saved as an MP3 file. ᎰᎰ For detailed, step-by-step instructions on this process,
ᎰᎰ Students must record their sight-singing performances please consult the “Help” document on the DAS portal,
individually, not as a class or with other students in the which will be available in April 2017:
room. https://apaudio.ets.org.
ᎰᎰ If the digital recording equipment (computer with MP3 Create a DAS Portal Account
recording software and microphone, handheld digital
Important: Before beginning the upload and
recording device, or digital language lab) has a camera or
submission process, you will need to create an account
webcam, you must disable the camera or webcam prior to
on the DAS portal. All accounts on the DAS portal
the exam administration.
are school specific and controlled by the school AP
ᎰᎰ Students must verbally record their AP number on coordinator. In April 2017, the AP coordinator at the
the digital file, following the proctor’s script that is school will be notified and provided the necessary
included in the exam instructions. This ensures accurate information to create a DAS portal account. Once the
processing of the student responses. AP coordinator creates an account, the coordinator will
ᎰᎰ Do not record or save any other student identification on receive a confirmation email that includes a school-
the MP3 file. specific code for creating additional accounts at the
ᎰᎰ Save the entire student response as a single file (one MP3 school. With this code and the six-digit school code,
school staff can create individual accounts on the

file per student).
system tied to their school by going to
Saving and Naming Files https://apaudio.ets.org.
When students have been dismissed, you may begin
the process of saving the files for return to the AP Confirm Your Readiness to Upload Student Files
Program: You are ready to begin the online upload and
submission process once you have the following:
ᎰᎰ Handheld Digital Recorder: Follow your device
manufacturer’s directions for exporting and saving each 1. The
entire student response (spoken AP number and both
student’s file in MP3 format onto your network drive or a sight-singing performances) for each student administered
local computer. the AP Exam is saved in MP3 format and named as the
ᎰᎰ Computer with MP3 Recording Software: Follow your student’s AP number, an underscore, the form, and the file
software manufacturer’s directions for exporting and extension .mp3 (e.g., 87654321_O.mp3).
saving each student’s file in MP3 format onto your 2. A
computer with access to the folder where the student
network drive. response files are saved (e.g. hard drive of the computer
ᎰᎰ Digital Language Lab: Follow the lab manufacturer’s or a network folder) and with a reliable connection to the
directions for collecting and saving each student’s file. Internet.
Some labs automatically name the files according to the 3. An account on the DAS Portal.
student station number. If this is the case, you must 4. Students’
orange booklets. (You will need these to flag
rename each file. any students who did not grant permission to the College
IMPORTANT: The entire student response (spoken AP number
Board to use their recorded responses for educational
and both sight-singing performances) must be saved as a single research and instructional purposes.)
MP3 file. Contact AP Services for Educators if you experience Upload and Submit Student Files
any technical issues with the recording or saving process,
including if the performances were recorded and saved as To begin the upload and submission process:
separate files. the DAS portal (https://apaudio.ets.org) and log in
1. Access
with the username and password you created earlier.
You must name each file with:
2. Select
the “AP Music Theory” and click the upload button
1. Thestudent’s AP number (found by playing the to begin the process.
beginning of the recording or referencing the AP number
that is indicated on the student’s orange booklet), and
103
3. The system will prompt you to select the correct form (O, The DAC app is an additional recording option. Schools
A, or Z) to upload. Open the folder on the computer where can continue to choose the digital recording method
you saved the digital files in MP3 format, select the files, that works best for them. For the May 2017 AP Exam
and upload. administration, supported digital recording methods for
4. Review each student’s orange booklet to identify any AP Music Theory include:
students who did not grant permission to the College ᎰᎰ Computer with MP3 Recording Software
Board to reproduce the recorded response. Students who
ᎰᎰ Handheld Digital Recorder
did not wish to grant permission were instructed to write
“NO” on the orange booklet. Indicate the AP numbers of ᎰᎰ Digital Language Lab
any students who did not grant permission. ᎰᎰ iPad Tablet using the DAC app (new)
5. Once you are satisfied that the correct files have been In 2017, the use of tablet computers for AP testing is
uploaded and that those for which students did not grant limited to iPad/iOS in combination with the DAC app.
permission have been marked, click the submit button to The following restrictions apply to the tablets that may
submit the files for scoring. be used:
All exam materials must be placed in secure storage ᎰᎰ Must be school-owned and -controlled Apple iPad tablets
until they are returned to the AP Program after your (including iPad® 2/3/4, iPad Air®, iPad mini™, iPad Pro™).
school’s last exam administration. iPad tablets used for AP testing must remain in the school
at all times and may not be assigned or issued to specific
Note: Check your software well before exam administration to students.
be sure it is capable of recording and saving in MP3 format. If
it is not capable, please use the software program that will be ᎰᎰ Schools may not use iPhones® or student-owned or
available on www.collegeboard.org/ap-audio-record. The -controlled iOS devices.
AP Program does not endorse any particular brand of recording ᎰᎰ The DAC app will not be available in 2017 to support
equipment, device, or software. Regardless of the technology Android™ or ChromeOS™ operating systems.
being used, AP Exams must be administered according to
the standardized exam procedures detailed in the 2016-17 AP Successful use of the DAC app will require some
Exam Instructions book and at preparation in advance of the AP Exam. Before exam
www.collegeboard.org/apcoordinator. day you should make plans to:
ᎰᎰ Confirm that your iPad tablets meet the technical
If you experience technical problems during installation
specifications for the DAC app (you may be required
or configuration of the Audacity software program
to upgrade your tablet operating system to the latest
only, you may contact AP-MP3Recordertech@ets.org
version);
for assistance.
ᎰᎰ Download, install, and test operation of the DAC app;
Note: All MP3 files must be uploaded to the DAS portal ᎰᎰ Test and confirm WiFi connection in the sight-singing
and submitted no later than one business day after the last exam room (required to support direct upload to the DAS
AP Exam has been administered.
portal);
ᎰᎰ Create a DAS portal account and login to the DAS portal
to access the DAC app activation and security key
New Digital Recording Option (needed by the proctor on exam day to unlock the app for
AP testing).
A new, special-purpose audio recording app will
be available for use for the 2017 AP Music Theory Note: The DAC app has built-in security measures that restrict
Exam. The Digital Audio Capture (DAC) app can be access to other applications on the iPad tablet. Once the DAC
downloaded, installed, and used on school owned and app is launched, students will not be able to access the internet
controlled iPad tablets, and is specifically designed or any other apps.
to simplify the sight-singing recording and upload
process. Once properly installed and configured, the IMPORTANT: The school AP coordinator, or school staff
app directly uploads student responses to the DAS authorized by the AP coordinator, will be required to login to
portal, which eliminates the need for school staff to the DAS portal to complete the submission process and submit
assemble, rename, and upload individual student all uploaded files — including files automatically uploaded by
audio files (as is required with other methods). The the DAC app. If for some reason the files do not upload directly
coordinator, or other authorized staff person, then only from the DAC app, additional instructions will guide you
needs to submit student audio response files through through a manual upload process.
the DAS portal. The DAC app will be available free of
charge from the Apple AppStore and is expected to be The 2016-17 AP Exam Instructions will include details
released in the Spring of 2017. about using the DAC app on testing day. Additional
information about the DAC app will be available
at www.collegeboard.org/ap-dac beginning in the
Fall 2016. Specific questions may be sent to:
digitalaudio@collegeboard.org.
104
AP Studio Art Exams
AP Studio Art portfolios consist of two components:

How AP Studio Art Digital
ᎰᎰ A digital component: Digital images and commentary
uploaded by students and submitted to AP by the AP Submission Works
coordinator, via the AP Studio Art Digital Submission Web You, your Studio Art teacher(s), and your school’s
application. May 5, 2017, at 8 p.m. ET is the deadline for Studio Art students will all be involved in the digital
coordinators to submit their schools’ digital portfolios to submission process. Below is a simplified overview
the AP Program. of the roles and major tasks in the process. (Steps 1
ᎰᎰ A physical component: The Selected Works (Quality) and 2 will vary if you, your school, and/or your
section for Drawing and 2-D Design portfolios, assembled teachers participated in the digital submission process
and shipped to the AP Program for evaluation. (Because in previous years.) For more information, visit the
the 3-D Design portfolio is submitted entirely online, it online demo at apstudiodemo.collegeboard.org.
does not include this physical component.) May 5, 2017, is Good communication with your Studio Art teacher(s)
the last day for coordinators to gather Drawing and 2-D throughout the school year is essential.
Design students for the assembly of the physical
portfolio component. Note: The AP Studio Art teacher’s participation in digital
submission is encouraged but not required. If a teacher is
unable to participate in the digital submission process, he or
she should notify you, and that teacher’s students can submit
their digital portfolios directly to you.
AP Studio Art Digital Submission

You
The Teacher The Student
(The AP Coordinator)
1. If needed, set up your 2. If needed, sets up access 3. Sets up access to the
school’s access to the Web to the Web application. Web application (late
application and pass Passes access information to January or early February).
access information to your students (late January or early
AP teacher (mid- to late February).
January). 4. Uploads images that
are already completed;
continues to work on
portfolio and upload images
throughout the spring.
5. Forwards the finalized
AP Studio Art Exams

7. Forward the digital 6. Reviews and forwards
portfolios to the AP students’ portfolios to you. portfolio to the teacher
Program. by the teacher’s deadline.
How to Access the AP Studio If you experience difficulty accessing or using the
Web application, contact AP Services for Educators
Art Digital Submission Web by phone or email. If you forget your username or
password, click Forgot your username? or Forgot your
Application password? on the sign-in page.
How you first access the Web application will vary
depending on whether you used the application in Note: If your school designated an additional staff person to
previous years. Some teachers and AP coordinators act on behalf of the primary AP coordinator on the 2016-17
who have used this application in the past may be AP Participation Form, that person can also function as a
prompted to update their passwords due to more coordinator in the Web application.
rigorous security requirements. Detailed instructions
on accessing the application are available at
apstudiodemo.collegeboard.org.
105
Using the AP Studio Art Digital How Teachers Will Use the Application
Submission Web Application The teacher can review his or her students’ portfolios
while their work is in progress. The teacher’s role
Below is general information about how students, is important in ensuring that students’ work is
teachers, and coordinators will use the Web progressing and that they are uploading images for the
application. More information is available in the teacher’s review.
coordinator, teacher, and student sections of the
online demo at apstudiodemo.collegeboard.org. Once a student has forwarded his or her digital
portfolio to the teacher, the teacher should do one of
Full instructions for using all features of the Web the following:
application are available in the Web application help
text. Simply click Instructions and Help from any page ᎰᎰ send the portfolio back to the student with
within the application to access them. recommendations for further action.
ᎰᎰ forward the finalized portfolio to the AP coordinator for
How Students Will Use the Application submission to the AP Program.
Students should begin uploading and arranging digital How Coordinators Will Use the Application
images of their artworks as soon as possible after setting
up access to the Web application. It is important that Your home page in the Web application is your central
students log into their own accounts and upload their repository of information about the AP Studio Art
own images. When work is complete, students submit students and teachers at your school. Your home page
their portfolios to the AP Studio Art teacher. Students is where you can set class section numbers, indicate
who are home-schooled or not submitting to a Studio students’ eligibility for fee reductions, and send the
Art teacher will submit their digital portfolios directly to portfolios to the AP Program, among other tasks.
you, the coordinator. Setting Fee Reduction Information:
Students will need to complete student identification, Only the AP coordinator can set the fee reduction
or registration, information in the Web application. options. To designate fee reduction options:
Students can complete their student identification
1. Fromthe drop-down list in the Fee Reduction column
information online at any time after they have set up
of the row for each student, select the fee reduction
their access to the Web application. However, they will
option number you want to assign to that student.
be unable to forward their portfolios to their teachers
(The default option is “None.”)
until they have been provided with crucial information
from their AP Student Packs, which will not be 2. When you are finished setting fee reduction options,
available before schools receive their exam shipments. click Save Section Numbers and Fee Reduction
Options under Actions in the left navigation column.
Students will need: A confirmation screen will let you know that the
ᎰᎰ their unique AP numbers information has been saved.
ᎰᎰ the college codes of the institutions receiving their scores Refer to page 22 for more information about
fee reductions.
Because students will need this information before
they can forward their digital portfolios to their Setting Class Sections:
teachers, you must provide all Studio Art students The Section column allows schools to assign students
with their 2017 AP Student Packs as soon as possible to separate class sections for the purpose of receiving
after your school’s exam shipments arrive. Arrange for separate AP Instructional Planning Reports or subject
your Studio Art students to complete the information on score rosters for each section taught. Use of the Section
their Student Packs, confirm that they have their correct column is optional but recommended for schools with
AP numbers and college codes, and then retrieve their multiple AP Studio Art teachers or class sections.
Student Packs for safekeeping until needed. Teachers also have the ability to set section numbers
Note: using the Web application.
ᎰᎰ The registration (student identification) information that The default section value is blank. If your school wants
students must complete before forwarding their finalized to set section numbers for its Studio Art students:
portfolios to their teachers in April is separate from, 1. Fromthe drop-down list in the Section column of the row
and in addition to, the access setup process they must for each portfolio, select the section number you want to
complete when first accessing the Web application in assign to that student’s portfolio.
January or February.
2. Whenyou are finished setting section numbers, click
ᎰᎰ You, the teacher (if applicable), and the student should Save Section Numbers and Fee Reduction Options under
confirm that the correct AP number has been provided Actions in the left navigation column. A confirmation
in the Web application. Failure to do so may result in a screen will let you know that the
delayed score. information has been saved.
ᎰᎰ Once a portfolio has been submitted to the AP Program, Refer to page 66 for more information about
it will be scored according to the requirements of that designating class sections.
specific portfolio type (Drawing, 2-D Design, or 3-D
Design). If the incorrect portfolio type is selected by the
student, this may negatively impact his or her score.
Please ensure that students and teachers understand the
importance of selecting the correct portfolio type.
106
Sending Digital Portfolios to AP The image sizes listed here are recommendations.
Once the finalized digital student portfolios have Students’ image sizes may be different.
been forwarded to you by the teacher, you must use Maximum file size: Files cannot exceed 3.0 MB per
the Send Portfolio to AP action to submit all digital image. (Students’ image files will likely be considerably
portfolios to the AP Program for scoring. You must do smaller than that.)
this no later than 8 p.m. ET on May 5, 2017.
Free Disk Space:
You also have the option to return a portfolio to the
teacher, if needed. For more information about this ᎰᎰ Drawing or 2-D Design Portfolios: Based on the maximum
action, refer to the online demo or the Web application file size of 3.0 MB and a total of 24 digital images, each
help text. student would need a maximum of 72 MB of free disk
space per portfolio.
A portfolio status of “Sent to AP” indicates that a ᎰᎰ 3-D Design Portfolio: Based on the maximum file size
portfolio has been submitted to AP for scoring. Only of 3.0 MB and a total of 38 digital images, each student
portfolios in “Sent to AP” status will be received by would need a maximum of 114 MB of free disk space.
the AP Program and scored. More information about
each of the status designations is available in the online
demo or the Web application help text.
Ordering AP Studio Art Exams
In addition, students also submit actual artworks for When you place your school’s AP Exam order online at
the Selected Works (Quality) section of the Drawing www.collegeboard.org/school, it is crucial that you
and 2-D Design portfolios. (The 3-D Design portfolio order one AP Studio Art Exam for each portfolio that
consists solely of digital images.) See “Submitting the your school’s students plan to submit. Only the number
Physical Portfolio Component for Drawing and 2-D of portfolios ordered can be submitted to the AP
Design” on this page. Program later in the spring, regardless of the number
of students who are able to access the AP Studio Art
Digital Submission Web application and upload images.
Technical Requirements Please talk to your Studio Art teacher(s) to confirm
the number of portfolios needed before placing your
and Recommendations school’s AP Exam order.
Coordinators, students, and teachers will need access
Important:
to a computer with an internet connection to access the
AP Studio Art Digital Submission Web application. In ᎰᎰ The AP Exam Ordering website
addition, students or their teachers will need access to (www.collegeboard.org/school) is a separate
a digital camera to capture images of their artworks. website from the AP Studio Art Digital Submission
Web application (apstudio.ets.org).
To effectively access the AP Studio Art Digital Submission
Web application, schools and students will be required to ᎰᎰ Until you place your school’s Studio Art exam order, the
select one of the recommended operating systems and number of portfolios that can be set up online for your
browsers. Users will not be restricted to specific school in the AP Studio Art Digital Submission Web
hardware configurations; however, slower response application will be limited to the number of portfolios
times may result from using older computer hardware. your school submitted last year, plus 10 percent for
growth. If you have a significant increase in the number
of Studio Art students interested in taking the exam,
Software Requirements: you should place your order as early as possible.
For information about supported Web browsers
ᎰᎰ Studio Art exams are ordered separately from paper-
and operating systems, visit
based exams on the AP Exam ordering website, enabling
professionals.collegeboard.org/studioartdigital.
all your students to set up portfolios earlier if your
AP Studio Art Exams

school encounters a significant increase in AP Studio Art
Requirements and Recommendations students. The quantity of preadministration materials
for Students’ Digital Images: received is not affected by the Studio Art exam order.
All images must be submitted in JPEG format
(file name extension.jpg) and RGB color mode. We
recommend using files that are 72 pixels-per-inch (ppi) Submitting the Physical
because a higher resolution does not add clarity to Portfolio Component for
images that are being viewed on a computer screen.
Recommended image sizes:
Drawing and 2-D Design
One Studio Art portfolio envelope is shipped for the
Landscape orientation (h x w): Selected Works (Quality) section of each 2-D Design and
ᎰᎰ Recommended maximum size: 530 x 780 pixels Drawing portfolio ordered. Portfolios and their contents
(7.36 x 10.83 inches or 18.69 x 27.51 cm) do not constitute secure testing materials; therefore,
AP Studio Art teachers are encouraged to be present
ᎰᎰ Recommended minimum size: 480 x 480 pixels
during the assembly of the portfolios and to ensure that
(6.67 x 6.67 inches or 16.94 x 16.94 cm)
the students’ physical portfolios are complete and are
accurately presented. Follow the instructions for Studio
Portrait orientation (h x w):
Art in the 2016-17 AP Exam Instructions book that
ᎰᎰ Recommended maximum size: 780 x 530 pixels comes with your exam shipment.
(10.83 x 7.36 inches or 27.51 x 18.69 cm)
ᎰᎰ Recommended minimum size: 480 x 480 pixels
(6.67 x 6.67 inches or 16.94 x 16.94 cm)
107
Students must affix their unique AP number labels to March and April 2017
all artworks; the AP number labels that are used to
oo Confirm with your teacher(s) the number of portfolios
identify the student and his or her portfolio contents
students at your school will be submitting.
are located in the center of each student’s AP Student
Pack. The completed portfolio envelopes must be oo Order portfolios when you place your school’s exam order
shipped before the close of the next business day after online at www.collegeboard.org/school.
the school’s last regularly scheduled AP Exam. (See “Ordering AP Studio Art Exams” on page 107.)
oo Arrange a physical portfolio assembly session for 2-D
Note: Although the College Board and ETS make every effort Design and Drawing students to occur on or before May 5.
to avoid loss or damage to students’ Studio Art original
oo As soon as possible after your school’s exam shipment
artworks when they are being evaluated or in transit, accidents
do happen. ETS and the College Board do not assume arrives, provide all Studio Art students with their 2017 AP
responsibility or liability in such cases. Student Packs. Arrange for these students to complete
the information on their Student Packs, confirm that they
have their correct AP numbers, and then retrieve their
Student Packs for safekeeping until needed. Students
will need their AP numbers and list of college codes
Multiple Portfolio Submissions before they can finalize their digital portfolios. (See “How
Students Will Use the Application” on page 106.)
The portfolio envelope received by the school in the
portfolio shipment is the same, regardless of the type oo Encourage your teachers to establish a firm deadline
of portfolio the student is submitting. If a student for students to forward completed portfolios to them, so
wants to submit more than one portfolio, each must that teachers have enough time to review the portfolios
be submitted separately. Artworks intended for two and forward them to you for final submission to AP.
or more separate portfolios may not be combined and Generally, students should finalize their digital portfolio
assembled in one portfolio envelope. In addition, two sections and forward their portfolios to their teachers by
fees must be submitted for payment. Complete an late April.
Incident Report stating which portfolios the student is
submitting, and enclose a report with each portfolio. May 2017
The AP coordinator and the AP Studio Art teacher oo Once teachers receive their students’ finalized digital
should verify that there is no work that is duplicated portfolios, they should review and forward them to
between the portfolios — for example, a work that is you. (See “How Teachers Will Use the Application” on
submitted as an original artwork in a Drawing portfolio page 106.) Confirm that teachers have forwarded all
may not be submitted in digital form in the 2-D Design student portfolios to you well in advance of May 5.
portfolio. If these conditions are met, both portfolios oo By 8 p.m. ET on May 5, forward your school’s digital
may be submitted. portfolios to the AP Program using the Web application.
(See “Sending Digital Portfolios to AP” on page 107.)
oo On or before May 5, gather 2-D Design and Drawing
AP Coordinator’s Checklist students for the assembly of the physical portfolio
component. Ship the physical portfolios to the AP
January and February 2017 Program before the close of the next business day after
oo The AP Studio Art Digital Submission Web application the school’s last regularly scheduled AP Exam. Do not
becomes available in mid- to late January at ship portfolios to AP before the start of the regularly
apstudio.ets.org. scheduled exam administration. (See “Submitting the
Physical Portfolio Component for Drawing and 2-D
oo Access the Web application. Follow the appropriate
Design” on pages 107–108.)
access instructions outlined in the demo at
apstudiodemo.collegeboard.org. Note: In late June, the AP Program makes every effort to return
oo Provide access information to any Studio Art teachers portfolios to students in a timely manner. If students have
who are new to digital submission and to any students specific questions or concerns regarding the return of their
who will be submitting their portfolios directly to you. portfolio, they should contact AP Services for Students.
oo Teachers access the Web application and pass access

information on to students. FOR MORE INFORMATION ABOUT
oo Students access the Web application using access AP STUDIO ART DIGITAL SUBMISSION:
information provided by their AP Studio Art teachers (or, Students:
in some cases, you). apstudent.collegeboard.org/takingtheexam/
oo In February, check with your teacher(s) to ensure that all preparing-for-exams
students have been provided with access information and
Teachers:
have set up access to the Web application.
apcentral.collegeboard.org/studioartdigital
oo Encourage your teachers to stress to their students that
they should begin uploading images as soon as possible Coordinators:
after accessing the application, so that both students and professionals.collegeboard.org/studioartdigital
teachers can monitor the development of the portfolios. An online demo is available at:
Images can always be deleted or rearranged later. apstudiodemo.collegeboard.org
oo Talk to your teacher(s) about final deadlines for portfolio
submission. Confirm that your teacher(s) will have all
student portfolios forwarded to you in advance of May 5.
108
ᎰᎰ administer Exams on CD, including exams for students

Introduction with College Board–approved testing accommodations
Since much of the preparation for and administration ᎰᎰ report incidents
of the AP Chinese Language and Culture and AP
Japanese Language and Culture Exams on CD differ ᎰᎰ return student exam responses
significantly from those of paper-based AP Exams, this ᎰᎰ return exam materials
section will be the primary source of information for In the event that technical problems arise during
you and your proctors. Please share this information the setup process or during the exam, refer to the
with your information technology (IT) staff and anyone troubleshooting tips at the back of this section.
involved in the setup or administration of these exams.
Policies and procedures regarding exam security, Technical Support Availability:
testing incidents, and ordering, receiving, and Technical support is available throughout the year to
returning exam materials remain consistent with other provide assistance with all AP Chinese and Japanese
AP Exams. You will need to refer to these sections technical setup questions and issues.
as required.
ᎰᎰ Email: APiBTTech@ets.org
This section will help you:
ᎰᎰ Phone: 609-406-5640
ᎰᎰ understand policies and procedures specific to During the computer setup phase for AP Chinese and
Exams on CD Japanese Exams, technical support hours are: 8 a.m. to
ᎰᎰ track the dates, deadlines, and key tasks necessary to 8 p.m. ET, Monday through Friday.
administer the exams
On exam day for the Chinese and Japanese Exams
ᎰᎰ select and prepare testing sites (regularly scheduled and late-testing administrations),
ᎰᎰ select and train proctors around-the-clock technical support will be available.
ᎰᎰ prepare students
Hardware/Software and Technical Configuration Requirements

Each of your testing computers must meet minimum hardware and software requirements in order to administer AP
Chinese and Japanese Exams. If the testing computer has a camera or webcam, disable the camera or webcam prior
to the administration. If you haven’t already done so, check your testing computers against these requirements. Email
APiBTTech@ets.org if you have any questions about meeting these requirements.
Technical Specifications
1 Operating System Supported (must be U.S. English version) Minimum RAM

Microsoft Windows 7 Home Premium/Professional/Ultimate (32- and 64-bit) 2 GB
Microsoft Windows 8.1, Windows 8.1 Pro, and Windows 8.1 Enterprise (32- and
2 GB
64-bit)
Microsoft Windows 10 Home, Windows 10 Pro, Windows 10 Enterprise, and
2 GB
Windows 10 Education (32- and 64-bit)
Note: For installation of a supported operating system, refer to the system requirements on the Microsoft website. Microsoft Windows 2000,
Windows XP, Windows Vista and Windows 8.0 are not supported for 2017. If your test center computers are running Windows 8.0, they will
need to be upgraded to one of the supported operating systems. A convenient solution is to install Windows 8.1, which is available from
Microsoft as a free update. The Apple Mac and iMac computer systems are not supported for 2017. Variations in Input Method Editor (IME)
features between Windows and Mac have been found to create significant differences in the testing experience that would compromise the
validity of the exam if offered on both platforms.
2 Minimum Processor: Pentium D 3.4 GHz or equivalent
3 Free Disk Space: 500MB
Video Card: Must support a resolution of 1024 x 768 with at least 32-bit color depth.
4
Zoom Text requires a graphics adapter that can support DirectX 11 with 1 GB of dedicated video RAM.
CRT 17-inch or larger Widescreen monitors that can’t be
5 Monitor: configured to display with an aspect ratio
LCD 14-inch or larger of 4:3 are not supported.
6 CD-ROM Drive: Autorun function enabled

7 USB Port: (1.1 or 2.0) to copy exam results to USB drive provided by AP Program
109
8 Sound Card: 44.1 KHz (or better) sample rate

9 Headset requirements: Schools must use either Koss SB45/SB45 USB headsets or Califone 3066AV/3066-USB
headsets for each student testing. Headsets may be ordered from these websites:
www.koss.com/headphones/headsets
www.califone.com/products/3066.php
10 Internet Connectivity: Internet connectivity is not required on testing computers for the exam delivery. However,
if internet connectivity is available, it will greatly facilitate returning exam responses for scoring.
11 The following Input Method Editors (IMEs) are required:
Operating System Input Language Keyboard Layout/IME
Chinese (PRC) Microsoft Pinyin New Experience Input Style
Windows 7 Chinese (Taiwan) Microsoft New Phonetic 10.1 IME
Japanese Microsoft IME
Chinese (Simplified, China) Microsoft Pinyin
Windows 8.1 Chinese (Traditional, Taiwan) Microsoft Bopomofo
Chinese (Simplified, China) Microsoft Pinyin
Windows 10 Chinese (Traditional, Taiwan) Microsoft Bopomofo
Note: Microsoft Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Vista and Windows 8.0 are not supported for 2017.
12 Technical Configuration Requirements

Schools should review the following requirements to help prepare testing computers for AP Chinese and Japanese
Exam delivery. Implementation of some computer configurations may require assistance from technical staff at
your school.
12a. Administrator Rights: A Windows user account with local administrator rights is required to install and operate
AP Chinese and Japanese testing software on each computer. Set User Account Control to NEVER NOTIFY
during CD installation. The same Windows user account must be used for setup and during the exam. We
recommend consulting with your IT staff about this requirement.
12b. IME Configurations: IME configurations are specific to a Windows user account. To ensure that IME configuration
settings are preserved in the system, you must use the same Windows user account (see #12a, Administrator
Rights, above) for running both the Setup and Exam CDs.
12c. Desktop Security Configurations: Disable any desktop security software/hardware configurations such as
Centurion Guard, Deep Freeze, Drive Shield, Clean Slate, Fortress, etc., that are designed to erase a software
installation after a system reboot or at a scheduled time. Failing to disable such security configurations may result
in the loss of student exam responses.
12d. Windows Power Options: All test delivery computers’ Power Schemes must be configured so that the hard disk
and monitor stay ON and the systems do not go into hibernation or standby mode.
12e. Desktop Screen Savers: Workstation desktop screensavers should be disabled to ensure that they do not become
active during the exams and cause an interruption.
12f. Dual Monitors: Because the normal desktop and taskbar cannot be suppressed on both monitors, dual monitors
are not supported.
12g. Widescreen Monitors: To ensure that exam material is displayed legibly without any distortion, configure any
widescreen monitors to display with an aspect ratio of 4:3.
12h. Microsoft Windows Updates (Automatic Updates): Configure these updates so the computer does not
automatically reboot during the exam delivery, even if updates are applied.
12i. Applications: For security reasons, the following applications, if running on the testing workstations, will
not allow the exam to launch: MSN Messenger, Deep Freeze, Drive Shield, Clean Slate, Fortress, SnagIT, and
Windows Help Center. Please disable these applications before setup.
Note: School-owned laptops may be used to administer the AP Chinese and Japanese Exams only if they
remain in the school at all times and are not assigned or issued to individual students. Student-owned
laptops may not be used under any circumstances.
110
Microsoft® IMEs ᎰᎰ Two USB Drives: If you are unable to return student
responses via the internet, use the supplied USB drives.
Microsoft Input Method Editors (IMEs), which are
Use only the USB drives provided by the College Board for
part of the Windows operating system and which
this purpose. Each USB drive has 2 GB of memory and can
use the standard U.S. keyboard, are required for
hold approximately 60 AP Chinese and/or Japanese Exam
administration of the AP Chinese Language and
responses. Remove the shrinkwrap from the USB drives
Culture and AP Japanese Language and Culture
only if you need them. Returning unopened, unused USB
Exams. If the necessary IMEs have not been enabled
drives will provide confirmation upon return that your
on all workstations, when you run the Setup CD that
students’ responses have been uploaded via the internet,
you receive to install exam software, the Setup CD will
and it will facilitate processing of your shipment.
guide you through the process.
ᎰᎰ AP Chinese and Japanese Student Response Return
Envelope: The envelope should be used to return all used
Ordering Exams and unused USB drives, as well as any Fee Reduction/
Section Designation forms.
You can order AP Chinese and Japanese Exams online
ᎰᎰ Return Shipping Materials, if you ordered AP Chinese and
at the same time and at the same website that you
Japanese Exams only.
order all other AP Exams: www.collegeboard.org/
school. Once you order the exams, you will receive
a separate shipment of AP Chinese and Japanese
Headsets
Setup CDs in advance of the administration. Setup Schools must use either Koss SB45/SB45 USB headsets
CDs are required for preparing testing computers to or Califone 3066AV/3066-USB headsets for each student
deliver the exams. The Setup CDs are separate from testing. Using an unapproved headset may jeopardize
the Exam CDs. The earlier the exams are ordered, the the quality of the students’ exam responses. Headsets
sooner you will be able to ready your computers for may be ordered directly from the manufacturers at the
testing, and therefore provide an opportunity for your following websites, or check the Web for availability
students to practice with the sample exam questions. from other retail sources.
To ensure that you receive the Setup CDs by March www.koss.com/headphones/headsets
31, it is strongly recommended that you place your
exam order by March 8. Please call the SSD office www.califone.com/products/3066.php
immediately to advise of any students taking AP
Chinese or Japanese Exams with accommodations,
and provide detailed information about the Preparing Computers to
accommodations they need.
Administer the Exams
Setup CD Shipment The only advance preparation required to administer
AP Chinese and Japanese Exams is to run the Setup
The Setup CD shipment contains one AP Chinese and CD at least once prior to exam day, on each computer
Japanese Setup CD for each exam ordered online. You that will be used for testing. You will need local
will use the AP Chinese and Japanese Setup CD to: administrator rights to install the software contained
ᎰᎰ install the software required for each computer to deliver on the Setup CD, and you must use the same local
the exams administrator rights to log on to each computer on
ᎰᎰ confirm that required IMEs are enabled and test day. You should also confirm that the Windows
configured properly operating system installation CDs are available for all of

the testing computers, as they may be needed to install
ᎰᎰ check that the headset and microphone function properly  support for East Asian languages. Confirm that each
ᎰᎰ check that monitors can be set to the correct resolution workstation’s CD-ROM drive and power switch are
ᎰᎰ allow students to practice with sample exam questions physically accessible.
ᎰᎰ install screen magnification software for students who
Note: Schools with computers that do not have CD drives
have been approved for this accommodation
should contact AP Services for Educators for alternate test
locations.
Exam Shipment
The AP Chinese and Japanese Exam CDs will be Depending on the number of students testing and your
shipped with your order of paper-based exams in April school’s resources, you may choose to run the Setup
2017. Do not open the shrink wrapped Exam CDs CD yourself or request the services of your school or
at any point prior to the exam administration. In district IT technician.
addition to one Exam CD for each exam ordered,
you’ll receive:
111
Important Passwords and Codes the code for the school ordering and administering the
exams, even if you have students from other schools
There are several passwords and codes that
testing at your site. You will receive the installation
coordinators and proctors should have available before
code by email after you order your exams.
and during the exam administration. To facilitate
access to this information, you may use the following Administrator Override
table to note the codes for you and your proctors. You
The administrator override (CTRL+SHIFT+? followed
will receive your school’s codes by email once you
by the appropriate CD administrator password) is used
have ordered your exams. Keep this information handy
to interrupt an exam to initiate an unscheduled break,
but safeguard it from student access.
or to stop current testing. Note that the administrator
It is critical to enter the correct eight-digit installation override cannot be used during the audio portions
code during the initial Setup CD installation to ensure of the exams. If you must stop the exam during the
accurate processing of your students’ responses. Use listening or speaking tasks, eject the CD.
PASSWORDS AND CODES
Code or
Password Description
Installation Write the code Needed during Step 3 of installation and verification of Setup CD. This code is entered
Code here for only once, during the setup process.
reference:
Emailed to coordinator once exams are ordered.
________________
Setup CD setup Used to:
Administrator • Enable computer-delivered testing accommodations for sample exams
Password • Access administrator utilities
• Interrupt a sample exam (used in conjunction with the Administrator Override)
• Copy results to a USB drive for sample exam
Exam CD Write the Used to:

Administrator password here • Enable computer-delivered testing accommodations
Password for reference: • Access administrator utilities
• Interrupt an exam (used in conjunction with the Administrator Override)
• Copy results to a USB drive for return to AP Services
Emailed to coordinator once exams are ordered. Share the password with proctors,
as it may be needed during the exam to enable certain functions, but safeguard it
________________ from students.
Administrator Utilities SETUP CD INSTRUCTIONS

The Administrator Utilities screen provides functions, Do not use the previous year’s Setup CD. It may
such as exiting the CD, that may be needed during setup be used for student practice but should not be
or on exam day. AP coordinators, proctors, and school IT used to prepare your computers for the 2017 exam
technicians can access these functions by clicking the administrations.
Administrator Utilities button at the bottom of each
installation and student information registration screen, The following instructions outline the procedures for
and entering the appropriate administrator password. preparing your computers for testing. “Launching a
You may need to access the Administrator Utilities to: Sample Exam” (pages 115–116) can provide additional
ᎰᎰ run Interactive Checks to verify installed software assurance that the computer is ready to deliver the
ᎰᎰ install ZoomText screen magnification software exam(s), but is not a required technical preparation
step. A sample exam can be launched immediately
ᎰᎰ copy results from the computer to a USB drive to recover after setup, or any time after.
an interrupted exam
ᎰᎰ copy results from a USB drive to a computer to recover an Prior to setup, confirm that you are installing the
interrupted exam Setup CD and not the Exam CD. (The CD is labeled
“Setup.”)
ᎰᎰ view school code, change Internet usage and automatic/
manual IME settings Note: After the initial setup, if the Setup CD is run again on
ᎰᎰ exit the Setup CD or Exam CD your computers, you will bypass the installation screens and go
straight to Step 9.
112
Installation and Verification 6. IME Configuration: The screen will display a message
indicating that the IME (Input Method Editor)
1. Close all applications before beginning installation. Place
configuration will begin.
the CD into the CD drive of the computer. The CD should
run automatically. A pop-up window with a dark blue ፊፊ Click OK.
background will appear. This may take a few moments. 7. IME installation begins. This process varies depending
on the Windows version on your computer, as well as any
previously installed language support.
Various Windows dialogs may appear, but they will not
require any input from you
� If any Windows dialogs remain on the screen for more
than two minutes, refer to troubleshooting tip 5 on
page 124.
›› If the IME configuration fails, an error message will
display. Refer to troubleshooting tip 11 on page 126.
8. fter IME installation and configuration, a pop-up
A
message will appear indicating that the computer must
ፊፊ Type Y for Yes and press ENTER. be restarted to complete the setup.
›› If the software does not run automatically, � Click OK.
refer to troubleshooting tip 1 on page 123.
You will need to log in to Windows with the same
2. The screen will indicate that the AP Exam software files are username and password with administrator rights
being copied. When the installation is complete, you will see to continue the installation process.
a full-screen display with a light blue background.
Note: Setup will not start automatically after the
3. InstallationCode: You will be asked to enter the eight- computer restarts. After the restart, eject the CD tray and
digit installation code that you will receive in an email then close it in order to continue the setup process.
after you have ordered your exams. The first six digits
of this installation code reflect your school code, and the � If your CD drive is not enabled for Autorun, perform
last two digits verify that you have entered the correct the same steps you followed to run the CD in Step 1.
number. It is critical to enter the correct installation 9. After the Setup CD is reinserted, a pop-up window with
code for your school. a dark blue background will appear. This may take a few
ፊፊ Type [your 8-digit installation code] when prompted, moments. Messages will appear as the CD verifies your
then click OK. installation. No interaction is required.
›› If you make a mistake entering the installation code, 10. You will again be presented with the IME configuration
you will be asked to try again. If you lose or forget pop-up message.
the installation code, contact Technical Support. � Click OK.
4. Thescreen will indicate that the AP Exam software 11. The IME configuration process will now proceed. As
will automatically return responses for scoring over in Step 7, some Windows dialogs may appear, but no
the Internet. interaction is required. If the configuration is successful,
ፊፊ Click OK. you will proceed to the next step.
5. ScreenMagnification: You will be asked if this computer � If any Windows dialogs remain on the screen for more
will be used by a student who has been approved by than two minutes, refer to troubleshooting tip 5 on

the AP Program for the screen magnification testing page 124.
accommodation, which requires an additional software � If you had a prior technical issue during installation,
installation. If you are not sure, skip the installation you may need to follow an alternate path as described
process for now. You can install it at another time. The in the solution under troubleshooting
screen will prompt you: “Do you wish to SKIP installation tip 11 on page 126.
of screen magnification software at this time?”
12. Interactive Checks: You will now be prompted to
ፊፊ Click Yes if you wish to skip installation of the screen run some “interactive checks” (i.e., input from you
magnification software at this time and continue setup is required) to verify the audio and video settings
with Step 6. of the computer.
ፊፊ Click No ONLY if you have a student approved to test
with this accommodation, you have designated this
computer for the student, and you would like to install
the screen magnification software at this time. In this
case, the software installation will begin.
›› The testing computer requires free disk space of
2 GB to install ZoomText. Zoom Text requires a
graphics adapter that can support DirectX 11 with 1
GB of dedicated video RAM. � Click OK.
›› Note: If you choose to install the screen 13. There are three screens comprising the interactive
magnification software after setup has completed, checks. Click the Run Test button to start the
click on the Administrator Utilities button, enter the verification test on each screen.
setup administrator password (“setup”), and click on
the Install ZoomText option.
113
Results of the test will appear in the “Test Results”

panel. If the result indicates that the test passed, click
the Next Test button to proceed to the next screen.
Here is Screen 1 of the interactive checks: Verify Java
Web Start, Java Runtime Environment, and Input Locale.

Select a recording mixer for default input device and a
playback mixer for default output device. Click OK.
This test consists of three activities: calibrating the
microphone, recording a speech sample, and playing back
that sample. You will hear some audio instructions and
see pop-up direction screens during these activities.
ፊፊ Click Run Test.
� Click Run Test. Microphone calibration: You need to speak clearly
Blue text will appear in the “Test Results” panel into the microphone as soon as the tone is heard and
indicating the components that were verified, followed continue speaking until the next message appears.
by “Test PASSED.” ፊፊ Click OK to begin microphone calibration.
ፊፊ If a verification test fails, text will display (in red type) After successful microphone calibration, click OK.
in the “Test Results” panel, describing the failure. You will be prompted to record a speech sample. The
You may attempt to correct the issue and try again, or Playback Check pop-up window will appear.
contact Technical Support. ፊፊ Click OK to play back the speech sample.
ፊፊ Click Next Test to continue.
As you proceed through the steps, messages will appear
›› If the test for screen 1 fails due to an “unwanted in the “Test Results” panel, followed by a final “Test
process” error, refer to troubleshooting tip 6 on PASSED” message.
page 124. ፊፊ Click Finish to proceed. This concludes the installation
14. Interactive
Check, Screen 2 — Verify Resolution Change and setup.
and Screen Calibration. ›› If the microphone calibration is unsuccessful, or if
ፊፊ Click Run Test. the recorded speech sample is not audible and clear,
The screen will flash and you will see a white screen with refer to troubleshooting tip 8 on page 125.
the outline of a red box. If the display is correct, click OK. ›› If any of the interactive checks failed, you will
ፊፊ Click OK. not be able to proceed to the Student Information
ᎰᎰ Interactive Check Screen 2 will reappear, and blue text registration screens. You must make any necessary
should appear in the results panel indicating that a driver changes and then reinsert the CD to run the
was successfully loaded, followed by “Test PASSED.” interactive checks again.
ፊፊ Click Next Test to continue. 16. Youmay now access the sample Student Information
registration screens. The registration screens on the
›› If the white display does not appear satisfactory,
Setup CD are for practice only — registration information
select Fail and adjust the display. Consult your
entered on the Setup CD will not be saved.
monitor’s user guide to adjust the horizontal or
vertical settings. ፊፊ If you wish to launch a sample exam now, go to
Step 5 of “Launching a Sample Exam” (page 115) and
›› If the text on the white screen appears upside down,
follow all remaining steps.
follow troubleshooting tip 7 on page 124.
ፊፊ If you do not wish to launch a sample exam now, click
›› If you clicked OK on the white screen, but the test
the Administrator Utilities button, enter the setup
failed, contact Technical Support.
administrator password (“setup”), and select the Exit
15. Interactive
Check, Screen 3 — Audio Recording CD option.
and Playback.
Launching a sample exam on the testing computer is
If your computer has multiple Recording or Playback the best way to verify that setup was successful. As an
devices, a “Select Record & Playback Mixers” pop-up alternative, you can exit the CD, eject it, and reinsert it.
window may appear. Then follow Steps 1–4 on the next page to verify setup.
114
Launching a Sample Exam Select either Chinese or Japanese from the “Select a
Sample Exam” drop-down menu. (This choice will not be
After
1. initial setup, you may use the sample exam on the
available on Exam CDs, as those CDs deliver only
Setup CD to help your students prepare for the exam.
one exam.)
After the Setup CD is inserted, a screen with a dark blue
background will appear. This may take a few moments.
ፊፊ Click Next.
Messages will appear as the CD verifies your installation. ›› On the Setup CD, an AP number is prefilled for
No interaction is required. practice exams. This number is not the official
2. Youwill again be presented with the IME configuration AP number students will use on exam day. On an
pop-up message. Exam CD, the student will provide the assigned AP
number.
ፊፊ Click OK.
›› Select the “Check here if you require testing
3. The IME pop-up message will disappear, and the IME
accommodations” checkbox if you wish to view the
configuration process will proceed. As in Step 7 of
options for computer-delivered accommodations.
initial setup, some Windows dialogs may appear, but
Note: Any selections you make will not be saved.
no interaction is required. Once the configuration is
You will enable appropriate accommodations on
successful, you will proceed to the next step below.
exam day.
›› If any Windows dialogs remain on the screen for
6. After
completing the last Student Information screen, you
more than two minutes, refer to troubleshooting tip 5
will see a confirmation screen.
on page 124. If you had a prior technical issue during
installation, you may need to follow an alternate path
ፊፊ Click Continue to proceed.
as described in the solution under troubleshooting ›› If registration screens were skipped, then the
tip 11 on page 126. confirmation screen will show only the AP number
4. You will now be asked whether you wish to run and student name fields.
interactive checks again. 7. ChineseExam Launch: After the confirmation screen,
ፊፊ Click No to proceed. students taking the Chinese exam will see a screen titled
“Typing Options for the Writing Part of the Exam.” On
ፊፊ Note: On the actual Exam CDs, this screen will
exam day, students who intend to use the Pinyin input
not appear. Instead, students will see the first Student
method in the Writing part will be prompted to choose
Information registration screen, shown
whether they want to type responses in simplified
in the next step.
characters or in traditional characters (see “Output
5. Sample Student Information Registration Screens: Options for Typing Chinese Text” on page 116). A text
You will now see the first of a series of sample Student box is provided for these students to test the Pinyin
Information registration screens. If you wish to setting they have chosen. Note: This screen does not
familiarize yourself with these screens prior to the exam apply to students who intend to use the Bopomofo
administration, uncheck the “skip registration screens” input method.
checkbox before clicking Next.
Important: The registration screens on the Setup CD are
for practice only — registration information entered on
the Setup CD will not be saved.
Students should follow the onscreen directions and

then click Continue to proceed.
115
8. This is the final screen on the Setup CD that you will see Sample Student Information
before the sample exam begins:
Registration Screens
Sample student information registration screens
follow the AP Exam software installation screens and
may be used to help familiarize students with what
they’ll see on exam day. The registration screens on
the Setup CD are for practice only — registration
information entered on the Setup CD will not be
saved. Students may also elect to skip the sample
student information screens and launch the sample
Chinese or Japanese exam.
AP Chinese Language and Culture Exam:

Options for Chinese Text
Students have some choices for reading and writing
in Chinese. The options students select have no effect
on their scores. This information is clearly described
ፊፊ Click Begin Exam to proceed to the sample exam. in the exam directions; students should read this
information carefully. The options students have are
briefly outlined here:
Preparing Students for the Exam
Display Options for Reading Chinese Text (students
Using the Setup CD can change options during exam):
Schools are encouraged to provide students with the
Throughout the exam, whenever Chinese text is
opportunity to practice with the sample exam on the
displayed for students to read (i.e., each stimulus in
Setup CD before the exam administration. In particular,
the Reading part and one stimulus in the Writing part),
students must be thoroughly familiar with the input
they can use a button to toggle between displaying the
method they plan to use (see the Input Method Editors
text in traditional or simplified characters.
listed in the Technical Requirements, #11, on page 110)
and be fully prepared to use that input method to Input Options for Typing Chinese Text (students can
type their responses in the Writing part of the exam. change options during exam):
Learning to type using these IMEs is a required part
In the Writing part of the exam, students will be able
of the corresponding AP course. Reference guides,
to choose between two input methods for typing their
keyboard maps, or other typing instructions are not
responses in Chinese. When students reach the Writing
permitted during the exam. Each sample exam takes
part of the exam, they will be able to choose the
about two hours to complete.
desired input method by selecting Pinyin or Bopomofo
from a drop-down list.
Sample Exam Information
Output Options for Typing Chinese Text (students
Practice sessions with students should be held in
must select options prior to beginning exam):
the school’s computer lab, in a group setting. Please
note that: Students who intend to use the Pinyin input method in
the Writing part need to decide whether they want to
ᎰᎰ The sample exam is not a full-length exam, but does type responses in simplified characters or in traditional
include questions that represent the various parts of the characters. On the screen titled “Typing Options for the
complete exam and function in exactly the same way as Writing Part of the Exam,” they need to select either
the questions students will see on exam day. simplified or traditional characters. This screen appears
ᎰᎰ All directions screens in the sample exam are taken from before the exam begins; students will not be able to
the full-length exam so that students can see exactly change this setting after leaving this screen.
what the full-length exam will include. Consequently,
Note on punctuation: Students may use either Chinese-
some details, such as references to the number of
style or Western-style punctuation marks in the Writing
questions and approximate administration time, will not
part. Both are equally acceptable, and the use of one
match the sample exam.
or the other (or a mixture of the two) will not affect the
ᎰᎰ The sample exam includes a Section Exit button, which student’s score.
is provided to enable skipping ahead to practice different
parts of the exam or to exit the CD during the sample
exam. The Section Exit button will not appear in the Accommodations for Students
regular exams. with Disabilities
ᎰᎰ An administrator can interrupt a sample exam using the Refer to page 76 regarding eligibility for
administrator override (see page 112). accommodations on AP Exams. Because the AP
ᎰᎰ If a student wishes to take the sample exam again, he or Chinese and Japanese Exams are delivered and timed
she should slightly change the name entered to create a at the computer, and include Chinese and Japanese
new file. No sample exam responses, however, are sent characters, the AP Program must be advised well
for scoring and no scores are reported for the sample in advance if a student plans to take either of these
exam. exams with any accommodations. Note that extended
time is embedded in the exam software and cannot
ᎰᎰ Do not use the Setup CD’s sample exam on exam day. be timed separately by a proctor. Please contact SSD
Only the Exam CD contains the full-length exam. as soon as possible if a student who is approved for
116
accommodations is considering taking the AP Chinese ᎰᎰ All computers must be logged in with the same Windows
or AP Japanese Exams. Early notification will ensure username and password with local administrator rights
that appropriate accommodations will be available for that were used for setup. Using different login IDs may
your students. cause difficulties with the IMEs and other administrative
issues.
Computer-Delivered Testing Accommodations
ᎰᎰ You should have available these key pieces of information
When SSD has received notification that a student during the exam, which you may have noted in the table
requires testing accommodations on the AP Chinese or on page 112:
Japanese exams, you will be provided with the AP SSD ፊፊ Windows username and password with local
Guidelines booklet instructing you how to enable the
administrator rights that were used at setup
following computer-delivered testing accommodations
using the Setup CD and the Exam CD: ፊፊ school’s installation code
ፊፊ administrator override
ᎰᎰ Additional break
ፊፊ exam CD password
ᎰᎰ Adjustable colors
Apart from the username and password with local
ᎰᎰ Extended time
administrator rights, the other information will be
ᎰᎰ Screen magnification emailed to the coordinator after ordering the Chinese
Note: The screen magnification software must be and/or Japanese exams.
installed on the computer before testing (see page 113).
ᎰᎰ If you have any external USB storage devices (such as
During the Setup CD installation process, you should
backup hard drives) connected to testing computers,
designate a computer for the student testing with
you must disconnect these devices prior to the start
this accommodation.
of the exam.
Note: Zoom Text requires a graphics adapter that can ᎰᎰ Photocopy scratch paper on colored paper using the
support DirectX 11 with 1 GB of dedicated video RAM. template on page 130, and have available at least three
sheets of scratch paper and a pencil for each student.
ᎰᎰ Assign computers to the students as they enter the
Exam Day Activities testing room.
Review the sections on Preparing Proctors (pages 29–34) ᎰᎰ You must use the 2016-17 AP Exam Instructions book
and Ensuring Testing Room Compliance (page 32) in to read the instructions at the exam administration.
addition to the following information specific to AP You should also have this manual available in
Chinese and Japanese Exams. the testing room at the start of the exam.
ᎰᎰ Begin the exam at the designated time.
Testing Environment ᎰᎰ Like all AP Exams, students have a set amount of time
Most AP Chinese and Japanese Exams will be in which to complete the multiple-choice and free-
conducted in a computer lab. In addition to the response sections. If students complete any part or
guidelines for preparing testing rooms, the following section before the allotted time, they must sit quietly
apply specifically for these AP Exams on CD. until the time has expired.
ᎰᎰ Lighting must enable all students to read the computer
screen in comfort. It should not produce shadows or glare Breaks
on computer screens or writing surfaces. There is a scheduled 10-minute break after the
ᎰᎰ The five-foot (1.5 meter) minimum distance between completion of the multiple-choice section. Students

students must be maintained. Distance between students may reach the break screen at different times. Students
should be measured from the center of one student to the should sit quietly and must not leave the testing
center of the next student. computer until the proctor tells them to begin the break.
All students will begin the break at the same time. The
ᎰᎰ Students must face either the same direction or outward
screens are automatically locked during the scheduled
toward the wall. If students face outward toward the
break. After the scheduled break, students should
wall, the proctor/student ratio must be increased to two
verify that the identification information on the screen is
proctors for 1–25 students and an additional proctor for
correct and wait for instructions to resume the exam.
every additional 25 students.
In testing rooms where computer tables/desks are at Students may leave the room briefly during actual
a 90-degree angle, students must not be seated next testing time (an unscheduled break) to go to the
to each other in the connecting corner. restroom (see page 55). Proctors should use the
ᎰᎰ At each workstation, position the computer monitor, administrator override function (CTRL+SHIFT+?
keyboard, and mouse for ease of use without strain. followed by the exam administrator password) to
Workstations should be positioned to prevent enable the unscheduled break. Remind students that
students from easily viewing the computer screens they will not be allowed extra testing time for such
of nearby stations. an absence. During unscheduled breaks, the time on
the computer clock continues to run. Important: Do
ᎰᎰ Workstations must have a minimum writing surface of
not permit students to take unscheduled breaks while
12” × 15” (approximately 30.4 cm x 38.1 cm).
audio material is playing or when exam directions
screens are displayed. (See the AP SSD Guidelines
Administering the Exam document regarding approved extra and extended
Proctors should review all the material in this manual breaks for students with disabilities.)
as well as the exam-specific information in the 2016-17
AP Exam Instructions book prior to exam day.
117
Handling Questions and Problems Eject the CD and reinsert it. Ensure that the student
enters his or her name and AP number correctly on
Proctors should assist students who have questions or
the first Student Information screen and the exam
problems during the exam. Remind students that they
will continue at, or very close to, the point at which it
may be able to obtain computer-delivered assistance
was interrupted. To resume the exam on a different
by clicking Help at the top of the screen during
computer (due to a suspected hardware problem), first
the exam. Proctors should do their best to answer
follow the setup CD instructions (pages 112–114) on the
questions about exam procedures and directions
computer that you will use, if not already done:
for using the computer, but they must not answer
questions about exam content.
ፊፊ Click on Copy to USB to restart the exam on a different
computer.
Testing Incidents Follow the instructions on page 121 for copying the
exam results from the computer to a USB drive, and then
Refer to the Administration Incidents table on follow the steps below to copy the exam results from the
pages 58–65 for the appropriate action to take for each USB drive to a second computer, where the exam can
type of testing incident. be continued.
Resuming or Terminating an Interrupted Exam 3. Copying
Exam Responses from a USB drive
to a Computer
An exam may be interrupted by the proctor using the
administrator override (CTRL+SHIFT+? followed by the Continue with the following steps only if you need to
exam administrator password) or by a system problem resume an interrupted exam on a different computer, and
detected by the software (rare). Proctor intervention you have already saved the student’s exam responses
may be needed if a student is feeling ill or if the student from the first computer on a USB drive.
does not hear the audio playback, for instance, due to a First, insert the Exam CD in the target computer.
faulty headset. ፊፊ When the first Student Information screen appears,
An interrupted exam can be resumed on the same click the Administrator Utilities button and enter the
computer it was started on, or on another computer. If exam administrator password.
the exam cannot be resumed and the exam session is On the Administrator Utilities screen, click on the icon
terminated, the incomplete exam responses must still shown below:
be returned, either via Internet or USB drive.
Resuming an Interrupted Exam

1. Ifthe exam is interrupted for any reason, the following
pop-up message will appear.
4. Thefollowing screen will appear. The area labeled “USB

Drive List” will show the drive letter associated with any
USB drive plugged into the computer. If there is no USB
drive recognized, the message “(Please insert a USB flash
drive)” will appear.
ፊፊ Click Yes to resume the exam.

2. Thestatus message will appear as follows, with the “Exit
CD” and “Copy to USB” buttons available:
Insert a USB drive and wait a few moments for its drive
letter to appear on the screen.
To resume the exam on the same computer, click on Exit

CD.
118
5. Now click on the USB drive letter in order to display the Terminating an Interrupted Exam
list of exams contained on the selected USB drive, as 1. If
the exam is interrupted for any reason, the following
shown below. pop-up message will appear.
Under “Exam List,” click on the exam you wish to copy

to the computer, and then click Copy from USB to start ፊፊ Click No to terminate the exam session and upload the
the copy. results.
6. The pop-up confirmation screen will appear: ›› If a technical problem prevents a restart, contact
Technical Support. In the event the exam cannot
be restarted, file an Incident Report and contact AP
Services for Educators to order an exam for
late testing.
the internet is available, the following message will
2. If
appear once the upload is complete.
ፊፊ Click OK to proceed with the copy.

7. Thefollowing pop-up message will appear, confirming
that the copy has been completed.
ፊፊ Click Exit CD.

ፊፊ If the Internet is not available, the Results Upload
Status will read: “Results upload was unsuccessful.
Please copy results to a USB drive.”

ፊፊ Click Copy to USB and follow Steps 2 through 5 on
page 121 for copying exam results to a USB drive.
›› If the results upload is still in progress, the following
message may appear, and the “Halt Upload” button
will be available:
ፊፊ Click OK to return to the “Copy from USB” screen.
ፊፊ Click Exit Administrator Utilities to return to the first
Student Information screen. Ensure that the student
enters his or her name and AP number correctly on
the first Student Information screen, and the exam
will continue at, or very close to, the point it was
interrupted.
›› This message will automatically change once the
upload completes. If the upload takes more than a
few minutes to complete, depending on your internet
connectivity, you may wish to halt the upload. You
will then be required to copy these exam results to
the USB drive provided by the AP Program. Follow
the instructions beginning on page 121.
119
Completing the Exam and Post-Exam Activities

Dismissing Students
As each student completes the exam, proctors should Return Exam Results
collect the scratch paper and check each computer to If the testing computer is connected to the internet,
ensure that the exam has been completed. The final the exam responses will automatically upload to the
screen on the computer (see following screen) will let the AP Program during the exam. At the end of the exam
proctor know if the exam responses are being uploaded administration, a screen will inform the proctor of the
automatically via the internet. Remove the Exam CDs status of the upload to the internet. If the internet
from the computer drive. cannot be used to collect student responses, a screen
will prompt the proctor to copy the exam responses
onto the USB drive provided in the Exam
CD shipment.
Return Results via the Internet

1. This
is the last screen of the exam. It will dismiss
automatically; no interaction is required.
Alternatively, the proctor must copy the responses

using the USB drive included in the Exam CD shipment.
(See Return Exam Results on this page.) All students
must be dismissed from the testing room at the same 2. Thefollowing screen will appear when there is a working
time. No one may leave early except in cases of illness internet connection. The “Exam Status” indicates that the
or misconduct. If a student finishes before the end of exam was completed, and the “Results Upload Status”
the testing time, he or she must sit quietly until all indicates that results have been successfully uploaded.
students have finished and everyone is dismissed.
The proctor should remind students to retrieve their
personal belongings.
Used scratch paper should be destroyed immediately
after the exam, unless it will be submitted as part of
an Incident Report (IR). Used scratch paper associated
with an IR should be sent to the AP Program in the
Incident Report return envelope, along with the original
copy of the IR. Keep a copy of the Incident Report for
your records.
ፊፊ Click Exit CD.
120
If the results upload is still in progress, the following 3. Insert

one of the USB drives you received in your exam
message may appear, and the “Halt Upload” button shipment and wait a few moments for its drive letter to
will be available: appear on the screen.
ፊፊ If unexpected windows appear after you insert the
USB drive, refer to troubleshooting tips 9 and 10 on
page 125.
4. Now click in the Exam List on the exam to be copied, and
in the Drive List on the drive letter for your USB drive.
Then click Copy to USB.
This message will automatically change once the

upload completes. If the upload takes more than a
few minutes to complete, depending on your internet
connectivity, you may wish to halt the upload.
However, call Technical Support first; they may be able
to assist you with uploading the results. Alternatively,
you will then be required to copy these exam results to
the USB drive provided by the AP Program.
Return Results via the USB Drive

1. After
the last screen of the exam, if internet connectivity
is not available, the following status message will appear
on the status screen:
5. Thestudent’s name and the drive letter will appear

for confirmation.
ፊፊ Click on Copy to USB to copy the exam results from the

computer’s hard drive to a USB drive.
2. This
is the first screen in the process for copying exam
results from a computer’s hard drive to a USB drive. The
area labeled “Exam List” will show the exam results that
ፊፊ Click OK to proceed with the copy.
are on the computer, and available to be copied to a USB 6. Thefollowing pop-up message will appear confirming
drive. that the copy has been completed.

The area labeled “USB Drive List” will show the drive
letter associated with any USB drive plugged into
the computer. If there is no USB drive recognized, the
message “(Please insert a USB flash drive)” will appear.
ፊፊ Click OK to exit the CD.
121
Fee Reduction/Section Designation Form To perform cleanup on each computer:

Coordinators must use a separate form, shown on page 129 1. OpenWindows Explorer (usually under Start >
of this book and which can be photocopied or downloaded Programs > Accessories)
from www.collegeboard.org/apdownloads, to: on the C: drive, and navigate to the
2. Click
ᎰᎰ indicate which AP Chinese and/or Japanese students APExamSoftware directory.
are eligible for College Board, federal, and/or state 3. Underthe APExamSoftware directory, navigate to
fee reductions. the ibt subdirectory, and then the bin subdirectory
ᎰᎰ assign students to separate class sections, if the school under ibt.
would like to view separate AP Instructional Planning 4. Nowdouble-click on the file: uninstall.bat in the
Reports and subject score rosters for multiple class bin subdirectory. This will start the uninstall process.
sections (recommended). 5. You
will be prompted to confirm removal of the software.
Include the completed form in the Chinese and Type Y for yes, and press ENTER and all AP Exam
Japanese Student Response Return Envelope. Place the software and exam responses will be removed from your
envelope in the first carton you are returning to the AP computer.
Program. Keep a copy for your records.
Cleanup Follow the instructions on pages 67–71 for returning
Schools should leave students’ exam responses on their AP Exam materials.
computers’ hard drives until scores are received. The
student responses are encrypted and therefore pose no
exam security concerns. Postponing cleanup will provide
the AP Program with sufficient time to ensure that all
student responses from your school have been received
and scored. In the event that a student’s responses
were not received, we will contact you to retrieve the
responses from the testing computer’s hard drive.
122
Troubleshooting Tips
These troubleshooting tips cover issues you may encounter during setup
activities performed using the AP Chinese and Japanese Setup CD (tips 2–8), as
well as general issues which also apply to exam day activities (tips 1, 9, and 10).
Tip 11 addresses failures in IME configuration and describes the procedure for
manual IME configuration, which affects both setup and exam-day activities.
1. CD does not start — Autorun not enabled or working
Problem: Note: You should consult your local IT
If the setup/exam software does not start up automatically after you close the technician about enabling autorun,
CD drive tray, your computer may not have “autorun” enabled for your CD drive. if possible.
Solution:
Place the CD into the CD drive and close the CD tray. Follow the steps below
to start the setup/exam software:
Windows 7 users:
1. Go to the Windows “START” menu and click on Computer.
2. Identify the CD drive and double-click to view its contents.
3. Double-click on the START.BAT file in the root directory of the CD.
Windows 8.1 and 10 users:
1. Go to the Windows “Desktop” and click on File Explorer icon on
the Taskbar.
2. Identify the CD drive and double-click to view its contents.
3. Double-click on the START.BAT file in the root directory of the CD.
Note: You will need to follow these steps each time you insert the Setup or
Exam CD.
2. Setup does not proceed after computer restart

Problem: Note: Opening and closing the CD tray
The setup program does not automatically resume after the computer is are necessary to start the exam software
restarted during software installation. after the computer is rebooted, or any
time after the Setup CD is terminated
Solution: via the “Exit CD” button. If autorun
Follow the steps below to continue with the setup: is not enabled for the CD drive, then
follow the instructions in tip 1 above.
1. Open the CD tray.
2. Ensure that the Setup CD is in the tray.
3. Close the CD tray.
3. Setup fails with a message: keyboard driver installation failed

Problem:
The probable cause of keyboard driver installation failure is that the
Windows user account used for running the setup program did not have
local administrator rights.
Solution:
Contact your IT technician and ensure that you are logged on to Windows
with a user account that has local administrator rights.
If this problem persists, contact Technical Support for assistance.
4. Audio problems — Student has difficulty hearing the audio stimulus
Problem:
The student is unable to hear the audio stimulus during the listening section
of the exam.
Solution:
Listening section questions are timed. As the timer expires, the exam moves
onto the next question. To prevent the exam from automatically moving onto
the next question, immediately interrupt the exam by ejecting the Exam CD.
Check the following:
ፊፊ The headsets are plugged in correctly (microphone to microphone port and
headset to headset port)
ፊፊ The sound device mixer volume level sliders are set midway or higher
ፊፊ Ensure that you can play and clearly hear audio content before launching the
exam
123
Subsequently, confirm that the audio problem has been resolved by running
the Audio Recording and Playback Interactive Check using the Exam CD. If
you are able to pass this check successfully, resume the exam.
If you need further assistance, contact Technical Support.
5. Setup program stops during IME configuration
Problem:
Note: If the automatic IME
The automatic IME installation and configuration stops with the Windows IME
configuration fails, you should see a
configuration dialog boxes remaining on the screen for more than two minutes. message. You will then be required to
Solution: complete IME configuration manually,
Try pressing the CTRL key on the keyboard, or clicking OK on any open or reset the installation to attempt
automatic configuration again. Contact
configuration dialogs.
Technical Support for assistance.
If this problem occurs each time you insert the Setup CD, contact Technical
Support for assistance.
INTERACTIVE CHECKS FAILURES

If one or more of the interactive checks have failed, you may exit the CD
using the following steps:
1. Click the Administrator Utilities button at the bottom of the screen.
2. Type in the Setup CD password (setup) and click OK.
3. Click the Exit CD button on the “Administrator Utilities” screen, and
attempt to correct the problem.
6. Interactive check failed: Verify Java Web Start, Java Runtime Environment, and
Input Locale screen
Unwanted Process Failure: Note: Certain processes, like MSN
The test fails with the following error message displayed in the Test Messenger Service, Centurion Guard,
Results panel: Deep Freeze, Drive Shield, Clean
Slate, Fortress, SnagIT, Windows Help
Running test, please wait ... Center, etc., should not be running on
the computer during exam delivery.
[additional messages …] Failing to disable these processes/
Process Monitor failed. applications may result in the loss of
ERROR : fgccsrt.EXE student exam responses.
[additional messages …]
Found unwanted process: fgccsrt.EXE
Test FAILED
Solution:
Identify the unwanted process listed in the bottom line of the error message
(e.g., fgccsrt.EXE in the example above). Disable the process/application
specified so that it does not run again even after the computer is restarted.
It may require you to disable the process/application services within the
Windows Control Panel > Services applet so that it is stopped and it does
not start automatically after the computer is restarted.
7. Interactive check failed: Verify Resolution Change and Screen Calibration screen
Problem:
The check fails because the text is displayed upside down on the screen.
Solution:
Disable the “rotation” feature of your video adapter.
Certain video adapters provide the capability to rotate the entire display. Figure 1A
This feature is not compatible with the exam software, and should be
disabled. To disable this feature, navigate to the Windows Control Panel.
Double-click on Display, click on the Adjust Resolution, and then click on
the Advanced Settings. A dialog specific to your video adapter will now be
displayed. Look for a configuration setting related to “rotation,” and make
the appropriate selections to disable it.
Figures 1A and 1B show specific configuration dialogs for a popular Intel
video adapter. Click on the Intel Extreme Graphics 2 tab and then click the
Graphics Properties button (see Figure 1A) to access the dialog box shown
in Figure 1B. Next, click on the Display Settings tab and then uncheck the
Enable Rotation checkbox to disable screen rotation. Figure 1B
124
8. Interactive check failed: Verifying Audio Recording and Playback screen

Problem:
The microphone calibration is unsuccessful. This is an indication that the
software did not register an adequate level of speech for recording. The
following message displays:
Loading driver ...
Driver loaded successfully. Figure 2
ERROR: Original Exception: Couldn’t set the input level before timeout
expired. Timeout (millis): 30000 CurrentMicLevel: 100
[additional messages …]
Test FAILED
Solution:
Check the following:
ፊፊ The headsets are plugged in correctly (microphone to microphone port and
headset to headset port)
ፊፊ The microphone is not muted
ፊፊ The sound device mixer volume level sliders are set midway or higher
ፊፊ You are speaking loudly enough and directly into the microphone
ፊፊ Speak immediately when prompted
ፊፊ Ensure that you have selected an appropriate recording mixer for
default input device and a playback mixer for default output device if
the pop-up window shown in Figure 2 was displayed during Interactive
Check startup. Figure 3
Pop-up
9. window displays when a USB drive is inserted
Problem:
Inserting a USB drive into the USB port pops up a window as shown in
Figure 3 or 4.
Solution:
Click on the red X at the top right corner of the pop-up window to dismiss
the window and proceed with copying the exam results.
10. USB driver installation
Problem:
In rare cases, inserting a USB drive into the USB port will prompt the user Figure 4
to install the drivers. See Figure 5.
Solution:
Follow the instructions on the screen to install the USB drivers.
You may also be presented with an additional dialog box (see Figure 6)

if the driver files you are installing have not passed Windows Logo
testing by Microsoft.
The drivers should be installed to make the USB drive operational.
Figure 5 Figure 6
125
Automatic
11. IME configuration is unsuccessful
Problem:
The automatic IME configuration encountered an error or requested
repeated restarts of the computer during IME configuration.
If you see a warning message after several reboot requests (see Figure 7),
or an error message (see Figure 8), contact Technical Support.
Solution: Figure 7
Certain software installed on your computer may cause the IME procedure
to fail, or force multiple reboots of the computer. If this occurs, the exam
software will inhibit the automatic IME configuration, and display the
pop-up message shown in Figure 9 when you next insert the CD.
This message will be followed by a special IME verification screen
(shown below.)
Figure 8
Figure 9
Click the Run Test button, and check the “Test Results” panel for any
messages, then click Finish to continue.
If the test passed, you will be able to proceed with the remaining
interactive checks as described in the setup instructions. However, you
should run a sample exam for each language you will be testing to ensure
that the IMEs are properly configured. Optimally, typing responses to the
items in the Writing part of the exam can serve as verification that the
characters appear as expected.
If this verification step fails, or you find that the IME does not function
correctly in the Writing part of the sample exam, you will need to
manually configure this computer’s IME. Contact Technical Support for
assistance.
The IME verification screen shown above will be displayed each time an
AP Setup CD or Exam CD is inserted in a computer that has been through
this procedure.
126
AP Exam Seating Chart

®
(Directions and Sample)

AP coordinator or proctor: Complete the chart on the next page for every testing room used during each subject’s exam
administration and retain it for at least six months. (Your state or district may require you to retain seating charts for
a longer period of time.) Having seating charts on file will help expedite an investigation of a reported incident should
one occur.
Refer to the sample on this page to construct the seating chart. Use the diagram on the next page to indicate how exam
booklets were distributed in your testing room.
Note: Seating charts should not be returned in the exam shipment unless they are required as part of an Incident Report.
In this case, the chart should be included with the Incident Report in the IR Return envelope and placed in the first carton
(carton 1 of X) returned to AP Services.
1. For large rooms, use a separate form for each area of the 6. Draw a large X to cross out any unused area outside the
room and indicate, in words and with arrows, where areas boundary. Draw a small X through any unused seats within
adjoin each other. the boundary.
2. At the top of the chart, indicate the AP Exam, room number, 7. Write the full name of the student or the 11-digit serial
and school code. Beside the room number, indicate whether number of the exam booklet assigned to each occupied
this is a complete room or a section of a larger room by seat, e.g., S0002161811.
specifying the section (i.e., A, B, C). 8. For each row, draw directional arrows to indicate the
3. Indicate the position of the proctor’s desk or table if it is not direction in which the booklets were distributed.
at the front of the room.
4. Indicate the location of the entrance doors. 10. The completed seating chart must be returned to the AP
5. Draw a line around the group of seats occupied in the room coordinator and retained for six months. Keep a copy of any
or in your assigned area. seating chart that is returned to AP Services in your exam
shipment.
p l e
a m
S
127
128
Case
AP® Exam: __________________________________________ Room: _________________ School Code: __________________________

Rear
Photocopy this form before use or download this form from www.collegeboard.org/apdownloads.
AP Proctor or Front (students face this direction)

Coordinator’s Desk
3:17-cv-01379-MMA-KSC Document 15-3 Filed 07/12/17 PageID.541 Page 131 of 141
Name of person completing this diagram (please print) Date

School Code:
Fee Reduction/Section Designation Form

for AP Chinese and Japanese Exams on CD
®
Use this form only if: Instructions:

(1) You have students who are eligible for fee reductions, (1) Print your school code at the top of this form.
or
(2) For fee reductions, enter the student’s name, and enter
(2) You have more than one class section for one or both a check mark under Option 1 or Option 2, as appropriate.
of the exams, and would like a separate AP® Instructional Refer to page 22.
Planning Report and a subject score roster for each
(3) To view a separate AP Instructional Planning Report
AP class section. Since AP Chinese or Japanese exam
and subject score roster for each AP class section taught,
takers do not complete a paper answer sheet but rather
enter the student’s name and enter the class section
complete their registration on the testing computer,
(identified as 1 to 9) under the appropriate column for
it is important to collect this information using the form
Chinese or Japanese.
below. Return this form in the AP Chinese and Japanese
Student Response Return Envelope that you return to the (4) Keep a copy for your records.
AP Program.
Eligible for
Name of Student Fee Reduction Chinese Section (1–9) Japanese Section (1–9)
Option 1 Option 2
129
School Code:
AP Exams on CD Scratch Paper

®
May 2017
AP Coordinator: Please photocopy this form on colored paper.
Name: AP Number:
130
IR page of School Code:___________________________
2017 AP Coordinator’s ®
Incident Report (IR) Form

Date of Report: School Name:
City: State: ZIP/Postal Code: Country:
AP Coordinator Contact Information

Name (please print): Signature:
Summer Phone Number: ( ) Email:
Exam Information (Please print) Exam Form (Please print)

The form information appears in the lower right-hand corner of the
Exam Title: multiple-choice and free-response booklets. Please include the form
(e.g., Form O, A, I, etc.) and the form code (e.g., Form 4NBP).
Exam Code:
Exam Section: Form:
Exam Date: Form Code:
Type of Incident (Grid all that apply and explain the events in detail below)
Defective Materials (Grid all that apply) Misconduct Student Dismissed
Multiple Choice Short-Answer Response Overtiming — Number of Minutes:__________________
Free Response Undertiming — Number of Minutes:_________________
Master Audio CDs_______________________ Interruption — Number of Minutes:__________________
Chinese and Japanese Exams on CD Disturbance — Number of Minutes:__________________
Equipment Problems Student Shared Same AP Number
Short-answer responses and/or free responses written Student Used Ink on Answer Sheet
in wrong book Student Used Extra Paper
Early opening of Section II packs Student Used Cell Phone/Prohibited Device or It Made
Mix-up or redistribution of free-response books during Noise
administration/administration irregularity Student Removed/Attempted to Remove Exam
Misplaced Answers Materials
Illness Testing Off-Schedule
Missing Exam Materials Other
Was AP Services for Educators AP Services Case Number:____________________________
contacted? yes no Has an alternate exam been ordered? yes no
Did the incident compromise the student’s ability to test
enough to require late testing? yes no
Individual student incident — Complete the following:
Student’s Name: Student’s AP Number:
Group incident — On a separate piece of paper, provide the exam title, the school code(s), and the names and
AP numbers of all students involved.
Number of Students Involved:____________________
REQUIRED: Incident Detail — Explanation (Describe all events and actions taken on next page)
ETS USE ONLY

FRB SR MCB OB ML MS C/J DATE INITIALS
131
IR page of
Exam Title: School Code:
2017 AP Coordinator’s
®
Incident Report (IR) Form

Incident Detail
REQUIRED: Incident Detail — Explanation (Describe all events and actions taken):
132
Index
Index
Accommodations letter (See testing accommodations) Chinese and Japanese exams on CD
accommodations 116
Administering French, German, Italian, and
Spanish Language and Culture exams and Music administrative override 112
Theory exams 94–99, 101–104 completing 120
Using the Digital Audio Submission (DAS) portal hardware configuration 109–110
94, 96, 101, 103 headsets 110–111
Using the Digital Audio Capture (DAC) app input/output text options (Chinese) 116
101, 104 installation 113
Administrator interrupted (resuming) 118
override 112 Microsoft Input Method Editors (IMEs) 110–111
to resume interrupted exam 118 ordering exams 111
utilities 112 passwords and codes 112
preparing computers (setup) 111
Aids, approved/not approved 77–78
returning results 120
Answer sheet 50 Return Results via the USB Drive 121
Audio recording sample exam information 116
for music theory exam 101–104 scratch paper for (form) 130
for world language exams 95–97 setup CD 116
headsets for 111 (troubleshooting) 123
materials 28, 94–95, 101 students with disabilities 116
recording in digital lab or computer lab 95–96 technical configuration 109
tech support 109, 113, 114, 119, 121, 123, 124, 126
Braille and large-type exam materials 9, 13, 18, 21,
hours of availability 109
26, 67–68, 70, 77–79
tech display options (for reading Chinese text) 116
packaging list for 67–70
troubleshooting 123
Breaks 38, 55, 79 uninstalling software (cleanup) 122
rest breaks 79 USB drive (returning results via) 121
restroom breaks during exam 55, 117
Codes
Calendars (See also checklist) access code for online exam ordering 18
AP coordinator planning 10–12 China self-study codes 20
SSD coordinator planning 13 college codes (in Student Packs) 50
Canceling scores (See scores) exam codes 34
form codes (scrambled for multiple choice) 53
Cartons
free-response booklet (codes on) 43
damaged 67
home-school codes/self-study 19–20
labeling 71
India self-study codes 20
packing 69–70
international home-school codes 20
sealing 71
multiple-choice booklet (codes on) 42
shipping 71
software installation codes 112
Studio Art 25–26, 68
Computer Science Principles 92–93
CD exam installation 113 (See also audio)
Deadlines
Cell phones (prohibited in exam room) 15 (See also
changing score recipients 12
electronic equipment)
Computer Science Principles digital submission 93
Checklist course audit submissions 11
important tasks and timelines, Computer Science exam materials return 12
Principles 93 exam ordering 18
master 7–9 exam payments and invoices 12
Studio Art digital submission 108
133
ordering free-response booklets 10 preparation of test site 32

ordering score labels 12, 74 score reports 72
returning participation materials 10 scores (overview) 72
Studio Art digital submission 105–108 security 14
submit accommodations requests for students timing per exam (chart) 34
with disabilities 76 troubleshooting (software) 123
Digital submission updates for 2016–2017 5
Computer Science Principles 93 Extended Time (See testing accommodations,
Studio Art 105–108 extended time)
technical requirements for 93, 107
Fees 18, 22 (See also exams)
Disabilities, students with 68, 76 AP fee reduction for Chinese and Japanese exams
aids for 77 122
braille writers for 78 AP fee reduction policy 22
Chinese and Japanese language exams on CD Forms
116–117
ambiguity and error form 40
exam rooms for 78
fee reduction/section designation 8, 129
extended time 79–81
incident report 39, 57
magnifiers/magnifying machines 78
incident report (form) 131–132
ordering exams for 77
Nonstandard Administration Report (NAR) Form
Electronic devices (and exam security) 15, 47 (completing) 89
approved calculators 46–49 scratch paper (for exams on CD) 130
for students with disabilities 77–78 seating chart 127, 128
technology that is not approved 15, 46–47 Temporary Support Request 8, 76
Equipment for world languages, Spanish Free-response

Literature and Culture, and Music Theory Exams booklet covers 43
94, 96, 100, 101, 104 booklets (ordering) 73
Exam day 51 (See also exams, post-exam day) sequence (for world language exams) 97
checklist 9 French, German, Italian, and Spanish Language
and Culture exams
Exams (See also exams, post-exam day, packing
cartons) equipment, room, materials 94
alternate (late testing) 21, 26 free-response administration options 97–99
breaks during 38, 55, 79, 117 recording options 95–97
completing (Chinese and Japanese) 120 seating 95
discrepancies with identification 16 speaking parts 95–97
exams on CD 109 Graphing calculators 48–49 (See also electronic
extended time 79–88 devices)
fees 8, 18, 19, 22
Headsets 110–111 (See also audio)
forms (chart) 28
free-response content 39, 56, 73, 97 Home-schooled students (See also students)
booklet covers 43 home-school codes 20
booklets 73 Identification discrepancies 16
incidents during 57–65
Incident reports (causes and procedure) 39, 57–65,
materials 67
(See also reports)
checking and storing 25
determining need for 57–65
collecting 56
form 57, 131–132
returning 67
ordering 7, 18 Input Method Editors (IMEs) 111 (See also Chinese
and Japanese exams on CD, testing accommodations)
ordering (for late testing) 21
ordering (for students with disabilities) 77 Japanese exam on CD (See Chinese and Japanese
paper-based preparation 35 exams on CD)
(vs. preparation with CD) 111
134
Late testing Readers (See testing accommodations)

allowable reasons for 21
Rebates 10, 22, 24
alternate exam for 21
for schools with large AP programs 24
Index
ordering alternate exams for 21
per exam 22
Links to online resources 3–4
Reports (See also forms)
Materials (exam) 25 Incident report (form) 131–132
audio 28, 94, 100, 101 Incident report (reasons and procedures) 57–65
braille and large-type 26 Nonstandard Administration Report (NAR) 13, 89
returning 67–71 NAR (sample) 90–91
storing 26 score reports 72–74
what students should and shouldn’t bring to the
Rest breaks (See breaks)
exam 46
Retesting 21
Medical conditions (temporary), assistance for 76
Return Results via the USB Drive (see Chinese and
Misconduct 16, 60–61
Japanese exams on CD)
Identification discrepancies 16
Sample exam
Multiple-choice sections 38
booklet covers 42–45
booklet cover 42
for Chinese and Japanese 115
rescore service 73
security 14–16 Scheduling
early testing 14
Music Theory Exam
late testing 21
equipment, room, materials 101
start time 14, 36
sight-singing options 101–102
Digital Audio Capture (DAC) application 104 Scores 72
canceling (administration reasons for) 15
Nonstandard Administration Report (NAR) 89–91
cancellation 72
(See also testing accommodations)
invalid 16
Online score reports (See scores) multiple-choice rescore service 73
Ordering exams 18–24 online reports 73
overview 72
Override, administrator 112
withholding 72
Packing (See also materials)
Scratch paper 46
cartons 69–70
collecting 63, 120
sealing and labeling cartons 69, 71
destroying 67, 120
sequence 69–70
for Chinese and Japanese exams on CD (form) 130
Packing list supplying 117
create a 67
Seating 51, 52 (See also exams)
for braille and large-type exams 68
chart 39, 52–53
packing in carton (with multiple cartons) 69
chart (form) 127–128
unused reader copies (of exams) noted on 77
for administering speaking part in classroom 95
Passwords and codes (See also codes) for Calculus AB, Calculus BC, and U.S. History
exams 52–53
Portfolios, digital (See Studio Art exams)
for suspected misconduct and exam security
Post-exam day 9, 66 (See also exam day) incidents 57
plans (approved) 52
Proctors 8, 29–41
policies 54
duties of 31
materials to bring 31 Security icon 14
minimum number of 29, 117 Services for Students with Disabilities (SSD) (See
preparing 8, 29 also calendars, exam day, testing accommodations)
training 35–41
Sight-singing (for Music Theory exam) 101–102
Reader copies (of exams), unused 77
Spanish Literature and Culture exam 100
135
Storing exams 26 Testing accommodations (See also braille, Chinese

and Japanese exams on CD, Studio Art exams)
Student packs 50
accommodations letter 13, 37, 40
Students (See also home-schooled students) approved/not approved aids 77
Index
dismissing 56, 120 braille, transcribing 78
home-schooled students Chinese and Japanese exams on CD 116
home-schooled students (codes) 20 IMEs 110, 111
preparing 8 text display options 115, 116, 117
what to bring on exam day 46 extended time 13, 18, 79
seating 51–54 subject-specific charts 81–88
with disabilities 13, 68, 76–91 IEP or 504 Plan and 76
ordering exams for 77 Limited-Time (multiple-day) testing 80
Studio Art exams 105–108 materials for 18, 77
coordinator’s checklist 108 medical conditions (temporary), assistance for 76
digital submission for 105–108 Nonstandard Administration Report (NAR) 13,
89–91
Drawing and 2–D Design portfolio submission 107
planning calendar for 13
ordering 107
readers, sign-language interpreters, and writers 77
packing list for 67, 68
requesting 76
portfolios 67–68, 105, 107
Services for Students with Disabilities (SSD)
multiple portfolios 108
requests 76
returning physical portfolios 68
submitting multiple portfolios 108 Troubleshooting (Chinese and Japanese) 123–126
technical requirements for 107
Temporary Support Request form 76 (See also

forms, testing accommodations)
Testing
incidents 57–65
irregularities 16
off-site 32
rooms 32
136
2017 Late-Testing Schedule

This schedule contains boxes to tally the number of alternate exams you give
in each subject. You may photocopy this schedule and distribute it to your
proctors and teachers.
Morning Afternoon Afternoon

Day 8 a.m. 12 p.m. 2 p.m.
Comparative
Latin
Government and Politics
Wednesday, May 17
English Language
Macroeconomics
and Composition
Music Theory Environmental Science
French Language
Statistics
and Culture
United States Japanese Language
Government and Politics and Culture
United States History Microeconomics
Calculus AB Art History

Thursday, May 18
Calculus BC Chemistry
Computer Science A European History
Human Geography Physics 1: Algebra-Based
Spanish Language
World History
and Culture
Chinese Language Physics C: Electricity
Biology
and Culture and Magnetism
English Literature Computer Science
Friday, May 19
and Composition Principles

Italian Language German Language
and Culture and Culture
Physics 2:
Physics C: Mechanics
Algebra-Based
Psychology Seminar
Spanish Literature
and Culture
• Schools must begin the morning exam administration between 8 and 9 a.m. local time and the afternoon exam administration
between 12 and 1 p.m. local time. The AP Physics C: Electricity and Magnetism Exam must begin between 2 and 3 p.m. local
time. Schools in Alaska must begin the morning exam administration between 7 and 8 a.m. local time and the afternoon exam
administration between 11 a.m. and 12 p.m. local time. The AP Physics C: Electricity and Magnetism Exam in Alaska must begin
between 1 and 2 p.m. local time.
• Coordinators are responsible for notifying students when and where to report for the exams. Early testing or testing at times other
than those published by the College Board is not permitted under any circumstances.
• AP Capstone students must submit final performance tasks and those tasks must be scored by their AP Seminar or AP Research
teachers by April 30.
• Students participating in AP Computer Science Principles must indicate they are taking the AP End-of-Course Exam, enter their
AP Number, and submit all final performance tasks by April 30.
2017 AP Exam Schedule

®
This exam schedule contains boxes to tally the number of exams you give in each subject.
You may photocopy this schedule and distribute it to your p
roctors and teachers.
Morning Afternoon
Week 1 8 a.m. Local Time 12 p.m. Local Time
Monday, Chemistry Psychology
May 1
Environmental Science
Tuesday, Computer Science A Art History

May 2
Spanish Language and Physics 1: Algebra-Based
Culture
Wednesday, English Literature and
Japanese Language and Culture
May 3 Composition
Physics 2: Algebra-Based
Thursday, United States Chinese Language and Culture

May 4 Government and Politics
Seminar
Friday, German Language Computer Science Principles

May 5 and Culture
Studio Art — Last day for Coordinators to submit digital portfolios (by 8 p.m. ET) and to gather
2-D Design and Drawing students for physical portfolio assembly. Teachers should have forwarded
students’ completed digital portfolios to Coordinators before this date.
Morning Afternoon Afternoon

Week 2 8 a.m. Local Time 12 p.m. Local Time 2 p.m. Local Time
Monday, Physics C: Electricity
Biology Physics C: Mechanics
May 8 and Magnetism
Music Theory
Tuesday, French Language

Calculus AB
May 9 and Culture
Spanish Literature
Calculus BC
and Culture
Wednesday, English Language Italian Language and
May 10 and Composition Culture
Macroeconomics
Thursday, Comparative Government

Statistics
May 11 and Politics
World History
Friday, Human Geography European History

May 12
Microeconomics Latin
ᎰᎰ Schools must begin the morning exam administration between 8 and 9 a.m. local time and the afternoon exam administration
between 12 and 1 p.m. local time. The AP Physics C: Electricity and Magnetism Exam must begin between 2 and 3 p.m. local
time. Schools in Alaska must begin the morning exam administration between 7 and 8 a.m. local time and the afternoon exam
administration between 11 a.m. and 12 p.m. local time. The AP Physics C: Electricity and Magnetism Exam in Alaska must
begin between 1 and 2 p.m. local time.
ᎰᎰ AP coordinators are responsible for notifying students when and where to report for the exams. Early testing or testing at
times other than those published by the College Board is not permitted under any circumstances.
ᎰᎰ AP coordinators should order late-testing exams for students who would like to take exams that are scheduled for the same time.
ᎰᎰ AP Capstone students must submit final performance tasks and those tasks must be scored by their AP Seminar or AP
Research teachers by April 30.
ᎰᎰ Students participating in AP Computer Science Principles must indicate they are taking the AP
End-of-Course Exam, enter their AP number, and submit all final performance tasks by April 30.
792102
00140-011 113870-00687 • BBI1016E70 • Printed in U.S.A.

Exhibit D
Exhibit E
Exhibit F
Exhibit G
Exhibit H

SDUSD v. ETS

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

SDUSD v. ETS

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Case 3:17-cv-01379-MMA-KSC Document 15 Filed 07/12/17 PageID.

1 Christopher T. Casamassima (SBN 211280)

10 Bruce M. Berman (pro hac vice pending)

17 IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT

CASE NO.: 3:17-cv-01379-MMA DECLARATION IN SUPPORT OF DEFS.’ OPPOSITION TO

1 I, RAY NICOSIA, declare:

1 7. As the AP Bulletin states, the scores of “one or more students” may be

1 (a) Seating Students: The AP Manual contains detailed seating

1 College Board or ETS has been advised of the possibility of such

3 12. Violations of AP exam testing procedures may be reported in a

24 B. Biology: 64 test takers (seated at 2-person tables in library).

1 E. English Literature: 68 test takers (seated at 2-person tables in

3 F. Calculus AB: 116 test takers (seated at 2-person tables in

← Back to Original Article

COURTS AND GOVERNMENT | Official Business

Judge Denies Request to Reinstate Test Scores

← Back to Original Article

Bulletin for Your guide to

ABOUT THE COLLEGE BOARD

Parents and Guardians

BOLETÍN PARA ESTUDIANTES DE AP Y SUS PADRES

Registration and Fees Scores

If applicable, your SSD Student Accommodation

Completing Your Registration Completing Exam Responses

Note: Some accommodations are administered differently

Students Testing in California Lost or Damaged Exams

Before Exam Day Exam Day

Additional Score Reporting Services

Service Deadline Fee

2017 AP Exam Schedule

Week 2 Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday,

Afternoon Physics C: French Language Italian Language Statistics European History

Afternoon Physics C: Electricity

113906-43171 • S1016E4400 • Printed in U.S.A.

00140-012 Text Printed on Recycled Paper 792103

About the College Board

Visit the College Board on the Web: www.collegeboard.org.

3 Introduction 32 Off-Site Testing

66 Designating Class Sections 94 AP French, German, Italian, and Spanish

72 Overview of AP Exam Scores 106 Using the AP Studio Art Digital

AP COORDINATOR ONLINE RESOURCES AP COORDINATOR WORKSHOPS

Important Information for 2016-17

Important Information for 2016-17

Frequently Requested Information

1. What’s new this year? 5 9. What are the

5. When is late testing 13. How are the world

8. What is the required

oo If you are giving AP Chinese and/or Japanese

Preparing Testing Sites available in Spanish, Boletin para Estudiantes de AP y

Exam Day oo Fill in the appropriate fee reduction circle on the

September October December

January March April

AP Coordinator Planning Calendar

May oo Schedule, order, and arrange for June

2016-17 SSD Coordinator

SSD Coordinator Planning Calendar

*Unless this has been preapproved as an accommodation by the College

In no event shall the College Board, its agents, or

Informing AP Teachers of the

Ordering Exams and Collecting Exam Fees

Note: Exam fees, unused exam fees, refund policies, and

2017 EXAM ORDERING DEADLINES

Priority Deadline March 24 March 24

Deadline for Ordering Preadministration Materials March 29 N/A